Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Item C10
C.10 i�` County of Monroe �y,4 ' ?, "tr, BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS Mayor David Rice,District 4 �1 `_ll Mayor Pro Tem CraigCates,District 1 The Florida Keys ��� `� � Michelle Coldiron,District 2 Eddie Martinez,District 3 w � Holly Merrill Raschein,District 5 County Commission Meeting December 3, 2021 Agenda Item Number: C.10 Agenda Item Summary #9939 BULK ITEM: Yes DEPARTMENT: Emergency Services TIME APPROXIMATE: STAFF CONTACT: Steven Hudson (305) 289-6342 N/A AGENDA ITEM WORDING: Approval to purchase, through Florida Sheriffs Association Contract (#FSA20-VEF14.0), a Pierce Custom Enforcer 55' Sky-Boom Aerial Truck to replace a thirty-three year old Aerial Truck, and approval to purchase options from the manufacturer on a sole- source basis at a price of $818,564; and approval for the Fire Chief to execute all necessary documentation. ITEM BACKGROUND: Monroe County Rescue (MCFR) is requesting BOCC approval to purchase, through Florida Sheriffs Association Contract(FSA20-VEF14.0), a Pierce Custom Enforcer 55' Sky-Boom Aerial Truck to replace a thirty-three year old Aerial Truck and approval to purchase options on a sole-source basis from the manufacturer. The total purchase price is $818,564. MCFR further requests BOCC approval for the Fire Chief to execute all necessary documentation. The State of Florida Cooperative Bid Process for Fire/Rescue Vehicles is designed to provide participating agencies with the most economically priced fire & rescue apparatus to fulfill their emergency fire/EMS needs, in a prompt and timely manner. The Florida Sheriffs Association bid package provides the base price for the vehicle, without options, and directs the purchaser to obtain a price for options specific to the vehicle from the manufacturer. The price list showing the price and options is attached. PREVIOUS RELEVANT BOCC ACTION: N/A CONTRACT/AGREEMENT CHANGES: Purchase Pierce Sky Boom Aerial Truck STAFF RECOMMENDATION: Approval DOCUMENTATION: Ten-8 Pierce Sky-Boom Proposal 11.23.2021 Ten-8 Pierce Skyboom Option List Packet Pg.648 C.10 Ten-8 Pierce Skyboom Limited Warranty Ten-8 Pierce Skyboom Single Source FSA Terms and Conditions -2021 FINANCIAL IMPACT: Effective Date: 12/08/2021 Expiration Date: N/A Total Dollar Value of Contract: $818,564 Total Cost to County: $818,564 Current Year Portion: $818,564 Budgeted: Yes Source of Funds: 304 26003-560600-SC_00100 CPI: N/A Indirect Costs: N/A Estimated Ongoing Costs Not Included in above dollar amounts: N/A Revenue Producing: N/A If yes, amount: N/A Grant: N/A County Match: N/A Insurance Required: Yes Additional Details: N/A 12/08/21 304-85532 - RESERVES 304$818,564.00 REVIEWED BY: Jim Molenaar Completed 11/23/2021 1:05 PM Steven Hudson Completed 11/23/2021 1:47 PM Purchasing Completed 11/23/2021 2:05 PM Budget and Finance Completed 11/23/2021 2:30 PM Maria Slavik Completed 11/23/2021 2:31 PM Liz Yongue Completed 11/23/2021 2:53 PM Board of County Commissioners Pending 12/08/2021 9:00 AM Packet Pg.649 C.10.a AM 7JEm ff 8 Equipment Proposal Pierce Proposal# 845 IN SERVICE TO SERVE YOU This Equipment Proposal (the "Proposal") has been prepared by Ten-8 Fire & Safety, LLC ("Company") in response to the undersigned Customer's request for a proposal. This Proposal is comprised of the special terms set forth below,the Proposal h® Option List,Warranty,and Company's Purchasing Terms and Conditions. Through its signature below or other Acceptance(as 6 defined below),Customer acknowledges having received,read and being bound by this Proposal,all attachments and Company's W Purchasing Terms and Conditions. < Date: November 10,2021 ("Proposal Date") Customer:Monroe County("Customer") 0 Customer Address: Monroe Countv Fl Qty Product Description&Options Price ) 1 Pierce Custom Enforcer 55' Sky-Boom Aerial $818,564 CL Costing from FSA Contract for best pricing 2 CL 2 Costing after Jan 15 2022 add 5.5%with 2.5 meterial cost increase .n Purchase Price: $818,564 Delivery Timing:The Product described above in the Product Description and Options Section of this document will be built N by and shipped from the manufacturer approximately 17 (months) after Company receives Customer's acceptance of this N Proposal as defined below. N Other: r Unless accepted within Jan 15,2022 days from date of proposal,the right is reserved to withdraw this proposal. y 0 ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROPOSAL CREATES AN ENFORCEABLE BINDING AGREEMENT BETWEEN COMPANY 0 AND CUSTOMER. "ACCEPTANCE" MEANS THAT CUSTOMER DELIVERS TO COMPANY: (A) A PROPOSAL CL SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE, OR (B) A PURCHASE ORDER INCORPORATING THIS E PROPOSAL, WHICH IS DULY APPROVED, TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE, BY CUSTOMER'S GOVERNING 0 BOARD. ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROPOSAL IS EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO THE TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS ca PROPOSAL AND COMPANY'S PURCHASING TERMS AND CONDITIONS. ANY ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENTle TERMS, WHETHER CONTAINED IN CUSTOMER'S FORMS OR OTHERWISE PRESENTED BY CUSTOMER AT U) ANY TIME,ARE HEREBY REJECTED. 2 INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and Company have each caused this Proposal to be CL co executed by their duly authorized representatives as of date of the last signature below. Customer:Monroe Countv Florida Ten-8 Fire&Safety,LLC By: By: Title: Title: Authorized Sales Representative e( Print: Print: Michael Schneider Date: Date: 11-10-21 Packet Pg.650 C.10.a EXHIBIT A PROPOSAL OPTION LIST 2 0 0 w U m CL CL c cv cv ai cv 0 0. 0 CL 0 w U CL Co Packet Pg.651 C.10.a EXHIBIT B WARRANTY 0 0 w U m CL CL c cv cv ai cv 0 0. 0 CL 0 w U CL Co Packet Pg.652 C.10.a EXHIBIT C PURCHASING TERMS AND CONDITIONS 2 0 0 w U m CL CL c cv cv ai cv 0 0. 0 CL 0 w U CL Co Packet Pg.653 C.10.a PURCHASING TERMS AND CONDITIONS (Florida) These Purchasing Terms and Conditions,together with the Equipment Proposal and all attachments(collectively,the "Agreement") are entered into by and between Ten-8 Fire & Safety, LLC, a Florida company ("Company") and 2 Customer(as defined in Ten-8 Fire & Safety LLC's Equipment Proposal document) and is effective as of the date specified in Section 3 of these Purchasing Terms and Conditions. Both Company and Customer may be referred .2 throughout this document individually as a"parry"or collectively as the"parties." E i. Definitions. cc a. "Acceptance"has the same meaning set forth in Company's Equipment Proposal. b. "Company's Equipment Proposal"means the Equipment Proposal provided by Company and prepared in response to Customer's request for proposal for a fire apparatus,associated equipment or an ambulance. ) c. "Cooperative Purchasing Contract" means an Agreement between Company and a public authority, 2 including without limitation, a department, division, agency of a municipal, county or state government 2 ("Public Authority"),that adopts or participates in an existing agreement between Company and another non- W party customer(including,but not limited to such non-party customer's equipment proposal, its applicable exhibits,attachments and purchasing terms and conditions),often referred to as a"piggyback arrangement," which is expressly agreed to,in writing,by Company. Company has sole discretion to determine whether it :5 will agree to such a Cooperative Purchasing Contract. CL d. "Delivery"means when Company delivers physical possession of the Product to Customer. 76 e. "Manufacturer"means the Manufacturer of any Product. > f. "Prepayment Discount" means the prepayment discounts, if any, specified in Company's Equipment 0 Proposal. g. "Product"means the fire apparatus and any associated equipment,or ambulance manufactured or furnished for Customer by Company pursuant to the Specifications. h. "Purchasing Terms and Conditions" means these Purchasing Terms and Conditions; however, if the Company's Equipment Proposal or the Customer's related Purchase Order states that it is governed by a Cooperative Purchasing Agreement, "Purchasing Terms and Conditions" shall mean those terms and conditions set forth in the applicable Cooperative Purchasing Agreement. i. "Specifications" means the general specifications, technical specifications, training, and testing requirements for the Product contained in Company's Equipment Proposal and its Exhibit A(Proposal Option List or for ambulance sales,the Quotation,or Order Form,as applicable),prepared in response to Customer's �! request for such a proposal. �! 2. Purpose. This Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions of Company's sale of the Product to Customer. 6 Ch 0 0. 3. Term of Agreement. This Agreement will become effective on the date of Acceptance as defined in Company's Equipment Proposal("Effective Date")and,unless earlier terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement,it CL will terminate upon Delivery and payment in full of the Purchase Price. E 0 4. Purchase and Pam. Customer agrees to pay Company the Purchase Price for the Product(s) as set forth in Company's Equipment Proposal("Purchase Price"). The Purchase Price is in U.S.dollars. Where Customer opts � for a Prepayment Discount that specifies that Customer will tender one or more prepayments to Company, W Customer must provide each prepayment within the time frame specified in the Equipment Proposal in order to 2 receive the Prepayment Discount for that prepayment installment. m CL co 5. Representations and Warranties. Customer hereby represents and warrants to Company that the purchase of the Product(s) has been approved by Customer in accordance with applicable general laws and, as applicable, h® Customer's charter, ordinances and other governing documents, and funding for the purchase has been duly budgeted and appropriated. E 6. Cancellation/Termination. a. Fire Equipment and Apparatus Sales.In the event this Agreement is cancelled or terminated by Customer before completion,Company may charge Customer a cancellation fee. The following Packet Pg.654 C.10.a charge schedule is based on costs incurred by Manufacturer and Company for the Product, which may be applied and charged to Customer: (a) 12%of the Purchase Price after the order for the Product(s)is accepted and entered into Manufacturer's system by Company;(b)22%of the Purchase Price after completion of approval drawings by Customer, and; (c) 32% of the Purchase Price upon any material requisition made by the Manufacturer for the Product. The 2 cancellation fee will increase in excess of(c)in this Section 6,accordingly,as additional costs are incurred by Manufacturer and Company as the order progresses through engineering and 12 into the manufacturing process. °' b. Ambulance Sales. This Section 6 for Cancellation/Termination does not apply to Ambulance c c Sales. An order for an ambulance cannot be cancelled or terminated once Company receives and processes Customer's Acceptance of Company's Equipment Proposal. le U) 7. Delivery. The Product is scheduled to be delivered as specified in the Delivery Timing section of the Equipment 2 Proposal ("Delivery Timing"), which will be F.O.B. Company's facility. The Delivery Timing is an estimate, 2 and Company is not bound to such date unless it otherwise agrees in writing. Company is not responsible for c' W Delivery delays caused by or as the result of actions, omissions or conduct of the Manufacturer, its employees, affiliates, suppliers, contractors, and carriers. All right,title and interest in and to the Product, and risk of loss, shall pass to Customer upon Delivery of the Product(s)to Customer. :5 CL 8. Standard Warranty.The manufacturer warranties applicable to this Agreement,if any,are attached to Company's c 76 Equipment Proposal as Exhibit A and are incorporated herein as part of the Agreement. > 2 a. Disclaimer. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, COMPANY, INCLUDING ITS PARENT COMPANY, AFFILIATES, SUBSIDIARIES, AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SHAREHOLDERS, AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES DO NOT MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES,EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN,EXPRESS,IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING DISCLAIMER, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF MERCHANTABILITY, IMPLIED WARRANTY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT, AND IMPLIED r WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY N EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED. STATEMENTS MADE BY SALES REPRESENTATIVES OR IN ry PROMOTIONAL MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE WARRANTIES. ry 9. Limitation of Liability. COMPANY WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL,CONSEQUENTIAL, 6 INDIRECT, ECONOMIC, PUNITIVE, SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN 0 ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT WITHOUT REGARD TO THE NATURE OF THE 0 CLAIM OR THE UNDERLYING THEORY OR CAUSE OF ACTION(WHETHER IN CONTRACT,TORT, CL STRICT LIABILITY,EQUITY OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LAW)ON WHICH SUCH DAMAGES ARE E BASED. COMPANY'S LIMIT OF LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CAPPED AT THE c c TOTAL AMOUNT OF THE MONIES PAID BY CUSTOMER TO COMPANY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. , 10. Force Majeure. Company shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default on account of delays in ) performance due to causes which are beyond Company's control which make Company's performance 2 impracticable,including but not limited to civil wars,insurrections, strikes,riots,fires,storms, floods,other acts 2 CL of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, including transportation or delivery losses outside of Company's co control, any act of government, delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor supplies or r- manufacturing facilities, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed h® products,failure to obtain any required license or certificates,acts of God or the public enemy or terrorism,failure of transportation, epidemics,quarantine restrictions,failure of vendors(due to causes similar to those within the scope of this clause)to perform their contracts or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown,or interruption of work. 11. Customer's Obligations. Customer shall provide its timely and best efforts to cooperate with Company and Manufacturer during the manufacturing process to create the Product. Reasonable and timely cooperation Packet Pg.655 C.10.a includes,without limitation,Customer's providing timely information in response to a request from Manufacturer or Company and Customer's participation in traveling to Manufacturer's facility for inspections and approval of the Product. 12. Default. The occurrence of one or more of the following shall constitute a default under this Agreement: (a) Customer's failure to pay any amounts due under this Agreement or Customer's failure to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement; (b)Company's failure to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement; (c) either party becoming insolvent or becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; (d) any representation made by either party to induce the other to enter into this Agreement,which is false in any material E respect; (e)an action by Customer to dissolve,merge,consolidate or transfer a substantial portion of its property c 0 to another entity;or(f)a default or breach by Customer under any other contract or agreement with Company. 13. Manufacturer's Statement of Origin. Company shall retain possession of the manufacturer's statement of origin ("MSO")for the Product until the entire Purchase Price has been paid. If more than one Product is covered by 2 this Agreement, Company shall retain the MSO for each individual Product until the Purchase Price for that c2L Product has been paid in full. W 14. Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement,or the breach thereof,shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Commercial Arbitration Rules, and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having c- jurisdiction thereof. The Arbitration shall take place in Bradenton,Florida. c 76 15. Miscellaneous. The relationship of the parties established under this Agreement is that of independent contractors and neither party is a partner,employee,agent,or joint venture of or with the other. Neither party may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written approval of the other party. This Agreement and all transactions between Ten-8 Fire&Safety,LLC will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida. The delivery of signatures to this Agreement may be via facsimile transmission or other electronic means and shall be binding as original signatures. This Agreement shall constitute the entire An agreement and supersede any prior agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may only be modified by an amendment, in writing, signed by duly authorized representatives of both parties with authority to sign such amendments to this Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the Ten-8 Proposal and these Terms and Conditions,the Ten-8 Proposal shall control except in N the case of a Cooperative Purchasing Contract as set forth in Section 1(c)and(h)of these Purchasing Terms and "! Conditions. If any term of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable by a competent legal ry authority, such term will be either reformed or deleted, as the case may be,but only to the extent necessary to comply with the applicable law, regulation, order or rule, and the remaining provisions of the Agreement will 6 remain in full force and effect. 0 0. 0 CL 0 W U CL CO Packet Pg.656 Ge Option List 11/1 Customer: Monroe County Board of County Commissioners Bid Number: 845 Representative Schneider, Michael Job Number: Organization: Ten-8 Fire&Safety, LLC Number of Units: 1 Requirements Manager: Bid Date: 12/31/2021 Description: Monroe County Sky-Boom- DUP-32718 Stock Number: Body: Aerial, Sky-Boom 61755',Alum Body Price Level: 40(Current:40) Chassis: Enforcer Chassis,Aerials, Single Axle Lane: Line Option Type Option Description Qty 1 0010012 No Boiler Plates requested 1 2 0018180 Single Source Compliance,Aerials 1 3 0600020 Manufacture Location,Appleton, Wisconsin, Specialty 1 F® 4 0584452 RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin 1 5 0588609 Vehicle Destination, US 1 6 0670275 Unit to be Similar in some Aspects, Excluding Pump Panel 1 Fill in Blank-Job#36052 and *32718 7 0610784 Comply NFPA 1901 Changes Effective Jan 1, 2016, With Exceptions 1 8 0533347 Pumper/Pumper with Aerial Device Fire Apparatus 1 9 0588612 Vehicle Certification,Aerial w/Pump 1 10 0681278 Agency,Apparatus Certification,Aerial w/Pump, U.L. 1 0) 11 0620357 Consortium, Florida Sheriff's 1 m 12 0537375 Unit of Measure, US Gallons 1 L 13 0529326 Bid Bond, 10%, Pierce Built Chassis 1 14 0540326 Performance Bond, Not Requested 1 15 0000007 Approval Drawing 1 16 0002928 Electrical Diagrams 1 CL 17 0624489 Enforcer Chassis,Aerials, Single Axle 1 18 0000110 Wheelbase 1 > Wheelbase- 199.50 19 0000070 GVW Rating 1 GVW rating-51,500 20 0729280 Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375, Enforcer 1 y 21 0756525 Frame Liner, Internal "C" 12.50"x 3.00"x .25",XT/Vel/Imp,Enf Full Lgth, 56"Qv 1 22 0729174 Axle, Front, Meritor FL-943, 18,000 lb, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 23 0637879 Suspension, Front, Standens,Taper Leaf, 18,000 lb, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 24 0000321 Shock Absorbers on Front Axle, Monroe Magnum 65, Saber/Enforcer 1 25 0000322 Oil Seals, Front Axle 1 26 0582936 Tires, Front, Goodyear, G289 WHA, 315/80R22.50, 20 ply 1 27 0019575 Wheels, Front,Alcoa, 22.50"x 9.00",Aluminum, Hub Pilot 1 28 0603826 Axle, Rear, Meritor RS30-185, 33,500 lb, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 29 0544244 Top Speed of Vehicle, 60 MPH 1 2 30 0122073 Suspen, Rear, Standens, Spring, 33,500 lb, Imp/Vel/Enf 1 m CL 31 0000485 Oil Seals, Rear Axle 1 32 0585004 Tires, Rear, Goodyear, G289 WHA, 315/80R22.50, 20 ply, Single 1 33 0752587 Wheels, Rear,Alcoa, 22.50"x 9.00",Alum-Stl, Dura-Black, Hub Pilot, Single 1 34 0568081 Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads 1 35 0620570 Tire Pressure Monitoring, RealWheels,AirSecure,Valve Cap, Single Axle 1 Qty,Tire Pressure Ind-6 36 0003245 Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S, Front Axle 1 37 0001960 Axle Hub Covers, Rear, S/S, High Hat(Pair) 1 38 0057936 Covers, Lug Nut, Chrome 1 39 0002045 Mud Flap, Front and Rear, Pierce Logo 1 40 0601010 Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding,Aerials 1 Qty, Pair-01 41 0601009 Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC-44-E, Folding, Horizontal,Aerials 1 Qty, Pair-01 Location, Wheel Chocks- Left Side Rear Tire, Forward 42 0010670 ABS Wabco Brake System, Single rear axle 1 43 0508676 Brakes, Meritor, EX225, 17", Disc Plus, Front 1 44 0000740 Brakes, Meritor, Cam, Rear, 16.50 x 8.63" 1 11/16/2021 12:13 PM Bid#: 845 Packet Pg.657 Line Option Type Option Description Qty C.10.b 45 0020784 Air Compressor, Brake, Cummins/Wabco 18.7 CFM 1 46 0637584 Brake Reservoirs, 5,376 Cubic Inch Minimum Capacity, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 47 0644228 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver 1200 IWT, Heated, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 48 0000790 Brake Lines, Nylon 1 49 0000854 Air Inlet,w/Disconnect Coupling 1 Location,Air Coupling(s)- h) IDS Pump Panel Qty,Air Coupling (s)- 1 50 0070810 All Wheel Lockup(Aerial/Tanker Chassis) 1 51 0736437 Engine, Cummins L9, 450 hp, 1250 lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2021, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 52 0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom 1 53 0687994 Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression Brake, Cummins Engine 1 Switch, Engine Brake-e) ISC/ISM/ISL9/ISX Hi Med Lo U 54 0644227 Clutch, Fan,Air Actuated, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 55 0640477 Air Intake, Metal Screen, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 56 0794761 Exhaust System, 4", 2017 L9 Engine, Horizontal, Right Side 1 57 0788765 Radiator, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 58 0001090 Cooling Hoses, Rubber 1 59 0051125 Fuel Tank, 75 Gallon, Left Side Fill, Qtm/AXT/Vel/Imp/DCF/SFR/Enf 1 Finish - Painted, Chassis Frame Color 60 0001129 Lines, Fuel 1 61 0595087 DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, IDS Fill, Forward of Rear Axle 1 0) Door, Material & Finish, DEF Tank-Polished Stainless 62 0723716 Fuel Priming Pump, Electronic,Automatic, Cummins, No Swt Req'd 1 CL 63 0552712 Not Required, Shutoff Valve, Fuel Line 1 0) Ch 64 0699437 Cooler, Chassis Fuel, Not Req'd. 1 65 0690880 No Selection Required From This Category 1 U 66 0642572 Trans,Allison 5th Gen, 3000 EVS P,w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/DCF/SFR/Enf 1 CL 67 0625329 Transmission, Shifter, 5-Spd, Push Button, 3000 EVS 1 68 0684459 Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine, External 1 69 0027843 Fluid, 3000 Series Trans,Allison Approved TES-295 Synthetic, IPOS, Custom 1 > 0 70 0001370 Driveline, Spicer 1710 1 71 0635294 Steering, Single Gear, TRW TAS-85,w/tilt, Pump w/Cooler, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 72 0605356 Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke without Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 73 0690274 Logo/Emblem, on Dash 1 Text, Row(1)One- Monroe Text, Row(2)Two-County Text, Row(3)Three- Fire Rescue 74 0606441 Bumper, 19" Extended, Steel Painted, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 75 0640197 Tray, Hose, Center, 19" Bumper, Outside Air Horns 1 Grating, Bumper extension -Grating, Rubber Capacity, Bumper Tray-20) 125'of 1.75" 76 0633479 Hose Restraint, Bumper Tray,Velcro Straps, Pair 1 W Qty, Pair-01 2 77 0614646 No Lift&Tow Package, Imp/Vel,AXT, SFR/Enf 1 m 78 0002270 Tow Hooks, Chrome 1 CL co 79 0698960 Coating, Top Flange, Front Bumper, Outside Exterior, Line-X Coating, Black 1 80 0772188 SP Cab, Enforcer, 6010 w/Notch 1 81 0647919 Engine Tunnel, ISL, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 82 0633594 Rear Wall, Interior,Adjustable Seating 1 83 0632103 Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 Material, Exterior Rear Wall -Aluminum Treadplate 84 0644201 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 85 0695930 Grille, Bright Finished, Front of Cab, Dash CF/Enforcer 1 86 0647932 Not Required, Trim, S/S Band,Across Cab Face,AXT/Dash CF/Saber/Enforcer 1 87 0015440 No Chrome Molding, On side of cab 1 88 0521669 Mirrors, Retrac, West Coast Style, Htd/Rmt,w/Htd/Rmt Convex 1 89 0648170 Door, Half-Height, Saber FR/Enforcer 4-Door Cab, Raised Roof 1 Key Model, Cab Doors-751 Cab, Exterior Door Handle, Finish-4-Door, Chrome/Black 90 0655543 Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel, Saber/Enforcer 4-Door Cab 1 91 0528958 Not Required, Controls, Electric Window,AXT, Quantum, Saber, Enforcer, Dash CF 1 11/16/2021 12:13 PM Bid#: 845 Packet Pg.658 Line Option Type Option Description Qty C.10.b 92 0638310 Steps, 4-Door Cab, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 Step Well Material -Aluminum Treadplate 93 0770194 Handrail, Exterior, Knurled,Alum, 4-Door Cab 1 94 0634786 Lights, Cab&Crw Cab Acs Stps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 61ts 1 95 0002141 Fenders,s/s on cab-Saber/Enforcer 1 96 0637984 Window, Side of C/C, Fixed, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 97 0012090 Not Required, Windows, Front/Side of raised roof 1 98 0779033 Not Required, Windows Rear of Crew Cab, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 99 0722796 Dash, Poly, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 100 0634206 Mounting Provisions, 1/4"Alum, Full Engine Tunnel, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 Mounting Provision Spacing- .75" Material Finish, Cab Interior- Painted 101 0750824 Cab Interior,Vinyl Headliner, Saber FR/Enforcer, CARE 1 2 Color, Cab Interior Vinyl/Fabric- Endure Vinyl - Black Engine Tunnel Cover- Painted Cab Interior Rear Wall Material- Painted Aluminum 102 0753903 Cab Interior, Paint Color, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 Color, Cab Interior Paint- b) black 103 0052100 Floor, Rubber Padded, Cab&Crew Cab, Saber/Enforcer 1 104 0722696 HVAC, Enforcer, CARE 1 le HVAC System, Filter Access-Tool Free Panel Auxiliary Cab Heater- None HVAC System, Control Loc. - Panel Position#12 Plenum Cover Material - Formed Plastic CL 105 0639675 Sun Visor, Smoked Lexan,AXT, Imp/Vel, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 y Sun Visor Retention- No Retention 106 0634328 Grab Handles, Driver and Officer Door Posts, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 107 0583938 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom,Auto Sw, WIn 3SCOCDCR, 3" LED, Trim 1 CL Qty,-01 108 0631830 Fluid Check Access, Saber FR/Enforcer,Arrow XT 1 109 0002501 Map box, 4 bin/30 Deg Slant, Custom Chassis 1 Location-at final 110 0583039 Not Required, Side Roll and Frontal Impact Protection 1 W 111 0622619 Seating Capacity, 4 Seats 1 112 0636957 Seat, Driver, Pierce PSV,Air Ride, High Back, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 113 0636946 Seat, Officer, Pierce PSV, Fixed, SCBA, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 114 0620420 Radio Compartment, Below Non-Air Ride Seat, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 115 0632852 Seat, Rear Facing C/C, IDS Outboard, Pierce PSV, SCBA, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 116 0102783 Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C, Center 1 117 0632848 Seat, Rear Facing C/C, PS Outboard, Pierce PSV, SCBA, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 118 0108189 Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing C/C, IDS Outboard 1 le 119 0785367 Cabinet, Forward Facing, Center, 38.50 W x 50 H x 18 D, Roll, SFR/Enf 1 Material Finish, Shelf- Painted-Cab Interior W U Shelf/Tray, Cabinet-(2)Shelves,Adjustable, 0.75" Up-Turned Lip Door, Cab Interior Cabinet- Rollup,Amdor,Anodized, Locking#1250 Light,Tall Cabinet-Amdor H2O, Interior, Left Side co Louvers, Cabinet-0-No Louvers 120 0108190 Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing C/C, PS Outboard 1 121 0766467 Upholstery, Seats In Cab,All Vinyl, Seats Inc, CARE 4 Color, Cab Interior Vinyl/Fabric- Endure Vinyl - Black Qty,-04 122 0557922 Bracket,Air Bottle, Zico, QM-ROLO-SA, Rol-Loc Style 3 Qty,-03 123 0603866 Seat Belt, Dual Retractor, ReadyReach, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 Seat Belt Color- Red 124 0602464 Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire Department, NFPA 2016 1 125 0647647 Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts 1 Color, Dome Lt- Red &White Color, Dome Lt Bzl- Black Control, Dome Lt White- Door Switches and Lens Switch Control, Dome Lt Color- Lens Switch 126 0602637 Portable Hand Light, Provided by Fire Dept, Pumper NFPA 2016 Classification 1 11/16/2021 12:13 PM Bid#: 845 Packet Pg.659 Line Option Type Option Description Qty C.10.b 127 0644187 Cab Instruments, Black Gauges, Black Bezels, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 Emergency Switching- Individual Switches 128 0002544 Air Restriction Indicator- Pierce Chassis 1 129 0543751 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus 1 Alarm, Do Not Move Truck- Pulsing Alarm 130 0637359 Not Required, Door Open Indicator w/Do Not Move Truck Light, Enf/Saber FIR 1 131 0632738 Switching, Cab Instrument Lower Console &Overhead, Rocker, Enforcer 1 132 0644179 Wiper Control, 2-Speed with Intermittent, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 133 0002565 Hourmeter,Aerial Inside Cab 1 134 0002615 Switch,Aerial 12V Master 1 135 0002617 PTO switch,w/light-aerial 1 136 0548004 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 1st 3 Qty,-03 12vdc power from- Battery direct Wire termination - Butt Splice Location, Spare Wiring-Officer Dash 137 0610968 Wiring, Spare, 2.0 A 12V DC, USB Termination Blue Sea 1016 1st 2 Qty,-02 0 12vdc power from- Battery direct Location-officer side dash, center 138 0636439 Wiring, Spare, 37.5 A 12V DC, Cust Install Radio, 30A Bat Dir, 7.5A Ign &Grnd 1 Qty,-01 0) Location-center overhead 139 0547960 Wiring, Spare, 40 A 12V DC 1st 1 Qty,-01 12vdc power from- Battery direct Wire termination -Stud Location- In rear EMS compt bottom floor to PS with a cover-power CL - ground 140 0548013 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC 2nd 1 Qty,-01 12vdc power from- Battery direct Wire termination -Stud Location- rear wall center EMS, up high 141 0012668 Swivel Mount for Customer Installed Radio 1 n Location-center overhead Qty,- 1 142 0763646 Vehicle Information Center, LCD On Gauge Cluster Only, Sab/Enf 10. System Of Measurement- US Customary 143 0734854 Collision Mitigation, Not Requested 1 144 0610240 Vehicle Data Recorder w/Seat Belt Monitor 1 145 0696439 Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis, Cable Routed to Instrument Panel Area 1 le Qty,-01 Location,Antenna Mount-Right Side W 146 0653530 Camera, Pierce, 7" LCD, R, IRS, LS Cameras 1 Location, Camera Monitor- Driver Side Dash co 147 0624241 Electrical Power/Signal Protection &Control, Enforcer 1 148 0624256 Electrical System, Enforcer Hard Wired 1 149 0079166 Batteries, (4) Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA ea, Threaded Stud 1 150 0008621 Battery System, Single Start,All Custom Chassis 1 151 0002698 Battery Compartment, Saber/Enforcer 1 152 0531315 Charger, Sngl Sys, IOTA, DSL-75, 75 Amp, Kussmaul 091-94-12 Ind, Qtm/Enf/SFR 1 153 0012782 Location, Charger, Front Left Side Body Compartment 1 Location, Battery Chrgr/Cmpr- High On Left Wall 154 0530949 Location, Bat Chrg Ind, Driver's Seat Riser 1 155 0016857 Shoreline, 20A 120V, Kussmaul Auto Eject, 091-55-20-120, Super 1 Qty,-01 Color, Kussmaul Cover-d)yellow Shoreline Connection- Battery Charger 156 0026800 Shoreline Location 1 Location, Shoreline(s)- IDS Cab Side 157 0625793 Alternator, 350 amp, Leece-Neville BLP4004H 1 158 0644176 Load Manager, Integrated In Electrical System, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 11/16/2021 12:13 PM Bid#: 845 Packet Pg.660 Line Option Type Option Description Qty C.10.b 159 0648596 Headlights, Rectangular Halogen,AXT/Dash CF/Saber/Enforcer 1 160 0775055 Light, Directional, Wln C6T* LED Arrow, Common Bzl,Above Headlts, Sab/Enf 1 Color, Lens, LED's-Clear 161 0620054 Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate,Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED 21ts 1 162 0647802 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front, P25 LED 5 Lts, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 163 0647899 Lights, Directional/Marker, Cab Front Side, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED, Sab/Enf 1 164 0627282 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, FRP LED Bar& P25 LED 4Lts 1 165 0034799 Lights, Tail, Weldon 3884-0100-2*Tri-Lamp Cluster, LED Stp/Tail, Turn & Inc Bkp 1 166 0671481 Not Required, Backup Lights, Included With Tail Light Option 1 167 0664481 Bracket, License Plate& Light, P25 LED 1 168 0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040 1 169 0769569 Lights, Perimeter Cab,Amdor AY-LB-12HW012 LED 4Dr 1 U 170 0616648 Lights, Perimeter Pump House,TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 11t 1 171 0769560 Lights, Perimeter Body,Amdor AY-LB-12HW012 LED 21ts, Rear Step 1 Control, Perimeter Lts- Parking Brake Applied 172 0511749 Light, Step,Additional, P25 LED 2 < Qty, Lights-02 Location, Lights-one each side by the aerial controls in place of the incandesent hooded lights 173 0771819 SP Light, Step,Additional, Truck-Lite Model 44304C LED, Flush Mounted 2le Qty, Lights-02 Location, Lights- Install in place of the the round lights on the stabilizer 2 beams m 174 0698585 Lights, Side Scene,Wln M9LZC Gradient LED, 2nd, 2 CL W Location, Lights-one each side front of body Qty,-02 Switch, Lt Control 1 DC,1 -a) IDS Switch Panel Switch, Lt Control 2 DC,2-g) PS Switch Panel CL Switch, Lt Control 3 DC,3-e) Pump Operators Panel Switch, Lt Control 4 DC,4-d) No Control 175 0618298 Light,Visor, FRC, 12V SPA851-Q20-*, LED Warn 1st 1 0 Qty,-01 Location, driver's/passenger's/center-Centered Switch, Lt Control 1 DC,1 -IDS&PS Switch Panel Switch, Lt Control 2 DC,2-e) No Control y Switch, Lt Control 3 DC,3-d) No Control Control, Front Scene Warning - b) Roof Light Sw Color, FRC/Rom Lt Housing- FRC, White 176 0565198 Not Required, Deck Lights, Other Hose Bed &Rear Lighting,Aerial 1 177 0645877 Lights, Hose Bed, Sides, Dual LED Light Strips 1 Control, Hose Bed Lts-Cup Switch At Rear 178 0645677 Lights, Not Required, Rear Work,Alt. 12 Volt Lights At Rear Body 1 179 0645637 Lights, Rear Scene, Wln, PELCC LED, 45 Deg Flange 2 Location, Lights- rear bulkhead W Qty,-02 m Control, Rear Scene Lts-Cab Switch Panel IDS, Cab Switch Panel PS CL co and Body Switch, IDS Rear Bulkhead 180 0709438 Light, Walking Surf, FRP Flood, LED 1 181 0011270 Aerial, Sky-Boom 61755',Alum Body 1 182 0554269 Body Skirt Height, 18" 1 183 0763422 SP Tank, Water, 720 Gallon, Poly, SkyBoom 1 184 0003405 Overflow, 4.00"Water Tank, Poly 1 U 185 0028107 Not Required, Foam Cell Modification 1 186 0003429 Not Required, Direct Tank Fill 1 187 0003477 Alum Hose Bed Construction, Sky-Boom 1 188 0723547 Painted Hose Bed/Cargo Area 1 Paint Color, Hose Bed Interior- Match Lower Body 189 0003481 Hose Bed Capacity, Special 1 Capacity, Hosebed- 1000'5" 190 0655320 Cover, Hose Bed, 2" Heavy Nylon Web, 6"Squares, Black 1 Type of fastener-2" cam buckle Type of fastener, Rear-2" cam buckle- bottom of hosebed Type of fastener, Front-lift a dot- Front Hosebed 11/16/2021 12:13 PM Bid#: 845 Packet Pg.661 Line Option Type Option Description Qty C.10.b 191 0003513 Running Boards, Sky-Boom 1 192 0689408 Tailboard, Sky-Boom 1 193 0690021 Wall, Rear, Body Material, Sky-Boom 1 194 0013549 Tow Hooks, Painted, (2), Sky-Boom 1 195 0013643 Construction, Compt,Alum, Sky-Boom 1 196 0033492 Compt, LS FH Frt/Rr, Roll-ups, Sky-Boom 1 197 0046419 Compt, PS FH Frt/Rr, Roll, No HLR, Sky-Boom 1 198 0693020 Doors, Gortite, Rollup, Side Compartments 6 Qty, Door Accessory-06 Color, Roll-up Door, Gortite- Painted to Match Lower Body Latch, Roll-up Door, Gortite- Locking, 1250, Match Compartments _ 199 0660487 Lights, Compt,Amdor AY-9220 LED, Single Light Strip 6 Qty,-06 200 0603420 Shelf Tracks, Painted,Aerial 6 Qty, Shelf Track-06 Location, Shelf Track- LS2 and RS2 201 0600289 Shelves,Adj, 500 lb Capacity, Full Width/Depth, Predefined Locations,Aerial 8 Qty, Shelf-08 0 Material Finish, Shelf- Painted-Spatter Gray Location, Shelves/Trays, Predefined- RS2-Centered, RS3-Lower Third, RS3-Upper Third, RS1-Upper Third, RS1-Upper Third (2nd), LS3-Upper Third, LS1-Upper Third and LS1-Upper Third (2nd) 202 0709690 Tray, 250 lb Slide-out, 2" Sides-Adj. Height, Predefined Locations 1 Qty,Tray (slide-out)-01 CIL Location, Shelves/Trays, Predefined- LS3-Lower Third y Material Finish, Tray- Painted -Spatter Gray 203 0603763 Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out, 5001b, 2.00" Sides,2G Aerial 2 Qty,-02 CIL Location, Tray Slide-Out, Floor Mounted -RS1 and LS1 Material Finish, Tray- Painted -Spatter Gray 204 0540317 Toolboard, Swing-out,Alum, .188", Peg Board 1 Qty- 1 Location, Pivot- Front Mounting, Toolboard -Stationary Hole Diameter, Pegboard/Toolboard- .203"diameter ur Finish, Pegboard/Toolboard- Painted-Spatter Gray Location, Toolboard- LS2 205 0004016 Rub Rail,Aluminum Extruded, Side of Body 1 206 0510626 Fender Crowns, Rear, S/S, Wider Than Std. 1 207 0519849 Not Required, Hose, Hard Suction 1 208 0094095 Troughs, H.S.H., S/S, (1) Each Side 1 209 0893756 Handrails, Side Pump Panels, Per Print,Aerial 1 le Step, Runningboard-step 210 0004126 Handrails, Beavertail, Standard 1 W 2 211 0070089 Compt,Air Bottle in Fender Panel, Dbl Wide, Full Width Door 2 Location, Bracket/comp. - 1 each front and rear of the RS rear fender co panel Qty,Air Bottle Comp-2 212 0004225 Ladder, 24' Duo-Safety 900A 2-Section 1 213 0004230 Ladder, 14' Duo-Safety 775A Roof 1 214 0024233 Not Required,Attic Extension Ladder 1 215 0633666 Ladders, Roof&Extn, Btwn Tank&Side Sht, Smooth Alum Door w/D-ring, Raised 1 PH Location- PS 216 0014246 Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety Folding 585A, Sky-Boom 1 Location, Folding Ladder- Ladder Compartment, Sky Boom 217 0725371 Backboard Storage, Compt w/Door, Over Pump 1 Door, Material & Finish, Storage-Aluminum Treadplate Latch, Door, Storage- Lift and Turn Latch Qty, Backboard Troughs- 1 Hinge Location - Forward Location, BB/Stokes/Long Tool Storage Over Pump- Forward, Crosslays Access, Backboard/Stokes/Long Tool Compt- Both Size, Backboard, Predefined-72"L x 16"W x 2"H 11/16/2021 12:13 PM Bid#: 845 Packet Pg.662 Line Option Type Option Description Qty C.10.b 218 0602877 Pike Pole, Pumper, Provided by Fire Department, NFPA 2016 1 Pike Pole Make/Model - Duo-Safety 10' Pike Pole 219 0602875 Pike Pole, 6', Pumper, Provided by Fire Department, NFPA 2016 1 Pike Pole Make/Model - Duo-Safety 6' Pike Pole 220 0708646 SP Pike Pole, 10', Provided by Dealer 1 Qty,-01 Pike Pole Make/Model - Duo-Safety 10' Pike Pole 221 0592796 SP Pike Pole, 6', Provided by Fire Department 1 Qty,-01 location, pike pole-TBD Pike Pole Make/Model - Duo-Safety 6' Pike Pole 222 0753576 SP Remove PS Rear Bulk Head Step 1 223 0024388 No Steps Required, Front Of Body 1 2 224 0054389 Steps, Rear of Body, Sky-Boom 1 h® 225 0632339 Dry Chemical System Not Required 1 226 0620530 Pump House, Side Control, 52", Control Zone,Aerial 1 W 227 0037731 Pump House Structure, Raised, Included with Ladder Storage 1 228 0759867 SP Cover,Alum Treadplate, 2 Hinged Access Doors 3/16", Cargo Compt, Special Size 1 Latch, Door, Storage-"D" Handle Latch (2), Gas Strut(2) Location-full width of the cargo compartment with a door on each side to access the storage area each side of the foam tank Hinge Location -inboard on each side W 229 0014441 Pump, Hale, QMAX-150, 1500 GPM, Single Stage 1 230 0014482 Seal, Mechanical, Hale 1 CL 231 0014477 Trans, Pump, Hale, Gear 1 y 232 0635600 Pumping Mode, Stationary Only 1 233 0604324 Pump Shift,Air Mnl Override, Split Shaft, Interlocked, Hale 1 234 0003148 Transmission Lock-up, EVS 1 CL 235 0004547 Auxiliary Cooling System 1 236 0014486 Not Required, Transfer Valve, Stage Pump 1 237 0746501 Valve, Relief Intake, Elkhart 1 Qty- 1 Pressure Setting- 125 psig Intake Relief Valve Control -Behind Right Side Pump Panel 238 0546803 Controller, Pressure, Class 1 Total Pressure Governor(TPG) 1 239 0072153 Primer, Trident,Air Prime,Air Operated 1 240 0780364 Manuals, Pump, (2)Total, Electronic Copies 1 241 0602512 Plumbing, Stainless Steel and Hose, Single Stage Pump, Control Zone 1 242 0795135 Plumbing, Stainless Steel,w/Foam System 1 243 0004645 Inlets, 6.00"- 1250 GPM or Larger Pump 1 244 0004646 Cap, Main Pump Inlet, Long Handle, NST,VLH 1 245 0084610 Valves, Akron 8000 series-All 1 246 0016158 Valve, Inlet(s) Recessed, Side Cntrl, "Control Zone" 1 W Qty, Inlets- 1 247 0004700 Control, Inlet,at Valve 1 CL 248 0004660 Inlet(1), Left Side, 2.50" 1 co 249 0029147 Not Required, Inlet, Right Side 1 W 250 0897257 Inlet, 4"to 6" Front, 5" Plumbing,w/Bleeder Valve,Top of Bumper 1 Inlet, Size-Six Drain, Suction -Swing Handle Inlet, Front,Valve-Jamesbury 5.00" U Inlet, Front, Plumbing-Stainless Steel 251 0014823 Control, Front Inlet, Electric,w/Indicator Lights 1 252 0755136 Valve, Relief Intake, Front Inlet, Elkhart 1 Pressure Setting- 125 psig 253 0732444 Swivel, Front Inlet, 4.00"to 6.00",w/Drain 1 Inlet, Size-6.00" inlet Inlet Bleeder-Quarter-Turn Style Bleeder Finish, Front Inlet Elbow/Adapter-Chrome 254 0004788 Cap, Front Inlet, Long Handle,VLH 1 255 0092569 No Rear Inlet(Large Dia) Requested 1 256 0064116 No Rear Inlet Actuation Required 1 11/16/2021 12:13 PM Bid#: 845 Packet Pg.663 Line Option Type Option Description Qty C.10.b 257 0092696 Not Required, Cap, Rear Inlet 1 258 0009648 No Rear Intake Relief Valve Required on Rear Inlet 1 259 0092568 No Rear Auxiliary Inlet Requested 1 260 0563738 Valve, .75" Bleeder,Aux. Side Inlet, Swing Handle 1 261 0029043 Tank to Pump, (1)3.00"Valve, 3.00" Plumbing 1 262 0004905 Outlet, Tank Fill, 1.50" 1 263 0062133 Control, Outlets, Manual, Pierce HW if applicable 1 264 0004940 Outlet, Left Side, 2.50" 2 Qty, Discharges-02 265 0005091 Elbow, Left Side Outlets, 45 Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST,VLH 1 266 0092570 Not Required, Outlets, Left Side Additional 1 267 0035094 Not Required, Elbow, Left Side Outlets,Additional 1 U 268 0004945 Outlet, Right Side, 2.50" 1 Qty, Discharges-01 269 0025091 Elbow, Right Side Outlets, 45 Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST,VLH 1 270 0005030 Outlet, Right Side, 3"w/3" Plumbing (added) 1 < Qty, Discharges-01 271 0045097 Elbow, Right Side Outlets, 30 Degree, 3.00" FNST x 5.00" Storz w/Cap,Additional 1 272 0029137 Not Required, Outlet, Large Diameter 1 273 0007308 Not Required, Elbow, Large Diameter Outlet 1 274 0649939 Outlet, Front, 1.50"w/2" Plumbing 1 Fitting, Outlet- 1.50" NST with 90 degree swivel Drain, Front Outlet-Automatic CL Location, Front, Single-top of left bumper 0) 275 0004995 Outlet, Rear, 2.50" 1 Ch Qty, Discharges-01 U Location, Outlet- b)left side 276 0045091 Elbow, Rear Outlets, 45 Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST,VLH 1 CL 277 0092574 Not Required, Outlet, Rear,Additional 1 278 0085695 Not Required, Elbow, Rear Outlets, Large,Additional 1 > 279 0092573 Not Required, Outlet, Hose Bed/Running Board Tray 1 280 0085076 Caps for 1.50"to 3.00" Discharge, Chain 1 281 0563739 Valve, 0.75" Bleeder, Discharges, Swing Handle 1 282 0029106 Not Required, Deluge Outlet 1 ur 283 0029302 No Monitor Requested 1 284 0029304 No Nozzle Req'd 1 285 0029107 No Deluge Mount 1 286 0047583 Waterway Outlet&Control, 4"Akron, Handwheel 1 287 0723726 Speedlay Module Not Required 1 288 0722432 Hose Restraint Not Required, No Speedlay Module 1 289 0723395 Speedlays, Not Required 1 290 0723394 Speedlays, Not Required 1 291 0029167 Crosslays Sngl Sheet Unpainted, (2+) 1.50", Std. Cap 2 2 Qty, Crosslays-2 m CL 292 0090442 Crosslays Sngl Sheet Unpainted, (1)2.50" Std Cap 1 co 293 0591145 Hose Restraint, Crosslay/Deadlay,Top and Ends, Elastic Netting 3 Qty,-03 294 0029260 Not Required, Speedlays 1 295 0750536 Hose Restr, Spoly, Not Required, No Spoly 1 296 0019853 Crosslays, 8.00" Lower Than Standard-Control Zone w/9.00" Raised PH 1 297 0015412 Foam Sys,Akron Eductor 3126-125(Single Agent) 1 Discharge-front outlet 298 0012126 Not Required, CAF Compressor 1 299 0552517 Not Required, Refill, Foam Tank 1 300 0755777 Foam Outlet(s), 1.50", Cam-Lock, Location, With 0.25" Flush 1 Location-side pump panel IDS Qty, Foam Outlets-01 Location 2-same 301 0031896 Demonstration, Foam System, Dealer Provided 1 302 0627519 Foam Tank, 30 gal Poly 1 Type of Foam-Class"B" Foam, Brand Name-TBD 11/16/2021 12:13 PM Bid#: 845 Packet Pg.664 Line Option Type Option Description Qty C.10.b 302 Location, Foam Tank-Cargo 303 0091036 Drain, 1.00" Foam Tank#1 1 304 0091079 Not Required, Foam Tank#2 1 305 0091112 Not Required, Foam Tank#2 Drain 1 306 0746447 Approval Dwg,All Pump Panel(s), Includes Color And Label Tags 1 Num Of Truck(s)or Sim Unit,ALL Pump Pnl, Dwg-01 307 0032479 Pump Panel Configuration, Control Zone 1 308 0562698 Step, Slide-Out/Fold-Out, Pump Operator Platform,Aerial 1 309 0667186 Light, Slide-Out Pump Operator Step, On Scene Solutions Access LED, Short Step 1 310 0635355 Material, Pump Panels, Side Control Painted FormCoat Black 1 Material Finish, Pump Panel, Side Control - Painted FormCoat Black Material, Pump Panel, Side Control -Aluminum 311 0721776 Panel, Pump Access- Right Side, Hinged, Side Control 1 Hinge Location - Forward Latch, Pump Panel Access, Side Mount- Flush Trigger, Chrome 312 0583824 Light, Pump Compt, WIn 3SCOCDCR LED White 1 Qty,-01 313 0586382 Gauges, Engine, Included With Pressure Controller 1 314 0005601 Throttle, Engine, Incl'd w/Press Controller 1 315 0739224 Indicator Light @ Pump Panel, Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure Gov/Throttle,Green 1 316 0549333 Indicators, Engine, Included with Pressure Controller 1 317 0745568 Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To Pump, Green 1 2 318 0511078 Gauges, 4.00" Master, Class 1, 30"-0-600psi 1 m CL 319 0511100 Gauge,2.00" Pressure, Class 1, 30"-0-400psi 1 0) 320 0062586 Gauge,Water Level, Class 1, Pierce Std 1 321 0062992 Gauge, Foam Level, (1)Tank, Class 1, GAAAR 51t 1 322 0773896 SP Light Shield/Step 8", 4-Way Under Crs, 4-FRC Firefly LED115-Q01, P25 LED Step 1 Lt CL 323 0606697 Air Horns, (2)Grover, In Bumper 1 0 324 0606834 Location,Air Horns, Bumper, Each Side, Outside Frame, Inboard (Pos#2 ) 1 325 0016065 Control,Air Horn, Horn Ring, PS Chrome Push Button 1 326 0525667 Siren,Wln 295SLSA1, 100 or 200 Watt 1 327 0510206 Location, Elect Siren, Recessed Overhead In Console 1 Location, Elec Siren-Overhead, IDS Inside Sw Pnl y 328 0006145 Control, Elec Siren, Horn Ring, PS Foot Sw 1 329 0601306 Speaker, (1)WIn, SA315P,w/Pierce Polished Stainless Steel Grille, 100 watt 1 Connection, Speaker-siren head0. 330 0601555 Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper, Recessed, Left Side, Outside Frame,Outbrd (Pos 7) 1 331 0895310 Siren, Federal Q213 1 Finish, Q213 Siren-Chrome 332 0006095 Siren, Mechanical, Mounted Above Deckplate 1 le Location, Siren, Mech- b) right 333 0748305 Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select 1 334 0748282 Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw LS 1 335 0740391 Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Chrome Push Button, IRS 1 CL co 336 0746353 Not Required, Warning Lights Intensity 1 337 0606715 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 2-21.5", RRRRR RRRRR 1 Filter,Whl Freedom Ltbrs- No Filters 338 0016380 No Additional Lights Req'd, Side Zone Upper 1 339 0540384 Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6*C LED, Clear Lens, in Common Bzl 1 Color, Lt IDS Front- Red Color, Lt PS Front- Red 340 0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating 1 Headlt flash deactivation-a)w/high beam 341 0540692 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6*C LED, Clear Lens, 3pr, Ovr 25 1 Location, Lights Front Side- b)each side bumper Color, Lt Side Front- Red Color, Lt Side Middle- Red Color, Lt Side Rear- Red Location, Lights Mid Side-Over Front Wheels Location, Lights Rear Side- Between Tandem 342 0745867 Lights, Side, WIn M9** LED, Trm Fet 1st 2 Location, Lights- DS/PS crew cab upper 11/16/2021 12:13 PM Bid#: 845 Packet Pg.665 Line Option Type Option Description Qty C.10.b 342 Qty,-02 Color, Lights, Warning -Red Control, Light- b)side warning Color, Lens, LED's-Clear Color, Trim-Chrome Trim 343 0022021 SP Mounting, Light,Aluminum Enclosure, Painted (pair) 2 Location, Lights-each forward and rearward corners of the side sheets per print. Qty,-02 344 0540783 Lights, Rear Zone Lower,Wln M6*C LED 1 Color, Lt IDS Rear-r) IDS Rear Lt Red Color, Lt PS Rear- r) PS Rear Lt Red 345 0541155 Lights, Rear/Side Up Zone, Wln M9*C LED, Clear Lens 41ts 1 Color, Lt, Side Rear Upper IDS-Side Rear Upper Red Color, Lt, Side Rear Upper PS-Side Rear Upper Red Color, Lt, Rear Upper IDS- r) IDS Rear Upper Red Color, Lt, Rear Upper PS- r) PS Upper Rear Red 346 0006551 Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper Zone Blocking 1 347 0023717 Electrical System,A/C w/Customer Installed Generator 1 348 0016691 Generator, Cust/Sales Rep Furnished (Installed by F.D.) 1 Fill in Blank- D1 Honda 349 0066645 Generator Mounting Location by Customer 1 Location, Generator- D1 350 0016751 Manual Start, Generator 1CL - 351 0016757 Not Required, Remote Start, Generator 1 352 0016740 Not Required, Fuel System 1 353 0016767 Not Required, Oil Drain Extension, Generator 1 354 0006737 Circuit Breaker Panel w/Cust or Dealer Furn Generator 1 CL Location, CB Panel - D3 gen to be in D1, need 6' pigtail plug to gen in D1, box on back wall D3 up high Make/Model - Honda EU3000 > 355 0016771 Not Required, Routing Exhaust, Generator 1 356 0121132 Light, FRC, 750W 120V, FCA642-S75,Tripod, Focus 2 Location, 120/240 Volt Lt- back of cab one each side Qty, 120/240 Volt Light-2 ur Type of Electrical Plug -d)20 amp 120 volt twist-lock 357 0519934 Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool System 1 358 0649753 Not Required, PTO Driven Hydraulic Tool System 1 359 0015687 Aerial, 55' Sky-Boom 1 360 0000042 Boom Support, Rear of the Chassis Cab 1 361 0770570 SP Light, Boom Support,Amdor, LB-12HW012 12", Sky-Boom 1 362 0799560 Boom Support Compartment, Not Required 1 le 363 0680821 Boom Panel, Pair 1 Paint Color, Predefined-#10 white W 364 0526894 Indicator, Extension,Vinyl, Sky-Boom 1 Color- 1) black 365 0723718 Steps, Folding, Two,Aerial Device, Trident 1 Coating, Step- black Light,Aerial Device Folding Step-integrated LED,Two Finish,Aerial Device Folding Step- bright finish 366 0680522 Handrails, Fold-Down, 55761' Sky-Boom 1 367 0601949 Light, Turntable Console, TecNiq T-10, LED Strip Light 1 368 0018735 Control Station, Rear, Elect/Hydraulic, Sky-Boom 1 369 0036962 Control, Wireless Remote, 55/61'Sky-Boom 1 370 0199153 Stabilizers, One Set, Sky-Boom 1 Material, Stabilizer Pad-Composite 371 0728795 Stabilizer Trim Material, Sky-Boom 1 Stabilizer Trim- polished stainless steel 372 0548895 No Door, Stabilizer Control Box 1 373 0596606 Hydraulic System, Sky-Boom 1 374 0031881 Swivels, Sky-Boom(28 Collector Rings) 1 375 0756879 Lights, Wln MPB* Micro LED Trk 21ts, MPB* LED Tip 21ts, Sky-Boom 1 Scene Lt Optics LH Fly- Flood Left 11/16/2021 12:13 PM Bid#: 845 Packet Pg.666 Line Option Type Option Description Qty C.10.b 375 Scene Lt Optics RH Fly- Flood Right Scene Lt Optics LH Base-Left Flood Combination Scene Lt Optics RH Base- Right Flood and Spot Color, WIn Lt Housing Tip-White Color, WIn Lt Housing Track-White 376 0660214 Lights, Not Required, Sky-Boom 1 377 0006929 Not Required, 120v To Tip 1 378 0046920 Intercom, 2-Way Atkinson, Sky-Boom 1 379 0540933 Not Required, Breathing Air to Tip, Sky-Boom 1 380 0024742 Not Required, Mask, Breathing Air To Tip 1 381 0056927 Raised Pedestal, Sky-Boom 1 382 0542622 Turntable Access, Fold Down Handrail, Sky-Boom 1 383 0046903 Water System/Ladder, Sky-Boom 1 384 0606373 Monitor,Akron 3350 Tuckaway w/5177 Nozzle, Sky-Boom 1 _ 385 0066973 Flowminder, Class 1,Waterway (Sky-Boom) 1 386 0017683 Inlet/Outlet, One(1)4.00"at Rear, Sky-Boom 1 387 0056944 Valve, Butterfly, Handwheel,Waterway, Sky-Boom 1 388 0559495 Manuals and Training, 3 Consecutive Days, Sky-Boom 1 0 389 0007150 Bag of Nuts and Bolts 1 Qty, Bag Nuts and Bolts- 1 390 0602516 NFPA Required Loose Equipment, Pumper, NFPA 2016, Provided by Fire 1 Department 391 0519913 Not Required, Soft Suction Hose 1 392 0027023 No Strainer Required 1 393 0602538 Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, Pumper NFPA 2016 Class, Provided by Fire 1 Department 394 0602360 Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized Water, Pumper NFPA 2016,Provided by Fire 1 U Dept CL 395 0007482 Not Required, Crowbars 1 396 0007484 Not Required, Claw Tools 1 397 0602679 Axe, Flathead, Pumper NFPA 2016 Classification, Provided by Fire Department 1 398 0602667 Axe, Pickhead, Pumper NFPA 2016 Classification, Provided by Fire Department 1 399 0007494 Not Required, Sledgehammers 1 400 0741569 Paint Process/Environmental Requirements,Appleton 1 401 0709566 Paint, Two-Tone Color, Enforcer 1 y Paint Color, Upper Area, Predefined-#10 White Shield, Cab-Standard Shield Paint Color, Lower Area, Predefined-457 red Paint Break, Cab-Standard Two-Tone Cab Break 402 0709845 Paint, Single Color, Body 1 Paint, Body- Match Lower Cab 403 0636524 Coating, Chassis Frame Assy, With Liner, Hot Dip Galvanized 1 le Paint Color, Frame Assembly, Predefined-Gloss Black 404 0693797 No Paint Required,Aluminum Front Wheels 1 405 0687653 Paint, Rear Wheels, Single Axle,Alum-Stl 1 CL Paint, Wheels- Black#101 406 0733739 Paint,Axle Hubs 1 Paint,Axle Hub- Lower Job Color 407 0778956 Coating, Hot Dip Galvanized, Pump House and Running Board Substructure 1 408 0788028 Coating, Hot Dip Galvanized, Body Substructure,Ascend TA/PAL/PAP 1 409 0788026 Coating, Hot Dip Galvanized, Water/Foam Tank Cradle,Ascendant TA, PAL/PAP 1 410 0007230 Compartment, Painted, Spatter Gray 1 411 0770216 Sky-Boom Paint 1 Paint Color,Aerial Device-White 10 Paint Color, Turntable-White 10 Paint Color, Boom Support- black 101 Paint Color, Cylinders-white 10 Paint Color,Aerial Stabilizers- black 101 412 0544129 Reflective Band, V-6"-V 1 Color, Reflect Band -A-a)white Color, Reflect Band - B-1)white Color, Reflect Band -C-w)white 413 0007356 Reflective across Cab Face 1 11/16/2021 12:13 PM Bid#: 845 Packet Pg.667 Line Option Type Option Description Qty C.10.b 414 0543756 Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Diamond Grade, Sky-Boom 1 Color, Rear Chevron DG-yellow 415 0598032 Stripe, Reflective/Diamond Grade, Stabilizers, SkyBoom 1 Color, Reflect Band -A-q)yellow diamond grade 416 0027341 Jog, In Reflective Stripe, Single or Multiple 1 Qty,- 1 417 0634721 Stripe, Reflective, Chevron, Cab Doors Interior, Diamond Grade 1 Color, Reflect Band -A-q)yellow diamond grade Size, Chevron Striping -04 Color, Reflect Chev-A- r) red diamond grade 418 0033179 Lettering Specifications, Reflective 1 419 0686160 Lettering, Reflective, 3.00", (21-40) 1 Outline, Lettering-Outline and Shade 2 420 0686002 Lettering, Reflective, 8.00", Each 6 F® Qty, Lettering -06 Outline, Lettering-Outline and Shade W 421 0686018 Lettering, Reflective, 5.00", Each 4 Qty, Lettering -04 Outline, Lettering-Outline and Shade 422 0686016 Lettering, Reflective, 5.00", (21-40) 1 le Outline, Lettering-Outline and Shade 423 0666414 Emblem, Freedom Flag, Each 2 W Qty,-02 Location, Emblem-side of cab each side CL Size, Flag-9"- 11" y 424 0695610 Emblem, Reflective, Per Dept. Submittal, Each 2 Qty,-02 U Location, Emblem-cab doors CL Size, Dept Seal, Reflect- 12"- 14" 425 0769753 Emblem,American Flag Painted on Cab Grille,All Custom Chassis 1 426 0002838 Undercoating, Cab&Body, Ziebart 1 > 0 427 0772003 Manual, Fire Apparatus Parts, USB Flash Drive, Custom 1 Qty,-01 428 0772037 Manual, Chassis Service, USB Flash Drive, Custom 1 Qty,-01 W 429 0773381 Manual, Chassis Operation, (1) USB Flash Drive, Custom 1 430 0030008 Warranty, Basic, 1 Year,Apparatus, WA0008 1 431 0696698 Warranty, Engine, Cummins, 5 Year, WA0181 1 432 0684952 Warranty, Steering Gear, TRW Ross TAS, 1 Year WA0202 1 433 0596017 Warranty, Frame, 50 Year, Custom Chassis, WA0013 1 434 0733309 Warranty,Axle, 5 Year, Meritor, General Service, WA0384 1 435 0733306 Warranty, Single Axle, 5 Year, Meritor, General Service, WA0384 1 436 0652758 Warranty,ABS Brake System, 3 Year, Meritor Wabco, WA0232 1 ) 437 0019914 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom Cab, WA0012 1 2 438 0744240 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, Pro-Rate, WA0055 1 m CL 439 0695416 Warranty, Pierce Camera System, WA0188 1 co 440 0708760 Warranty, Not Applicable, LED Strip Lights 1 441 0046369 Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission, Standard Custom,WA0187 1 442 0685945 Warranty, Transmission Cooler, WA0216 1 443 0688798 Warranty, Water Tank, Lifetime, UPF, Poly Tank, WA0195 1 m 444 0596025 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body,WA0009 1 445 0693127 Warranty, Gortite, Roll-up Door, 6 Year, WA0190 1 446 0639211 Warranty, Pump, Hale, 5 Year Parts, 2 Year Labor, WA0248 1 447 0648675 Warranty, 10 Year S/S Pumbing, WA0035 1 448 0641372 Warranty, Foam System, Not Available 1 449 0006999 Warranty, Structure, 20 Year,Aerial Device, WA0052 1 450 0687388 Warranty, Swivels, 5 Year,Aerial Device, WA0197 1 451 0685727 Warranty, Hydraulic System and Components, 3 Year/5 Year, WA0200 1 452 0687327 Warranty, Waterway, 10 Year,Aerial Device, WA0198 1 453 0595860 Warranty, Paint, 4 Year,Aerial Device, Pro-Rated, WA0047 1 454 0595820 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, Pro-Rate, WA0057 1 455 0595412 Warranty, Graphics Lamination, 1 Year,Apparatus, WA0168 1 11/16/2021 12:13 PM Bid#: 845 Packet Pg.668 Line Option Type Option Description Qty C.10.b 456 0683627 Certification,Vehicle Stability, CD0156 1 457 0736238 Certification, Engine Installation, Saber FR/Enf, Cummins L9, 2021 1 458 0686786 Certification, Power Steering, CD0098 1 459 0631980 Certification, Cab Integrity, Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0130 1 460 0631973 Certification, Cab Door Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0137 1 461 0631978 Certification, Windshield Wiper Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0132 1 462 0556828 Certification, Electric Window, Not Available 1 463 0631977 Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and Mounting, Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0134 1 464 0735949 Certification, Cab HVAC System Performance, SFR/Enf, 1 CD0165/CD0167/CD0174/CD0175 465 0545073 Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current Edition 1 466 0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance 1 467 0799248 Appleton/Florida BTO 1 2 468 0000088 SKY PRODUCTS 1 _ 469 0000012 PIERCE CHASSIS 1 470 0004713 ENGINE, OTHER 1 471 0046395 EVS 3000 Series TRANSMISSION 1 472 0020012 HALE PUMP 1 0 473 0020009 POLY TANK 1 474 0028087 EDUCTOR FOAM SYSTEM 1 475 0020006 SIDE CONTROL 1 W 476 0020007 AKRON VALVES 1 2 477 0020014 FRONT SUCTION 1 m CL 478 0020015 ABS SYSTEM 1 W 479 0658751 PUMPER BASE 1 CL 2 0 0 0) U CL 11/16/2021 12:13 PM Bid#: 845 Packet Pg.669 C.10.c Fire and Rescue Apparatus One (1) Year Material and Workmanship Basic Apparatus L'I'miled Warranty 1.LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below,Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (a)any integral parts,components,attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce,including but not limited to engines,transmissions, drivelines,axles,water pumps and generators,with respect to all such parts, components,attachments and accessories,Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties,if any,made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be b an vehicle,chassis,or component,onent, art,attachment or accessory dama damaged b Coverage: free from defects in material and workmanship ( ) Y P P Y n Y P misuse,neglect,fire,exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions,acidic environment,improper maintenance,accident,crash,or force majeure such as natural disaster,lightning,earthquake,windstorm,hail,flood,war or riot, (c)any vehicle,chassis or component,part,attachment or accessory that has been 0) repaired,altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce 2- Warranty Begins: The date the apparatus is placed in service,or 60 days from which,in the sole judgment of Pierce,adversely affects the performance,stability or 2 the original buyer invoice date,whichever comes first. purpose for which it was manufactured;or CL (d)products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced N Warranty Period during the warranty period,including,but not limited to,tires,fluids,gaskets and light Ends After: Twelve(12)months. bulbs.Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. CL The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced(a)without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department,or(b)at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs,modifications,alterations or affermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2.DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE W WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE.PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,WHETHER EXPRESS,IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3.BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Conditions and If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty Exclusions: period,and such nonconformity is not due to misuse,neglect,accident or improper No specific exclusions apply maintenance,Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, See Also and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent.At Paragraphs the request of Pierce,any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by 2 thru 4 Buyer for examination and/or repair.Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation,and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time,Pierce shall repair or replace(at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts.Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce.THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4.EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. CL Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer,IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, I: INCIDENTAL,SPECIAL,INDIRECT,OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT,WARRANTY,TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY)OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY,WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE,OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE,OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN,OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS,ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES.Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,Pierce This limited warrant shall a only if the product is properly maintained in accordance ¢' Y PPY Y P P P Y specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages,penalties, with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is damages for lost profits or revenues,loss of vehicles or products or any associated normal to the particular model.Normal service means service which does not subject the equipment,cost of substitute vehicles or products,down-time,delay damages,any other product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use.If the Buyer types of economic loss,or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. discovers a defect or nonconformity,it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty(30)days after the date of discovery,but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE Note:Any Surety Bond,if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER warranty is provided,applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle,and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document(if any) or to the warranties(if any)made by any manufacturer(other than Pierce)of any part, component,attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0008 Packet Pg.670 C.10.c 2 Cummins Warranty 0 0 Worldwide Fire Apparatus/Crash Trucks CL 0 s IMP, � U Packet Pg.671 C.10.c Coverage Owner Prod=ts Warranted Responsibilities This Warranty applies to new diesel Engines sold by Cummins and delivered to the first user on or after Owner is responsible for the operation and April 1, 2007, that are used in fire apparatus truck and maintenance of the Engine as specified in Cummins crash truck' applications Worldwide. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Owner is also Lase Engnee Warranty responsible for providing proof that all recommended maintenance has been performed. The Base Engine Warranty covers any failures of the Engine which result, under normal use and service, Before the expiration of the applicable Warranty, from a defect in material or factory workmanship Owner must notify a Cummins distributor, authorized (Warrantable Failure). This Coverage begins with the dealer or other repair location approved by Cummins o sale of the Engine by Cummins and ends five years or of any Warrantable Failure and make the Engine o 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers), whichever occurs available for repair by such facility. Except for Engines first, after the date of delivery of the Engine to the first disabled by a Warrantable Failure, Owner must alsole user. deliver the Engine to the repair facility. W Engine aftertreatment components included in the Service locations are listed on the Cummins Worldwide Cummins Critical Parts List (CPL) and marked with a Service Locator at cummins.com. CL Cummins part number are covered under Base Engine Owner is responsible for the cost of lubricating oil, Warranty. antifreeze, filter elements and other maintenance items Additional Coverage is outlined in the Emission provided during Warranty repairs unless such items Warranty section. are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure. CL These Warranties are made to all Owners in the Owner is responsible for communication expenses, o chain of distribution and Coverage continues to all meals, lodging and similar costs incurred as a result of subsequent Owners until the end of the periods of a Warrantable Failure. Coverage. Owner is responsible for non-Engine repairs and for "downtime" expenses, cargo damage, fines, all Cummins applicable taxes, all business costs and other losses W resulting from a Warrantable Failure. Owner is responsible for a $100 (U.S. Dollars) deductible per each service visit under this plan in the Responsibilities 3rd, 4th and 5th years of Base Engine Warranty. The Cummins will pay for all parts and labor needed to deductible will not be charged during the first 2 years repair the damage to the Engine resulting from a of the Base Engine Warranty. Warrantable Failure. Cummins will pay for the lubricating oil, antifreeze, i i o n s E filter elements, belts, hoses and other maintenance items that are not reusable due to the Warrantable Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage Failure. resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse Cummins will pay for reasonable labor costs for or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation ) Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling; 2 repair a Warrantable Failure. overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating, m Cummins will pay reasonable costs for towing a cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting, CL co warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized vehicle disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the modifications of the Engine. nearest authorized repair location. In lieu of the towing expense, Cummins will pay reasonable costs for Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment mechanics to travel to and from the location of the could negatively effect emissions certification and void vehicle, including meals, mileage and lodging when Warranty. the repair is performed at the site of the failure. Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel Packet Pg.672 C.10.c exhaust fluid. Emission This Warranty does not apply to accessories supplied by Cummins which bear the name of another company. Such non-warranted accessories include, but Warranty are not limited to: alternators, starters, fans, air conditioning compressors, clutches, filters, transmissions, torque converters, vacuum pumps, ProdUCts Warranted power steering pumps, fan drives and air compressors. This Emission Warranty applies to new Engines Cummins branded alternators and starters are covered marketed by Cummins that are used in the United for the first two years from the date of delivery of the States" in vehicles designed for transporting persons Engine to the first user, or the expiration of the Base or property on a street or highway. This Warranty 76 Engine Warranty, whichever occurs first. applies to Engines delivered to the first user on or after W Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption are not September 1, 1992. covered beyond the duration of the Coverage or overage c 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) or 7,000 hours from c the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user, Cummins warrants to the first user and each whichever of the three occurs first. Before a claim for subsequent purchaser that the Engine is designed, excessive oil consumption will be considered, Owner built and equipped so as to conform at the time of sale must submit adequate documentation to show that by Cummins with all U.S. federal emission regulations 2 consumption exceeds Cummins published standards. applicable at the time of manufacture and that it is free m from defects in material or factory workmanship which Failures of belts and hoses supplied by Cummins are would cause it not to meet these regulations within the y not covered beyond the first year from the date of longer of the following periods: (A) Five years or delivery of the Engine to the first user or the duration 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) of operation, of the Warranty, whichever occurs first. whichever occurs first, as measured from the date of Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new delivery of the Engine to the first user or (B) The Base c Cummins parts, Cummins approved rebuilt parts or Engine Warranty. repaired parts. Cummins is not responsible for failures If the vehicle in which the Engine is installed is resulting from the use of parts not approved by registered in the state of California, a separate Cummins. 0. California Emission Warranty also applies. 0. A new Cummins or Cummins approved rebuilt part < used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the "" "faf"o" identity of the part it replaced and is entitled to the Failures, other than those resulting from defects in remaining Coverage hereunder. material or factory workmanship, are not covered by Cummins Inc. reserves the right to interrogate this Warranty. Electronic Control Module (ECM) data for purposes of Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage failure analysis. resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse CUMMINS DOES NOT COVER WEAR OR WEAROUT or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation OF COVERED PARTS. without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling; overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating, CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized THIS WARRANTY AND THE EMISSION WARRANTY modifications of the Engine. SET FORTH HEREINAFTER ARE THE SOLE Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment W WARRANTIES MADE BY CUMMINS IN REGARD TO could negatively effect emissions certification and void 2 THESE ENGINES. CUMMINS MAKES NO OTHER Warranty. m WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR OF CL Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by co MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FORA incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, PARTICULAR PURPOSE. dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel This Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you exhaust fluid. may also have other rights which vary from state to Cummins is not responsible for non-Engine repairs, state. "downtime" expenses, cargo damage, fines, all applicable taxes, all business costs or other losses resulting from a Warrantable Failure. Packet Pg.673 C.10.c CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. Airport operated crash trucks and fire department operated trucks employed to respond to fires, hazardous material releases, rescue and other emergency-type situations. " United States includes American Samoa, the Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. 76 0 0 W U m CL CL 76 0 c 0 CL CIO Cummins Inc. Box 3005 Columbus,IN 47202-3005 U.S.A. Bulletin 3381161 Printed in U.S.A.Rev.08/09 02001 Cummins Inc. Packet Pg.674 C.10.c EMN TRW COMMERCIAL STEERING SYSTEMS /ZII u C LA HEATH STREET LAFAYETTE,INDIANA 47904 PRODUCT WARRANTY (> �l I. WARRANTY: The Commercial Steering Systems group of TRW,Inc.,hereinafter referred to as"CSS",warrants that each new product supplied by CSS to its customer,when properly installed,used and maintained,shall be free from defect in material and workmanship for the period specified below: 0 `\ 1 (A) CSS Product installed in New On-highway Motor Vehicle: W 503 Within twelve(12)months after date of delivery of such vehicle to the original retail purchaser,or before such vehicle has been -W 10X6 U driven one hundred thousand(100,000)miles,whichever event shall first occur. n (B) CSS Product installed in New Agricultural,Turf,Industrial,or Construction Vehicles and Related Equipment: CL U Within twelve(12)months after date of delivery of such vehicle/equipment to the original retail purchaser or before such / vehicle/equipment has been operated for two thousand(2000)hours or fifty thousand(50,000)miles,whichever occurs first. � (C) CSS Product installed in New End Product,Not Specifically Mentioned in Classifications(A)or(B)Above and All CL` Other Off-Highway/Severe Applications: 0 uu Within six(6)months after date of delivery of the original equipment manufacturer's end product to the original retail purchaser. > II. REMEDY: Customers sole remedy under the foregoing warranty is limited to correction by means of repair,replacement or issuance 0 of credit,at the option of CSS,of any product which is: (A) Returned to CSS within the specified warranty time period,with prior notice to,and the written consent of,CSS,with transportation and handling charges prepaid,together with a statement describing the alleged defect,the part number,model number and application,and mileage or hours of use of such product;and ,i U (B) Upon examination,determined by CSS not to conform to the warranty. C(�n III. Any product which is repaired or replaced under this warranty will be returned to customer prepaid. Disposition of any product � determined not to be covered by this warranty will be at the customer's expense. IV. CSS will not be liable for any repairs,replacements,or adjustments to any product or any cost of labor performed by or at the request �- "C� of customer without the express prior written consent of CSS. 0 V. EXCEPTIONS: The provision of this warranty shall not apply to any CSS product which is used for a purpose for which it is not CI uu designed,or which shall have been repaired or altered in any way,or which has been subject to misuse,negligence or accident, neglect of normal maintenance services,so as,in the judgement of CSS to adversely affect its performance and reliability. In no case rl ) ) will the CSS warranty exceed the standard published warranty of its customer in terms of time and/or distance. In all events,the CSS warranty will expire thirty(30)months after the date of manufacture as stamped on the Product. In the case of hydraulic equipment, r) Y ay operation with unapproved fluid or temperatures voids this warranty. �� co VI. EXCLUSION OF ALL OTHER REMEDIES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY: Customer's sole and exclusive remedy under the foregoing warranty shall be for the repair,replacement or issuance of credit with respect to a defective product,as set forth and ll ! described above. Other provisions hereof notwithstanding,CSS shall not be liable to Customer,or any successor in interest, �1 U C) beneficiary or assignee of Customer,based upon any claim against CSS,whether in contract,warranty,negligence,strict liability, U n indemnity or otherwise,for any special,consequential,incidental or other damages relating in any way to the design,manufacture, rl (1 sale,installation or other use of any product purchased from CSS. f E VII. EXCLUSION OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES: THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS THE EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY BY CSS AND IS j U IN LIEU OF AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS,WHETHER ORAL,WRITTEN,EX- PRESSED,IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. I' TRW COMMERCIAL STEERING SYSTEMS Revised November2001 Packet Pg.675 C.10.c Fire and Rescue Apparatus Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity Custom Chassis Frame L'I'miled Warranty 1.LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below,Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (a)any integral parts,components,attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce,including but not limited to engines,transmissions, drivelines,axles,water pumps and generators,with respect to all such parts, components,attachments and accessories,Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties,if any,made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Custom chassis frame rail manufactured by Pierce shall be b an vehicle,chassis,or component,onent, art,attachment or accessory dama damaged b Coverage: free from defects in material and workmanship ( ) Y P P Y n Y P misuse,neglect,fire,exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions,acidic environment,improper maintenance,accident,crash,or force majeure such as natural disaster,lightning,earthquake,windstorm,hail,flood,war or riot, (c)any vehicle,chassis or component,part,attachment or accessory that has been 0) repaired,altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce 2- The date of the original purchase invoice(issued when the which,in the sole judgment of Pierce,adversely affects the performance,stability or 0) Warranty Begins: product ships from the P P factory). purpose for which it was manufactured;or CL (d)products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced N Warranty Period Fifty(50)Years during the warranty period,including,but not limited to,tires,fluids,gaskets and light Ends After: (Expected Life of Apparatus) bulbs.Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. CL The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced(a)without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department,or(b)at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs,modifications,alterations or affermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2.DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE W WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE.PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,WHETHER EXPRESS,IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3.BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Conditions and If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty Exclusions: period,and such nonconformity is not due to misuse,neglect,accident or improper This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. maintenance,Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, See Also and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent.At Paragraphs the request of Pierce,any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by 2 thru 4 Buyer for examination and/or repair.Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation,and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time,Pierce shall repair or replace(at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts.Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce.THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4.EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. CL Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer,IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, I: INCIDENTAL,SPECIAL,INDIRECT,OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT,WARRANTY,TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY)OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY,WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE,OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE,OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN,OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS,ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES.Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,Pierce This limited warrant shall a only if the product is properly maintained in accordance ¢' Y PPY Y P P P Y specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages,penalties, with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is damages for lost profits or revenues,loss of vehicles or products or any associated normal to the particular model.Normal service means service which does not subject the equipment,cost of substitute vehicles or products,down-time,delay damages,any other product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use.If the Buyer types of economic loss,or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. discovers a defect or nonconformity,it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty(30)days after the date of discovery,but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE Note:Any Surety Bond,if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER warranty is provided,applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle,and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document(if any) or to the warranties(if any)made by any manufacturer(other than Pierce)of any part, component,attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0013 Packet Pg.676 C.10.c u. Rescue Apparatus U „,� , 1-- 1.LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below,Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service("Buyer"): (a)any integral parts,components,attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce,including but not limited to engines,transmissions, drivelines,axles,water pumps and generators;with respect to all such parts, components,attachments and accessories,Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties,if any,made by the respective manufacturers thereof, le (b)any vehicle,chassis,or component,part,attachment or accessory damaged by The Meritor axle shall be covered by Meritor as indicated in misuse,neglect,fire,exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions,acidic 0) Coverage: the attached Meritor warranty coverage description environment,improper maintenance,accident,crash,or force majeure such as natural 2- disaster,lightning,earthquake,windstorm,hail,flood,war or riot, 0) (c)any vehicle,chassis or component,part,attachment or accessory that has been repaired,altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce N which,in the sole judgment of Pierce,adversely affects the performance,stability or purpose for which it was manufactured,or Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice(issued when the product ships from the factory). CL (d)products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced Warranty Period Five(5)Years during the warranty period,including,but not limited to,tires,fluids,gaskets and light _ Ends After: bulbs.Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies t8 into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced(a)without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department;or(b)at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs,modifications,alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. ¢' 2.DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE t8 WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE.PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,WHETHER EXPRESS,IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3.BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Conditions and If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty Exclusions: period,and such nonconformity is not due to misuse,neglect,accident or improper The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor warranty maintenance,Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, See Also description shall apply. and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent.At Paragraphs the request of Pierce,any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by 2 thru 4 Buyer for examination and/or repair.Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation,and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time,Pierce shall repair or replace(at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts.Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce.THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. CL 4.EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer,IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL,SPECIAL,INDIRECT,OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, ¢1 WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT,WARRANTY,TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY)OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY,WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE,OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE,OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN,OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS,ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, t8 REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES.Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,Pierce This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages,penalties, with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is damages for lost profits or revenues,loss of vehicles or products or any associated normal to the particular model.Normal service means service which does not subject the equipment,cost of substitute vehicles or products,down-time,delay damages,any other product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use.If the Buyer types of economic loss,or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. discovers a defect or nonconformity,it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty(30)days after the date of discovery,but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE Note:Any Surety Bond,if pail of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR warranty is provided,applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle,and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document(if any) or to the warranties(d any)made by any manufacturer(other than Pierce)of any part, component,attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 6/29/2020 WA0384 Packet Pg.677 1SC�r�L 4( 1 AS VMERITOIR Doug � p C. i s? _ !Y S }irk � •t �� � 7 � ���' � )k�yru�OHM ?} t a s ,�' '` � � Nu, 'f •� - '- =- - •nr< 1 r 4ij��S��t � kS� n nk Si a 1 _ }S� i �_ r , x �. sd — Cll7 } } a, d i� ti G7 1 r Y ? Packet Pg.678 4 C.10.c WARRANTY INFORMATION CONTENTS Effective Model Year 2020 Vehicles Linehaul ............................................................................................................. 3-4 GeneralService ................................................................................................... 5-6 Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle .......................................................................... 7-8 0 0 Fireand Emergency ................................................................................................ 9 TransitBus ........................................................................................................... 10 0) U Off-Highway Service.............................................................................................. 11 Termsand Conditions............................................................................................ 12 2 How to Read Warranty Coverage > Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) P=Parts Only W Unl=Unlimited P&L=Parts & Labor Notice: Models or components that are approved for use by Meritor's vocational guidelines contained in Meritor Publication TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles,TP-12126 for drivelines,which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts _ only(1/Unl/P). Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only(1/Unl/P). c 0 W U 2 CL Advantage Program Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires.You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting www.meritor.com or by contacting Meritor at 866-OnTracl(866-668-7221). Packet Pg.679 C.10.c LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION Linehaul Vehicles •Bulk Hauler 0 Flatbed 0 Livestock Hauler 0 Refrigerated Freight •Chip Hauler(Truck)* 0 General Freight 0 Moving Van 11 Tanker 11 Doubles 11 Grain Hauler 11 Pipe Hauler 11 Triples Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty consideration. Linehaul Typically Is Coverage under Mentor's warranty require that the application of products be 11 High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals.Refer to TP-9441 for c Well maintained major highways of concrete or axles,SP-8320 for trailer axles,TP-12126 for drivelines,and/or contact Mentor asphalt construction regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. 11 Greater than 30 miles between starting and stopping W U Front Non-Drive Steer Axles — / / FD-965 FF-967 MFS-12-122B-N MFS-12-132C-N MFS-13-122B-N MFS-13B-122C-N FF-941 FG-941 MFS-12-122C-N MFS-12E-132B-N MFS-13-122C-N MFS-13B-132B-N FF-942 FG-943 MFS-12E-122A-N MFS-12E-132C-N MFS-13-132B-N MFS-13B-132C-N FF-943 MFS-10-122A MFS-12E-122B-N MFS-12-143A-N MFS-13-132C-N MFS-14-122A-N CL FF-944 MFS-10-143A-N MFS-12E-122C-N MFS-12E-143A-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-14-124A-N FF-961 MFS-10-144A-N MFS-12-124A-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-14-143A-N FF-966 MFS-12-122A-N MFS-12-132B-N MFS-13-122A-N MFS-13B-122B-N MFS-14-144A-N Rear Drive Single Axles — 5/750/P&L Rear Drive T nde /Tri eAxles — / /P RS-19-144/145/A RS-21-145 RS-23-160 RT-34-144/P/A MA-40-165 MT-40-14XHE MS-19-14X RS-21-160 RS-23-161 RT-40-145/A MA-40-175 MT-40-144/P MS-21-144 MS-23-17X RS-23-186 RT-40-160/Pl2 MT-34-14X/P MT-40-943 RT-46-160/Pl2 MT-40-14T/P MT-40-943-SP RT-46-164EH/P12 MT-40-14X/P RZ-1662 _ rivelirles RT-50-160/P12 MT-40-14X/P RZ-188 _ RPL 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L 1 These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration. MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation(RAR) 155N 1/Unl/P approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build.All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN.Refer to Product Information Letter#303 and#396 for 92N 1/Unl/P further details. W U CL Packet Pg.680 C.10.c LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION Brake Components Trailer Air Suspension Systems Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/P, 1/100/L MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)' Q+Drum Brake TM 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L ASA 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L Curbing Damage Warranty' 5/500/P, 1/100/L Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/UnI/P Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/UnI/P Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L _ All Other Brakes 1/UnI/P Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L 12 STEELite X30 Drum BrakeTN12 12-Years or Wearable Life/P Bushings 5/P,3/L EX+Air Disc Brake TM 5/500/P, 1/Unl/L PinLoc Air Controls 1/100/P&L EX+Air Disc Brake Extended Standard Warranty' 5/500/P&L PinLoc Actuator 3/300/P&L 'Includes: bushing,seal,cam,ASA lubrication and wear coverage of MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram) ca 3/500/P&L. Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L le 2 Based on stamped wear diameter max. Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L 'Applies onlyto MA761 friction material code CD brake assembly i.e. Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L W EX225LXXXCDXXX Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/1L 2 m Bushings 5/P,3/L MTA(Trailing Arm) w Trailer Axles Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L Beam and Brackets 5/500/P, 1/100/L Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L Wheel End Systems' Air Springs& Rebound Straps 2/200/P, 1/100/L CL Standard System2 1/100/P&L Bushings 5/500/P,3/300/L Preset by Meritor' 5/500/P&L76 'Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Meritor > AxlePak54 5P/L AxlePak75 7P/L (For axle and ABS coverage,refer to appropriate product warranties.) Includes hub,wheel seals and wheel bearings all systems require annual 2"Curbing damage"is defined as deformation(bending,buckling,or breakage), inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object.Damage to the 2 When installed by Meritor. RideSentry slider box(the suspension sliding subframe,consisting of the frame Requires approved hubcap stating PreSet by Meritor on hubcap face. rails,crossmembers,and central A-frame assembly),caused by accidental trailer When specified with AXIePak5 wheel end system,coverage on MTIS thru-tee and impact with a curb or similar fixed object,is eligible for warranty coverage. stator is 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another When specified with AXIePak7 wheel end system,coverage on MTIS thru-tee vehicle,rollover or fire is not covered under this provision.Warranty is not and stator is 7/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. transferrable to another trailer VIN,and coverage does not apply if the trailer (For brake components and ABS coverage,refer to appropriate is deemed to be a total loss,scrapped,or otherwise not salvageable. product warranties.) TAG/PusherAxles' 0 TO,TOO,TR,TRD Beam and Brackets 5/750/P&L For brake components and ABS Coverage,refer to appropriate product warranties. Mentor Tire Inflation System CL MTIS Components 5/UnI/P, 1/UnI/L Packet Pg.681 4k C.10.c GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION General Service Vehicles •Auto Hauler 0 Intercity Coach 0 Pipe Hauler 0 Tanker Trailer •Beverage Truck 0 Intermodal Chassis 0 Platform Auto Hauler 0 Tour Bus •Chip Hauler 0 Livestock Hauler 0 Rear Engine Integral Coach 11 Wrecker •Cross Country Coach 0 Meat Packer 11 Recreational Vehicles 11 Flatbed 11 Moving Van 11 Refrigerated Freight _ 11 Front Engine Commercial Chassis 11 Municipal Truck 11 School Bus 11 Front Engine Integral Coach 11 Newspaper Delivery 11 Stake Truck 11 General Freight 11 Pick-Up and Delivery 0 Tanker General Service Typically Is Coverage under Meritor's warranty require that the application of products be 11 Lower mileage operations(less than 60,000 miles/year) properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals.Refer to TP-9441 for le 11 Generally,on-road service(less than 10%off-road) axles,SP-8320 for trailer axles,TP-12126 for drivelines,and/or contact Meritor 11 An average of three(3) miles between starting and stopping regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. Front Non-Drive Steer Axles — /Unl/ CL FD-965 FL-943 MFS-8-163B-N MFS-12E-132B-N MFS-13-132C-N MFS-16-143A-N y FF-941 MFS-6-151A-N MFS-10-122A MFS-12-132C-N MFS-13B-132B-N MFS-18-133A-N FF-942 MFS-6-153B-N MFS-10-143A-N MFS-12E-132C-N MFS-13B-132C-N MFS-18-135A-N 2 FF-943 MFS-6-162B-N MFS-10-144A-N MFS-12-143A-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-18-193A-N CL FF-944 MFS-6-153C-N MFS-12-122A-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-20-133A-N FF-946 MFS-6-162C-N MFS-12E-122A-N MFS-12E-143A-N MFS-14-122A-N MFS-20-135A-N FF-961 MFS-7-113C-N MFS-12-122B-N MFS-13-122A-N MFS-14-124A-N MFS-20-192A-N > FF-966 MFS-7-153C-N MFS-12E-122B-N MFS-13-122B-N MFS-14-143A-N MFS-20-193A-N FF-967 MFS-7-163C-N MFS-12-122C-N MFS-13B-122B-N MFS-14-144A-N MFS-22-135A-N FG-941 MFS-8-113B-N MFS-12E-122C-N MFS-13-122C-N MFS-16-122A-N MFS-22H-135A-N .� FH-941 MFS-8-143A-N MFS-12-124A-N MFS-13B-122C-N MFS-16-133A-N MFS-22-193A-N FH-9461 MFS-8-153B-N MFS-12-132B-N MFS-13-132B-N MFS-16-135A-N MFS-22H-193A-N FL-941 1 Can also be used with reduced steer angles in tag position in Coach Applications. Rear Drive Tne /Trie - r®nt Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles — /Unl/P /Unl/P M X-08-130-FV(FSD-08A) M X-16-130-FV(FSD-16A) M X-21-130-SD (SDA-2100) RT-40-160/P RT-50-160/P M X-10-130-FV(FSD-10A) M X-18-130-FV(FSD-18A) M X-23-130-FV(FSD-23A) RT-46-160/P RZ-166 MX-12-130-FV(FSD-12A) MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800) MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300) RT 46 164EH/P c M X-13-130-FV(FSD-13A) M X-20-130-FV(FSD-20A) M X-29-130-FV(FSD-29A) MX-14-130-FV(FSD-14A) MX-21-130-FV(FSD-21A) ear Drive Axles — 1/ nl/P Rear Drive Single Axles — / nl/P 11170 RND 14H 523 RND-16A M S-17-13X M S-21-14X RC-23-160 RS-24-160 M S-30-616-SP MS-17-14X MS-21-144 RC-23-161 RC-25-160 RS-35-380 CL rivelineS MS-19-13X MS-23-17X RC-23-1621 RS-26-185 71162 MS-19-14X RS-21-145/A RC-23-1651 MS-26-616 71163 RPL 4/400/P, 1/Unl/P&L RS-17-144/145/A RS-21-160 RS-23-160 MS-26-616-SP 79163 MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L RS-19-144/145/A RC-22-145 RS-23-161 RS-30-185 155N 1/Unl/P MS-21-13X RC-22-145/A RS-23-186 MS-30-616 92N 1/Unl/P 1 3/Unl/P&L if Preset by Meritor. Transmission — 1/Unl/P Rear Drive Tnde /TrideAxles — 2/Unl/P&L 516 FAT 30 MT-34-14X/P MT-40-14XHE RT-44-145/P MT-58-616 RT-34-144/P/A MT-40-144/P RT-46-169 RT-58-1851 PT — 1/U nl/P MT-40-14T/P RT-40-145/A MT-52-616 MT-70-380 MPT-318 MPT-526 MPT-1702 MT-40-14X/P MT-44-14X/P RT-52-1851 RZ-188 MPT-500 MPT-531 MPT-175 1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation(RAR)approved MPT-510 MPT-543 MPT-185 by Meritor prior to vehicle build.All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. MPT-518 MPT-170 MPT-190 Refer to Product Information Letter#303 and#396 for further details. Packet Pg.682 C.10.c GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION Brake Components Trailer Air Suspension Systems Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)' Cam P' 2/200/P Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Cam 3/Unl/P Curbing DamageWarranty2 5/500/P, 1/100/L Q+Drum Brake TM 3/Unl/P&L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Q+Drum Brake TN13 2/200/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L _ ASA 3/Unl/P Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L 12 ASA' 2/200/P Bushings 5/P,3/L Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P PinLoc Air Controls 1/Unl/P&L Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P PinLoc Air Actuator 3/Unl/P&L All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram) STEELite X30 Drum BrakeTN12 12-Years or Wearable Life/P Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L le EX+Air Disc Brake TM 2/Unl/P&L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L 'Includes:bushing,seal,cam,ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/Unl/P. Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L W 2 Based on stamped wear diameter max. 2 Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only. Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L 2 Bushings 5/P,3/L CL MTA(Trailing Arm) w Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Trailer Axles Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L 2 Beam and Brackets' 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L CL Wheel End Systems2 Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Standard System' 1/Unl/P&L Bushings' 5/Unl/P,3/Unl/L AxlePak54 5/P&L (For axle and ABS coverage,refer to appropriate product warranties.) > 'Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Meritor AxlePak7s 7/P&L 2"Curbing damage"is defined as deformation(bending,buckling,or breakage), 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object.Damage to the 2 Includes hub,wheel seals and wheel bearings all systems require annual RideSentry slider box(the suspension sliding subframe,consisting of the frame inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. rails,crossmembers,and central A-frame assembly),caused by accidental trailer When installed by Meritor. impact with a curb or similar fixed object,is eligible for warranty coverage. When specified with AXIePak5 wheel end system,coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another � When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system,coverage on MTIS thru-tee vehicle,rollover or fire is not covered under this provision.Warranty is not transferrable to another trailer VIN,and coverage does not apply if the trailer and stator is 7/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. is deemed to be a total loss,scrapped,or otherwise not salvageable. (For brake components and ABS coverage,refer to appropriate Raw wood applications MOP, 1/Unl/L product warranties.) Chassis Axles (2000 Series/ ssiPk) TAG/Pusher Axles c Beam& Brackets 6/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L TO,TOO,TR,TRD Beam and Brackets' 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L 0 Wheel End Systems' MC14002,MC16003, FH946 2/Unl/P&L Standard System 1/Unl/P&L (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate AxlePak7 7/P&L product warranties.) 2 Beam and Brackets 7/P, 1/L 3/Unl/P&L if sold with PreSet by Meritor. 0) Includes hub,wheel seals and wheel bearings all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. co, erit®rO Tire Inflation System MTIS Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Packet Pg.683 C.10.c HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE WARRANTY INFORMATION Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle Airport Rescue Fire Fighting 0 Dump 11 Michigan Special Steel Hauler 11 Steel Hauling (ARFF) 11 Equipment Hauling 11 Michigan Special Waste Vehicle 11 Tanker U 11 Airport Shuttle* 11 Flatbed Trailer Hauler 11 Municipal Dump 11 Tank Truck 11 Asphalt Truck 11 Flatbed Truck 11 Rear Loader(Refuse) 11 Tractors with Pole Trailers 11 Block Truck 11 Fracturing Truck 11 Recycling Truck 11 Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps 11 Bottom Dump Trailer 11 Front Loader 11 Residential Pick-Up (Refuse) 11 Transfer Dump Combination 11 Geophysical Exploration 0 Rigging Truck 0 Transfer Vehicle •Cementing Vehicle 0 Hopper Trailer Combinations 0 Roll-Off 0 Utility Truck •Commercial Pick-Up 0 Landscaping Truck 0 Scrap Truck 0 Winch Truck •Concrete Pumper 0 Liquid Waste Hauler 0 Semi-End Dump •Construction Material Hauler 11 Log Hauling 11 Sewer/Septic Vacuum 11 Mixer 11 Lowboy 11 Shuttle Bus* W 11 Demolition 11 Michigan Special Gravel Trains 11 Side Loader m 11 Drill Rig 11 Michigan Special Log Hauler 11 Snowplow/Snowblower *Commercial chassis only Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle Typically Is Coverage under Meritor's warranty require that the application of products 11 Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals.Refer to CL 11 On/Off road vocations(10%or more off-road) TP-9441 for axles,SP-8320 for trailer axles,TP-12126 for drivelines,and/ 11 Moderate to frequent stops/starts(up to 10 stops per mile) or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles — /Unl/ .� FD-965 FL-941 MFS-10-143A-N MFS-12-143A-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-18-193A-N MX-12-120 FF-941 FL-943 MFS-10-144A-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-13-155 MFS-20-133A-N MX-12-120 EVO FF-942 MFS-6-151A-N MFS-12-122 MFS-12-155 MFS-14-122 MFS-20-135A-N MX-14-120 FF-943 MFS-6-153B MFS-12E-122 MFS-13-122 MFS-14-124A-N MFS-20-192A-N MX-16-120 FF-944 MFS-6-162B MFS-12-122B-N MFS-13-122B-N MFS-14-143A-N MFS-20-193A-N MX-18-120 FF-946 MFS-6-162C MFS-12E-122B-N MFS-13B-122B-N MFS-14-144A-N MFS-22-135A-N MX-17-140 FF-961 MFS-7-113C-N MFS-12-122C-N MFS-13-122C-N MFS-16-122A-N MFS-22H-135A-N MX-19-140 FF-966 MFS-7-153C-N MFS-12E-122C-N MFS-13B-122C-N MFS-16-133A-N MFS-22-193A-N MX-21-140 FF-967 MFS-7-163C-N MFS-12-124A-N MFS-13-132B-N MFS-16-135A-N MFS-22H-193A-N MX-21-160 c FG-941 MFS-8-113B-N MFS-12-132B-N MFS-13B-132B-N MFS-16-143A-N RF-16-145 MX-23-160 FG-943 MFS-8-153B-N MFS-12E-132B-N MFS-13-132C-N MFS-18-133A-N RF-21-160 MX-810 FH-941 MFS-8-163B-N MFS-12-132C-N MFS-13B-132C-N MFS-18-135A-N MX-10-120 FH-946 MFS-10-122A MFS-12E-132C-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-18-192A-N MX-10-120 EVO CL Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles — 1/Unl/P&L Rear Drive Axles — /Unl/P MX-08-130-FV(FSD-08A) MX-16-130-FV(FSD-16A) MX-21-130-SD (SDA-2100) 11170 RND-14H M X-10-130-FV(FSD-10A) M X-18-130-FV(FSD-18A) M X-23-130-FV(FSD-23A) 523 RND-16A F® MX-12-130-FV(FSD-12A) MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800) MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300) rivelineS M X-13-130-FV(FSD-13A) M X-20-130-FV(FSD-20A) M X-29-130-FV(FSD-29A) MX-14-130-FV(FSD-14A) MX-21-130-FV(FSD-21A) RPL 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/P&L 92N 1/Unl/P&L Rear Drive Single Axles — /Unl/P MXL 1/Unl/P&L MS-17-14X RS-21-160 RS-24-160 MS-35-380 Transmission — 1/ nl/P RS-17-144/145/A RC-22-145 RS-25-160 RS-38-380 516 M S-19-14X RC-23-160 M S-26-616 RC-25-160 FAT 30 RS-19-144 RH-23-160 MS-26-616-SP RC-26-633 PT — 1/Unl/P M S-21-114 RS-23-160 RS-26-185/380 MT-58-616 MS-21-14X RC-23-161 MS-30-616 MT-58-616-SP MPT-318 MPT-526 MPT-1702 RS-21-145 RS-23-161 MS-30-616-SP MPT-500 MPT-531 MPT-175 RS-21-145/A RS-23-186/380 RS-30-185/380 MPT-510 MPT-543 MPT-185 MPT-518 MPT-170 MPT-190 Packet Pg.684 C.10.c HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE WARRANTY INFORMATION Rear Drive Tree /Tri e Axles — /Unl/P MT-34-14X/P RT-44-145/P RT-52-185/38012 MT-70-380 RT-34-144/P/A RT-46-169 MT-58-616 RZ-188 MT-40-14X/P RT-58-160 MT-58-616-SP RT-40-145/A MT-52-616 RT-58-185/38012 2 MT-44-14X/P MT-52-616-SP RT-70-380 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles.Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation(RAR)approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build.All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter#303 and#396 for further details. 0 0 Brake Components Rear Drive Tree /Tri e - Trailer Air Suspension Systems l/P Cam P 3/UnI/P /Un MTA(Trailing Arm) Cam P' 2/100/P RT-40-160/P/A' Major Structural Components' 5/Unl/P,1/Unl/L Cam Cast PIUSTM 2/100/P&L RT-46-160/P/Al' Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Q+Drum Brake TM 3/UnI/P&L RT-46-164EH/P/A2,3 Shock Absorbers 2/UnI/P&L Q+Drum BrakeTN12 2/100/P&L RT-50-160/P/A3 Air Springs 2/UnI/P, 1/UnI/L y ASA 3/UnI/P RZ-166 Bushings' 5/UnI/P,3/UnI/L ASA2 2/100/P U.S.only.Canadian warranty=1/UnI/P for Raw wood applications 3/UnI/P, 1/UnI/L 2- Hubs/Cast Drums and combination vehicles only. (For axle and ABS coverage,refer to appropriate CL Other Wheel-end Axle model designated will vary according to options product warranties.) Components 1/UUI/P and variations specified on these axles.Contact Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/UUI/P Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. y Each vehicle must have a Request for Application > All Other Brakes 1/UUI/P Recommendation(RAR)approved by Meritor prior Trailer Axles 2 EX+Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L to vehicle build.All RARs must identifythe chassis Beam and Brackets' 5/UnI/P, 1/UnI/L 'Based on stamped wear diameter max. number or VIN.Refer to Product Information Letter Wheel End Systems2 2 Applies to City Bus,Trolley,Shuttle Bus and Airport #303 and#396 for further details. Shuttle only. Standard System' 1/UnI/P&L s 9000 Series is 3/UnI/P, 1/UnI/L Warranty for all non-Meritor ASAs supplied by � Meritor for all Heavy Service vocations is 1/100/P. Mentor Tire Inflation System 2 Includes hub,wheel seals and wheel bearings all � systems require annual inspections and proper cB MTIS Components 5/UnI/P, 1/UnI/L documentation to ensure full coverage. When installed by Meritor. (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) Gearboxes — /Unl/P 0 MGX-240 MGX-376 MGX-448 MGX-506 MGX-528 MGX-546 le MGX-279 MGX-377 MGX-456 MGX-514 MGX-533 MGX-550 MGX-279D MGX-378 MGX-478 MGX-519 MGX-534 W U MGX-280 MGX-380 MGX-480 MGX-520 MGX-536 MGX-285 MGX-384 MGX-487 MGX-522 MGX-537 MGX-292 MGX-402 MGX-488 MGX-524 MGX-541 , MGX-314 MGX-413 MGX-505 MGX-527 MGX-545 Transfer Cases — 1/Unl/ MTC-4213 MTC-3118-CV(358) MTC-3209-GV(RTC-60/420) MTC-4210 MTC-3120-FV(TC-143) MTC-3209-GV(RTC-60/380) MTC-4208 MTC-3124(T-2119) MTC-3209-GV(MTC-60/420) MTC-4206-FV(TC-38) MTC-3205-GV(MTC-25/247) MTC-3209-GV(MTC-60/380) MTC-3106-FV(TC-137) MTC-3205-GV(MTC-25/350) MTC-3212-CV(315&548B) MTC-31 11 (T-21 11) MTC-3205-GV(RTC-25/350) MTC-3312-FV(TC-270) MTC-3112-CV(529&548C) MTC-3206-FV(TC-237) MTC-3220-FC(TC-142) MTC-3116(T-2111) MTC-3206-CS (544) MTC-2212-CV(306) MTC-3118-FV(TC-180&TC-180-23) MTC-3208-GV(RTC-50) Packet Pg.685 C.10.c FIRE AND EMERGENCY WARRANTY INFORMATION Fire and Emergency Vehicles •Aerial Ladder Truck 0 Pumper •Aerial Platform 0 Rapid Intervention Vehicle(RIV) •Ambulance 0 Tanker •Command Vehicle •Crash Fire Rescue(CFR) I-_ Fire and Emergency Typically Is Coverage under Mentor's warranty require that the application of products be 11 Lower mileage operations(less than 20,000 miles/year) properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals.Refer to TP-9441 for c •Generally,on-road service(less than 10%off-road) axles,TP-12126 for drivelines,and/or contact Meritor regarding specific c •An average of three(3) miles between starting and stopping application approval questions on any product line. W Front Non-Drive Steer Axles — 5/Unl/P&L Brake Components 2 FL-941 MFS-18-193A-N MFS-22-135A-N Cam 3/UnI/P FL-943 MFS-20-133A-N MFS-22H-135A-N Q+Drum Brake TM 3/UnI/P&L y MFS-18-133A-N MFS-20-135A-N MFS-22-193A-N ASA 3/UnI/P MFS-18-135A-N MFS-20-193A-N MFS-22H-193A-N Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/UnI/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/UnI/PCL All Other Brakes 1/UnI/P Pont Drive Steer Axles — / nl/P EX+Air Disc Brake TM 2/UnI/P&L Includes:bushing,seal,cam,ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/UnI/P. > MX-19140 MX-21160 MX-23810 MX-21140 MX-23160 rivelines Rear Drive Single Axles — / nl/P RPL 4/400/P, 1/UnI/L MXL 3/350/P, 1/UnI/L RC-23-160 RS-23-186 RS-26-185 RS-25-160 155N 1/UnI/P RS-23-160 RS-24-160 RS-30-185 92N 1/UnI/P RS-23-161 RC-25-160 RS-35-380 1 3/UnI/P&L if Preset by Meritor. Transfer Cases — /Unl/ MTC4208 MTC3111 (T2111)ear rive T nde /TYid Axles — /Unl/P MTC-4210 MTC-3116(T-21 11) c MT-40-14X/P RT-44-145/P MT-52-616 MTC-4213 MTC-3124(T-2119) MT-40-144/P RT-46-160/P RT-52-1851 RT-40-145/A RT-46-164EH/P MT-58-616 RT-40-160/P RT-46-169 RT-58-1851 0) MT-44-14X/P RT-50-160/P MT-70-380 1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation(RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build.All RARs must identify the chassis co, number or VIN.Refer to Product Information Letter#303 and#396 for further details. Packet Pg.686 C.10.c TRANSIT BUS WARRANTY INFORMATION Transit Bus Vehicles •Airport Shuttle 0 Shuttle Bus •City Bus M Transit Bus •Commuter Coach 0 Trolley 2 Transit Bus Typically Is Coverage under Meritor's warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals.Refer to TP- 11 mileage operation (less than 50,000 miles per year) 9441 for axles,TP-12126 for drivelines,and/or contact Meritor regarding Moderate to frequent stops/starts(up to 10 stops per mile) specific application approval questions on any product line. Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles — 5/300/P&L Drivelines 2 FH-946 MFS-12-155 RPL 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L CL FH-941' MFS-13-155 92N 1/Unl/P&L Commutercoach only-2/Unl/P&L MXL 1/Unl/P&L Rear Drive Single Axles — 5/300/P&L Tag Axles — /Uni/ RS-23-160 79163 RS-21-160 MC-14002 c 0 RC-23-161 RC-23-162' MC-16003 71163 RC-23-165' FH-946 Commutercoach only-2/Unl/P&L Brake Components Center on-drive Axles — / /P Cam Cast PIUsTM 2/100/P&L MC-26000 Q+Drum BrakeTN11 2/100/P&L 71063 ASA' 2/100/P 79063 Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end ' Components 1/UnI/P All Other Brakes 1/UnI/P EX+Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L Applies to City Bus,Trolley,Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only. W U CL co Packet Pg.687 4k C.10.c OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION Industrial And Off-Highway Service Vehicles Load-On/Load-Off 0 Yard Jockey 0 Specialized Mining 11 Rail Car Mover 11 Port Tractor IN All-Terrain Crane 11 Excavator 11 Loader 11 Rail Yard Spotter 11 Rough Terrain Crane 11 Compactor 11 Tow Tractor 11 Roll-On/Roll-Off 11 Forestry 11 Fertilizer Spreader 11 Push back Tractor 11 Stevedoring Tractor 11 Material Handling 11 Snow Blower 11 Trailer Spotter 11 Specialized Heavy Haul 0 Mining Industrial And Off-Highway Service Typically Is Low mileage operation Coverage under Meritor's warranty require that the application of products be le 11 Low speed vehicle speed restriction properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals.Contact Meritor regarding 11 Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use specific application approval questions on any product line. W 11 Six(6) starts/stops per mile(typical) m rivelines — /Unl/ RPL MXL 2 CL Front Non-Drive Steer Axles — 1/Unl/P Brake Components 0 FF-941 MFS-12-144A-N MFS-18-193A-N Cam P 3/Unl/P FF-943 MFS-13-143A-N MFS-20-133A-N Q+Drum Brake TM 3/Unl/P&L FF-961 MFS-13-144A-N MFS-20-135A-N ASA 3/Unl/P FF-966 MFS-14-143A-N MFS-20-192A-N Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P FG-941 MFS-16-122A-N MFS-20-193A-N Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P FG-943 MFS-16-133A-N MFS-22-135A-N All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P FL-941 MFS-16-135A-N MFS-22H-135A-N FL-943 MFS-16-143A-N MFS-22-193A-N Planetary ales — 1/l1r�l/P FN-951 MFS-18-133A-N MFS-22H-193A-N y MFS-12-143A-N MFS-18-135A-N MON-ZO FAMILY MOB MOF MOS MOZ MOC MOG MOT MOD MOH MOX MOE MOR MOY 0 Gearboxes — 1/Unl/P W MGX-240 MGX-376 MGX-448 MGX-506 MGX-528 MGX-546 2 MGX-279 MGX-377 MGX-456 MGX-514 MGX-533 MGX-550 m CL MGX-279D MGX-378 MGX-478 MGX-519 MGX-534 MGX-280 MGX-380 MGX-480 MGX-520 MGX-536 MGX-285 MGX-384 MGX-487 MGX-522 MGX-537 MGX-292 MGX-402 MGX-488 MGX-524 MGX-541 MGX-314 MGX-413 MGX-505 MGX-527 MGX-545 Transfer uses — 1/Unl/P MTC-4213 MTC-3116(T-21 11) MTC-3205-GV(RTC-25/350) MTC-3209-GV(MTC-60/380) MTC-4210 MTC-3118-FV(TC-180&TC-180-23) MTC-3206-FV(TC-237) MTC-3212-CV(315&548B) MTC-4208 MTC-3118-CV(358) MTC-3206-CS (544) MTC-3312-FV(TC-270) MTC-4206-FV(TC-38) MTC-3120-FV(TC-143) MTC-3208-GV(RTC-50) MTC-3220-FC(TC-142) MTC-3106-FV(TC-137) MTC-3124(T-2119) MTC-3209-GV(RTC-60/420) MTC-2212-CV(306) MTC-3111 (T-2111) MTC-3205-GV(MTC-25/247) MTC-3209-GV(RTC-60/380) MTC-3112-CV(529&548C) MTC-3205-GV(MTC-25/350) MTC-3209-GV(MTC-60/420) Packet Pg.688 C.10.c TERMS AND CONDITIONS Coverage xcl sions Coverage Limitations Product Description Product Description 2 All All The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on or installation of non-genuine Meritor components or materials; an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or miles parts only(1/Unl/P). misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion. Front Axles Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or ) For axle assemblies supplied by Meritor with suspension and in- published vocational coverage,whichever is less.Wheel seals, 2 terface brackets designed and/or attached by non-Meritor parties, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles m CL Meritor warranty coverage does not apply to the brackets, bracket if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. W attachment methods, and field issues caused by brackets or bracket attachments to any covered component unless specified Rear Axles in a separate OEM agreement. Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage,whichever is less, if yoke is CL Front Axles installed by Meritor. If yoke is not installed by Meritor,then 2 King Pin Bushings. Meritor does not warrant pinion seals.Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the Rear Axles wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. Self-contained traction equalizers and oil filters.The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts Rear Axles from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton. The Meritor°breather part number A-2297-C-8765 with A-3196-J-1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential ASA warranty consideration relating to contamination and/or loss Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over-torqued, missing or of Tube in axles. otherwise damaged pawl assemblies. Cam Brake Cam Brake Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity. Brake lining wear and brake shoe "rust-jacking." c STEELite X30 c Disc Brake Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum. le Pad wear, rotor wear. Disc Brake W U Warranty coverage for boots, seals, bushings and pins is 2/200/P. Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P. iE co Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Meritor representative for specific details. Packet Pg.689 C.10.c TERMS AND CONDITIONS (1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty? (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC warrants to the owner("Owner") There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty. that the components listed in this publication,which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer("OEM")as original (4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? equipment in vehicles licensed for on-highway use,will be free from This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover defects in material and workmanship.This warranty coverage begins a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of(1) only after the expiration of the OEM's vehicle warranty for the applicable improper installation,adjustment,repair or modification (including covered components.Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first the vehicle's configuration, usage,or vocation from that which was Owner,or,the applicable mileage limitation,whichever occurs first. originally approved by Meritor), (11) accident, natural disaster,abuse, Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed or improper use(including loading beyond the specified maximum elsewhere in this warranty statement. vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the axle and/or driveline capacity),or(111) improper or insufficient Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must maintenance(including deviation from approved lubricants,change pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the intervals,or Tube levels).This warranty does not cover any component W component. Other components are warranted for both parts and or part that is not branded by Meritor. For vehicles that operate full 2 reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. or part time outside of the United States and Canada,a one year, m Components(whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as unlimited mileage, parts only warranty(1/Unl/P)will apply. CL replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder y of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. (5) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or 2 For certain components,coverage requires the use of specific replacement of the defective component at Meritor's option.Meritor extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants.For further information reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are CL about lubrication and maintenance,see Meritor publication available and/or returned to Meritor for review and evaluation. Maintenance Manual Number I and the applicable Meritor maintenance manual for the product in question.Other conditions (6) Disclaimer of Warranty. and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below. THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR �-- To obtain warranty coverage,each Owner must notify Meritor through PARTICULAR PURPOSE. the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Meritor components have been (7) Limitation of Remedies. incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date.This notification In no event shall Meritor be liable for special, incidental, indirect, may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, truck and/or trailer dealer or with Meritor directly. Failure to including, but not limited to,towing, downtime, lost productivity, notify Meritor of(1)the intended vocational use of the vehicle or(11) cargo damage,taxes,or any other losses or costs resulting from a a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, defective covered component. will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty(1/Unl/P)from the initial in-service date. (8) To Obtain Service. If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Meritor in material or workmanship,the Owner must promptly give notice to as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle.This notification can either Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased.To be sent directly to Meritor or through the OEM new truck and/or trailer obtain service,the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM ) dealer.The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Meritor service location. 2 exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Meritor for an evalu m designation of vocational use. ation of the claim.When authorized by Meritor,the dealer will repair CL or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Meritor co Coverage under Meritor's warranty requires that the application of component covered by this warranty. products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles,SP-8320 for trailer axles, (9) Entire Agreement. TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific This is the entire agreement between Meritor and the Owner about application approval questions on any product line. warranty and no Meritor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Meritor.This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Meritor and the Owner. Product models,brands,names and trademarks depicted herein are the property of their respective owners and,except where otherwise indicated,are not in any way associated with Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems,LLC,or any parent or affiliate,thereof. MERITOR Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC For more information: ©2018 Meritor,Inc. 2135 West Maple Road call Ontrac at 866-668-7221 Litho in USA,sP-95155 Troy, Michigan 48084 USA or visit meritor.com Revised 1 19(47865/11900) Packet Pg.690 C.10.c u. Rescue Apparatus U „,� , 1-- 1.LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below,Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service("Buyer"): (a)any integral parts,components,attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce,including but not limited to engines,transmissions, drivelines,axles,water pumps and generators;with respect to all such parts, components,attachments and accessories,Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties,if any,made by the respective manufacturers thereof, le (b)any vehicle,chassis,or component,part,attachment or accessory damaged by The Meritor axle shall be covered by Meritor as indicated in misuse,neglect,fire,exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions,acidic 0) Coverage: the attached Meritor warranty coverage description environment,improper maintenance,accident,crash,or force majeure such as natural 2- disaster,lightning,earthquake,windstorm,hail,flood,war or riot, 0) (c)any vehicle,chassis or component,part,attachment or accessory that has been repaired,altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce N which,in the sole judgment of Pierce,adversely affects the performance,stability or purpose for which it was manufactured,or Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice(issued when the product ships from the factory). CL (d)products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced Warranty Period Five(5)Years during the warranty period,including,but not limited to,tires,fluids,gaskets and light _ Ends After: bulbs.Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies t8 into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced(a)without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department;or(b)at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs,modifications,alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. ¢' 2.DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE t8 WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE.PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,WHETHER EXPRESS,IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3.BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Conditions and If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty Exclusions: period,and such nonconformity is not due to misuse,neglect,accident or improper The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor warranty maintenance,Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, See Also description shall apply. and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent.At Paragraphs the request of Pierce,any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by 2 thru 4 Buyer for examination and/or repair.Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation,and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time,Pierce shall repair or replace(at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts.Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce.THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. CL 4.EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer,IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL,SPECIAL,INDIRECT,OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, ¢1 WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT,WARRANTY,TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY)OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY,WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE,OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE,OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN,OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS,ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, t8 REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES.Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,Pierce This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages,penalties, with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is damages for lost profits or revenues,loss of vehicles or products or any associated normal to the particular model.Normal service means service which does not subject the equipment,cost of substitute vehicles or products,down-time,delay damages,any other product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use.If the Buyer types of economic loss,or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. discovers a defect or nonconformity,it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty(30)days after the date of discovery,but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE Note:Any Surety Bond,if pail of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR warranty is provided,applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle,and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document(if any) or to the warranties(d any)made by any manufacturer(other than Pierce)of any part, component,attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 6/29/2020 WA0384 Packet Pg.691 1SC�r�L 4( 1 AS VMERITOIR Doug � p C. i s? _ !Y S }irk � •t �� � 7 � ���' � )k�yru�OHM ?} t a s ,�' '` � � Nu, 'f •� - '- =- - •nr< 1 r 4ij��S��t � kS� n nk Si a 1 _ }S� i �_ r , x �. sd — Cll7 } } a, d i� ti G7 1 r Y ? �'� j o�)}�Y r)�tss 'r 1yjxlitH lar'�Y Packet Pg.692 4 C.10.c WARRANTY INFORMATION CONTENTS Effective Model Year 2020 Vehicles Linehaul ............................................................................................................. 3-4 GeneralService ................................................................................................... 5-6 Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle .......................................................................... 7-8 0 0 Fireand Emergency ................................................................................................ 9 TransitBus ........................................................................................................... 10 0) U Off-Highway Service.............................................................................................. 11 Termsand Conditions............................................................................................ 12 2 How to Read Warranty Coverage > Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) P=Parts Only W Unl=Unlimited P&L=Parts & Labor Notice: Models or components that are approved for use by Meritor's vocational guidelines contained in Meritor Publication TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles,TP-12126 for drivelines,which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts _ only(1/Unl/P). Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only(1/Unl/P). c 0 W U 2 CL Advantage Program Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires.You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting www.meritor.com or by contacting Meritor at 866-OnTracl(866-668-7221). Packet Pg.693 C.10.c LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION Linehaul Vehicles •Bulk Hauler 0 Flatbed 0 Livestock Hauler 0 Refrigerated Freight •Chip Hauler(Truck)* 0 General Freight 0 Moving Van 11 Tanker 11 Doubles 11 Grain Hauler 11 Pipe Hauler 11 Triples Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty consideration. Linehaul Typically Is Coverage under Mentor's warranty require that the application of products be 11 High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals.Refer to TP-9441 for c Well maintained major highways of concrete or axles,SP-8320 for trailer axles,TP-12126 for drivelines,and/or contact Mentor asphalt construction regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. 11 Greater than 30 miles between starting and stopping W U Front Non-Drive Steer Axles — / / FD-965 FF-967 MFS-12-122B-N MFS-12-132C-N MFS-13-122B-N MFS-13B-122C-N FF-941 FG-941 MFS-12-122C-N MFS-12E-132B-N MFS-13-122C-N MFS-13B-132B-N FF-942 FG-943 MFS-12E-122A-N MFS-12E-132C-N MFS-13-132B-N MFS-13B-132C-N FF-943 MFS-10-122A MFS-12E-122B-N MFS-12-143A-N MFS-13-132C-N MFS-14-122A-N CL FF-944 MFS-10-143A-N MFS-12E-122C-N MFS-12E-143A-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-14-124A-N FF-961 MFS-10-144A-N MFS-12-124A-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-14-143A-N FF-966 MFS-12-122A-N MFS-12-132B-N MFS-13-122A-N MFS-13B-122B-N MFS-14-144A-N Rear Drive Single Axles — 5/750/P&L Rear Drive T nde /Tri eAxles — / /P RS-19-144/145/A RS-21-145 RS-23-160 RT-34-144/P/A MA-40-165 MT-40-14XHE MS-19-14X RS-21-160 RS-23-161 RT-40-145/A MA-40-175 MT-40-144/P MS-21-144 MS-23-17X RS-23-186 RT-40-160/Pl2 MT-34-14X/P MT-40-943 RT-46-160/Pl2 MT-40-14T/P MT-40-943-SP RT-46-164EH/P12 MT-40-14X/P RZ-1662 _ rivelirles RT-50-160/P12 MT-40-14X/P RZ-188 _ RPL 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L 1 These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration. MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation(RAR) 155N 1/Unl/P approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build.All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN.Refer to Product Information Letter#303 and#396 for 92N 1/Unl/P further details. W U CL Packet Pg.694 C.10.c LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION Brake Components Trailer Air Suspension Systems Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/P, 1/100/L MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)' Q+Drum Brake TM 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L ASA 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L Curbing Damage Warranty' 5/500/P, 1/100/L Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/UnI/P Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/UnI/P Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L _ All Other Brakes 1/UnI/P Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L 12 STEELite X30 Drum BrakeTN12 12-Years or Wearable Life/P Bushings 5/P,3/L EX+Air Disc Brake TM 5/500/P, 1/Unl/L PinLoc Air Controls 1/100/P&L EX+Air Disc Brake Extended Standard Warranty' 5/500/P&L PinLoc Actuator 3/300/P&L 'Includes: bushing,seal,cam,ASA lubrication and wear coverage of MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram) ca 3/500/P&L. Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L le 2 Based on stamped wear diameter max. Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L 'Applies onlyto MA761 friction material code CD brake assembly i.e. Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L W EX225LXXXCDXXX Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/1L 2 m Bushings 5/P,3/L MTA(Trailing Arm) w Trailer Axles Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L Beam and Brackets 5/500/P, 1/100/L Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L Wheel End Systems' Air Springs& Rebound Straps 2/200/P, 1/100/L CL Standard System2 1/100/P&L Bushings 5/500/P,3/300/L Preset by Meritor' 5/500/P&L76 'Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Meritor > AxlePak54 5P/L AxlePak75 7P/L (For axle and ABS coverage,refer to appropriate product warranties.) Includes hub,wheel seals and wheel bearings all systems require annual 2"Curbing damage"is defined as deformation(bending,buckling,or breakage), inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object.Damage to the 2 When installed by Meritor. RideSentry slider box(the suspension sliding subframe,consisting of the frame Requires approved hubcap stating PreSet by Meritor on hubcap face. rails,crossmembers,and central A-frame assembly),caused by accidental trailer When specified with AXIePak5 wheel end system,coverage on MTIS thru-tee and impact with a curb or similar fixed object,is eligible for warranty coverage. stator is 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another When specified with AXIePak7 wheel end system,coverage on MTIS thru-tee vehicle,rollover or fire is not covered under this provision.Warranty is not and stator is 7/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. transferrable to another trailer VIN,and coverage does not apply if the trailer (For brake components and ABS coverage,refer to appropriate is deemed to be a total loss,scrapped,or otherwise not salvageable. product warranties.) TAG/PusherAxles' 0 TO,TOO,TR,TRD Beam and Brackets 5/750/P&L For brake components and ABS Coverage,refer to appropriate product warranties. Mentor Tire Inflation System CL MTIS Components 5/UnI/P, 1/UnI/L Packet Pg.695 4k C.10.c GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION General Service Vehicles •Auto Hauler 0 Intercity Coach 0 Pipe Hauler 0 Tanker Trailer •Beverage Truck 0 Intermodal Chassis 0 Platform Auto Hauler 0 Tour Bus •Chip Hauler 0 Livestock Hauler 0 Rear Engine Integral Coach 11 Wrecker •Cross Country Coach 0 Meat Packer 11 Recreational Vehicles 11 Flatbed 11 Moving Van 11 Refrigerated Freight _ 11 Front Engine Commercial Chassis 11 Municipal Truck 11 School Bus 11 Front Engine Integral Coach 11 Newspaper Delivery 11 Stake Truck 11 General Freight 11 Pick-Up and Delivery 0 Tanker General Service Typically Is Coverage under Meritor's warranty require that the application of products be 11 Lower mileage operations(less than 60,000 miles/year) properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals.Refer to TP-9441 for le 11 Generally,on-road service(less than 10%off-road) axles,SP-8320 for trailer axles,TP-12126 for drivelines,and/or contact Meritor 11 An average of three(3) miles between starting and stopping regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. Front Non-Drive Steer Axles — /Unl/ CL FD-965 FL-943 MFS-8-163B-N MFS-12E-132B-N MFS-13-132C-N MFS-16-143A-N y FF-941 MFS-6-151A-N MFS-10-122A MFS-12-132C-N MFS-13B-132B-N MFS-18-133A-N FF-942 MFS-6-153B-N MFS-10-143A-N MFS-12E-132C-N MFS-13B-132C-N MFS-18-135A-N 2 FF-943 MFS-6-162B-N MFS-10-144A-N MFS-12-143A-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-18-193A-N CL FF-944 MFS-6-153C-N MFS-12-122A-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-20-133A-N FF-946 MFS-6-162C-N MFS-12E-122A-N MFS-12E-143A-N MFS-14-122A-N MFS-20-135A-N FF-961 MFS-7-113C-N MFS-12-122B-N MFS-13-122A-N MFS-14-124A-N MFS-20-192A-N > FF-966 MFS-7-153C-N MFS-12E-122B-N MFS-13-122B-N MFS-14-143A-N MFS-20-193A-N FF-967 MFS-7-163C-N MFS-12-122C-N MFS-13B-122B-N MFS-14-144A-N MFS-22-135A-N FG-941 MFS-8-113B-N MFS-12E-122C-N MFS-13-122C-N MFS-16-122A-N MFS-22H-135A-N .� FH-941 MFS-8-143A-N MFS-12-124A-N MFS-13B-122C-N MFS-16-133A-N MFS-22-193A-N FH-9461 MFS-8-153B-N MFS-12-132B-N MFS-13-132B-N MFS-16-135A-N MFS-22H-193A-N FL-941 1 Can also be used with reduced steer angles in tag position in Coach Applications. Rear Drive Tne /Trie - r®nt Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles — /Unl/P /Unl/P M X-08-130-FV(FSD-08A) M X-16-130-FV(FSD-16A) M X-21-130-SD (SDA-2100) RT-40-160/P RT-50-160/P M X-10-130-FV(FSD-10A) M X-18-130-FV(FSD-18A) M X-23-130-FV(FSD-23A) RT-46-160/P RZ-166 MX-12-130-FV(FSD-12A) MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800) MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300) RT 46 164EH/P c M X-13-130-FV(FSD-13A) M X-20-130-FV(FSD-20A) M X-29-130-FV(FSD-29A) MX-14-130-FV(FSD-14A) MX-21-130-FV(FSD-21A) ear Drive Axles — 1/ nl/P Rear Drive Single Axles — / nl/P 11170 RND 14H 523 RND-16A M S-17-13X M S-21-14X RC-23-160 RS-24-160 M S-30-616-SP MS-17-14X MS-21-144 RC-23-161 RC-25-160 RS-35-380 CL rivelineS MS-19-13X MS-23-17X RC-23-1621 RS-26-185 71162 MS-19-14X RS-21-145/A RC-23-1651 MS-26-616 71163 RPL 4/400/P, 1/Unl/P&L RS-17-144/145/A RS-21-160 RS-23-160 MS-26-616-SP 79163 MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L RS-19-144/145/A RC-22-145 RS-23-161 RS-30-185 155N 1/Unl/P MS-21-13X RC-22-145/A RS-23-186 MS-30-616 92N 1/Unl/P 1 3/Unl/P&L if Preset by Meritor. Transmission — 1/Unl/P Rear Drive Tnde /TrideAxles — 2/Unl/P&L 516 FAT 30 MT-34-14X/P MT-40-14XHE RT-44-145/P MT-58-616 RT-34-144/P/A MT-40-144/P RT-46-169 RT-58-1851 PT — 1/U nl/P MT-40-14T/P RT-40-145/A MT-52-616 MT-70-380 MPT-318 MPT-526 MPT-1702 MT-40-14X/P MT-44-14X/P RT-52-1851 RZ-188 MPT-500 MPT-531 MPT-175 1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation(RAR)approved MPT-510 MPT-543 MPT-185 by Meritor prior to vehicle build.All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. MPT-518 MPT-170 MPT-190 Refer to Product Information Letter#303 and#396 for further details. Packet Pg.696 C.10.c GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION Brake Components Trailer Air Suspension Systems Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)' Cam P' 2/200/P Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Cam 3/Unl/P Curbing DamageWarranty2 5/500/P, 1/100/L Q+Drum Brake TM 3/Unl/P&L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Q+Drum Brake TN13 2/200/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L _ ASA 3/Unl/P Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L 12 ASA' 2/200/P Bushings 5/P,3/L Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P PinLoc Air Controls 1/Unl/P&L Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P PinLoc Air Actuator 3/Unl/P&L All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram) STEELite X30 Drum BrakeTN12 12-Years or Wearable Life/P Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L le EX+Air Disc Brake TM 2/Unl/P&L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L 'Includes:bushing,seal,cam,ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/Unl/P. Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L W 2 Based on stamped wear diameter max. 2 Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only. Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L 2 Bushings 5/P,3/L CL MTA(Trailing Arm) w Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Trailer Axles Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L 2 Beam and Brackets' 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L CL Wheel End Systems2 Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Standard System' 1/Unl/P&L Bushings' 5/Unl/P,3/Unl/L AxlePak54 5/P&L (For axle and ABS coverage,refer to appropriate product warranties.) > 'Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Meritor AxlePak7s 7/P&L 2"Curbing damage"is defined as deformation(bending,buckling,or breakage), 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object.Damage to the 2 Includes hub,wheel seals and wheel bearings all systems require annual RideSentry slider box(the suspension sliding subframe,consisting of the frame inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. rails,crossmembers,and central A-frame assembly),caused by accidental trailer When installed by Meritor. impact with a curb or similar fixed object,is eligible for warranty coverage. When specified with AXIePak5 wheel end system,coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another � When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system,coverage on MTIS thru-tee vehicle,rollover or fire is not covered under this provision.Warranty is not transferrable to another trailer VIN,and coverage does not apply if the trailer and stator is 7/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. is deemed to be a total loss,scrapped,or otherwise not salvageable. (For brake components and ABS coverage,refer to appropriate Raw wood applications MOP, 1/Unl/L product warranties.) Chassis Axles (2000 Series/ ssiPk) TAG/Pusher Axles c Beam& Brackets 6/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L TO,TOO,TR,TRD Beam and Brackets' 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L 0 Wheel End Systems' MC14002,MC16003, FH946 2/Unl/P&L Standard System 1/Unl/P&L (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate AxlePak7 7/P&L product warranties.) 2 Beam and Brackets 7/P, 1/L 3/Unl/P&L if sold with PreSet by Meritor. 0) Includes hub,wheel seals and wheel bearings all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. co, erit®rO Tire Inflation System MTIS Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Packet Pg.697 C.10.c HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE WARRANTY INFORMATION Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle Airport Rescue Fire Fighting 0 Dump 11 Michigan Special Steel Hauler 11 Steel Hauling (ARFF) 11 Equipment Hauling 11 Michigan Special Waste Vehicle 11 Tanker U 11 Airport Shuttle* 11 Flatbed Trailer Hauler 11 Municipal Dump 11 Tank Truck 11 Asphalt Truck 11 Flatbed Truck 11 Rear Loader(Refuse) 11 Tractors with Pole Trailers 11 Block Truck 11 Fracturing Truck 11 Recycling Truck 11 Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps 11 Bottom Dump Trailer 11 Front Loader 11 Residential Pick-Up (Refuse) 11 Transfer Dump Combination 11 Geophysical Exploration 0 Rigging Truck 0 Transfer Vehicle •Cementing Vehicle 0 Hopper Trailer Combinations 0 Roll-Off 0 Utility Truck •Commercial Pick-Up 0 Landscaping Truck 0 Scrap Truck 0 Winch Truck •Concrete Pumper 0 Liquid Waste Hauler 0 Semi-End Dump •Construction Material Hauler 11 Log Hauling 11 Sewer/Septic Vacuum 11 Mixer 11 Lowboy 11 Shuttle Bus* W 11 Demolition 11 Michigan Special Gravel Trains 11 Side Loader m 11 Drill Rig 11 Michigan Special Log Hauler 11 Snowplow/Snowblower *Commercial chassis only Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle Typically Is Coverage under Meritor's warranty require that the application of products 11 Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals.Refer to CL 11 On/Off road vocations(10%or more off-road) TP-9441 for axles,SP-8320 for trailer axles,TP-12126 for drivelines,and/ 11 Moderate to frequent stops/starts(up to 10 stops per mile) or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles — /Unl/ .� FD-965 FL-941 MFS-10-143A-N MFS-12-143A-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-18-193A-N MX-12-120 FF-941 FL-943 MFS-10-144A-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-13-155 MFS-20-133A-N MX-12-120 EVO FF-942 MFS-6-151A-N MFS-12-122 MFS-12-155 MFS-14-122 MFS-20-135A-N MX-14-120 FF-943 MFS-6-153B MFS-12E-122 MFS-13-122 MFS-14-124A-N MFS-20-192A-N MX-16-120 FF-944 MFS-6-162B MFS-12-122B-N MFS-13-122B-N MFS-14-143A-N MFS-20-193A-N MX-18-120 FF-946 MFS-6-162C MFS-12E-122B-N MFS-13B-122B-N MFS-14-144A-N MFS-22-135A-N MX-17-140 FF-961 MFS-7-113C-N MFS-12-122C-N MFS-13-122C-N MFS-16-122A-N MFS-22H-135A-N MX-19-140 FF-966 MFS-7-153C-N MFS-12E-122C-N MFS-13B-122C-N MFS-16-133A-N MFS-22-193A-N MX-21-140 FF-967 MFS-7-163C-N MFS-12-124A-N MFS-13-132B-N MFS-16-135A-N MFS-22H-193A-N MX-21-160 c FG-941 MFS-8-113B-N MFS-12-132B-N MFS-13B-132B-N MFS-16-143A-N RF-16-145 MX-23-160 FG-943 MFS-8-153B-N MFS-12E-132B-N MFS-13-132C-N MFS-18-133A-N RF-21-160 MX-810 FH-941 MFS-8-163B-N MFS-12-132C-N MFS-13B-132C-N MFS-18-135A-N MX-10-120 FH-946 MFS-10-122A MFS-12E-132C-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-18-192A-N MX-10-120 EVO CL Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles — 1/Unl/P&L Rear Drive Axles — /Unl/P MX-08-130-FV(FSD-08A) MX-16-130-FV(FSD-16A) MX-21-130-SD (SDA-2100) 11170 RND-14H M X-10-130-FV(FSD-10A) M X-18-130-FV(FSD-18A) M X-23-130-FV(FSD-23A) 523 RND-16A F® MX-12-130-FV(FSD-12A) MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800) MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300) rivelineS M X-13-130-FV(FSD-13A) M X-20-130-FV(FSD-20A) M X-29-130-FV(FSD-29A) MX-14-130-FV(FSD-14A) MX-21-130-FV(FSD-21A) RPL 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/P&L 92N 1/Unl/P&L Rear Drive Single Axles — /Unl/P MXL 1/Unl/P&L MS-17-14X RS-21-160 RS-24-160 MS-35-380 Transmission — 1/ nl/P RS-17-144/145/A RC-22-145 RS-25-160 RS-38-380 516 M S-19-14X RC-23-160 M S-26-616 RC-25-160 FAT 30 RS-19-144 RH-23-160 MS-26-616-SP RC-26-633 PT — 1/Unl/P M S-21-114 RS-23-160 RS-26-185/380 MT-58-616 MS-21-14X RC-23-161 MS-30-616 MT-58-616-SP MPT-318 MPT-526 MPT-1702 RS-21-145 RS-23-161 MS-30-616-SP MPT-500 MPT-531 MPT-175 RS-21-145/A RS-23-186/380 RS-30-185/380 MPT-510 MPT-543 MPT-185 MPT-518 MPT-170 MPT-190 Packet Pg.698 C.10.c HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE WARRANTY INFORMATION Rear Drive Tree /Tri e Axles — /Unl/P MT-34-14X/P RT-44-145/P RT-52-185/38012 MT-70-380 RT-34-144/P/A RT-46-169 MT-58-616 RZ-188 MT-40-14X/P RT-58-160 MT-58-616-SP RT-40-145/A MT-52-616 RT-58-185/38012 2 MT-44-14X/P MT-52-616-SP RT-70-380 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles.Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation(RAR)approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build.All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter#303 and#396 for further details. 0 0 Brake Components Rear Drive Tree /Tri e - Trailer Air Suspension Systems l/P Cam P 3/UnI/P /Un MTA(Trailing Arm) Cam P' 2/100/P RT-40-160/P/A' Major Structural Components' 5/Unl/P,1/Unl/L Cam Cast PIUSTM 2/100/P&L RT-46-160/P/Al' Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Q+Drum Brake TM 3/UnI/P&L RT-46-164EH/P/A2,3 Shock Absorbers 2/UnI/P&L Q+Drum BrakeTN12 2/100/P&L RT-50-160/P/A3 Air Springs 2/UnI/P, 1/UnI/L y ASA 3/UnI/P RZ-166 Bushings' 5/UnI/P,3/UnI/L ASA2 2/100/P U.S.only.Canadian warranty=1/UnI/P for Raw wood applications 3/UnI/P, 1/UnI/L 2- Hubs/Cast Drums and combination vehicles only. (For axle and ABS coverage,refer to appropriate CL Other Wheel-end Axle model designated will vary according to options product warranties.) Components 1/UUI/P and variations specified on these axles.Contact Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/UUI/P Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. y Each vehicle must have a Request for Application > All Other Brakes 1/UUI/P Recommendation(RAR)approved by Meritor prior Trailer Axles 2 EX+Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L to vehicle build.All RARs must identifythe chassis Beam and Brackets' 5/UnI/P, 1/UnI/L 'Based on stamped wear diameter max. number or VIN.Refer to Product Information Letter Wheel End Systems2 2 Applies to City Bus,Trolley,Shuttle Bus and Airport #303 and#396 for further details. Shuttle only. Standard System' 1/UnI/P&L s 9000 Series is 3/UnI/P, 1/UnI/L Warranty for all non-Meritor ASAs supplied by � Meritor for all Heavy Service vocations is 1/100/P. Mentor Tire Inflation System 2 Includes hub,wheel seals and wheel bearings all � systems require annual inspections and proper cB MTIS Components 5/UnI/P, 1/UnI/L documentation to ensure full coverage. When installed by Meritor. (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) Gearboxes — /Unl/P 0 MGX-240 MGX-376 MGX-448 MGX-506 MGX-528 MGX-546 le MGX-279 MGX-377 MGX-456 MGX-514 MGX-533 MGX-550 MGX-279D MGX-378 MGX-478 MGX-519 MGX-534 W U MGX-280 MGX-380 MGX-480 MGX-520 MGX-536 MGX-285 MGX-384 MGX-487 MGX-522 MGX-537 MGX-292 MGX-402 MGX-488 MGX-524 MGX-541 , MGX-314 MGX-413 MGX-505 MGX-527 MGX-545 Transfer Cases — 1/Unl/ MTC-4213 MTC-3118-CV(358) MTC-3209-GV(RTC-60/420) MTC-4210 MTC-3120-FV(TC-143) MTC-3209-GV(RTC-60/380) MTC-4208 MTC-3124(T-2119) MTC-3209-GV(MTC-60/420) MTC-4206-FV(TC-38) MTC-3205-GV(MTC-25/247) MTC-3209-GV(MTC-60/380) MTC-3106-FV(TC-137) MTC-3205-GV(MTC-25/350) MTC-3212-CV(315&548B) MTC-31 11 (T-21 11) MTC-3205-GV(RTC-25/350) MTC-3312-FV(TC-270) MTC-3112-CV(529&548C) MTC-3206-FV(TC-237) MTC-3220-FC(TC-142) MTC-3116(T-2111) MTC-3206-CS (544) MTC-2212-CV(306) MTC-3118-FV(TC-180&TC-180-23) MTC-3208-GV(RTC-50) Packet Pg.699 C.10.c FIRE AND EMERGENCY WARRANTY INFORMATION Fire and Emergency Vehicles •Aerial Ladder Truck 0 Pumper •Aerial Platform 0 Rapid Intervention Vehicle(RIV) •Ambulance 0 Tanker •Command Vehicle •Crash Fire Rescue(CFR) I-_ Fire and Emergency Typically Is Coverage under Mentor's warranty require that the application of products be 11 Lower mileage operations(less than 20,000 miles/year) properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals.Refer to TP-9441 for c •Generally,on-road service(less than 10%off-road) axles,TP-12126 for drivelines,and/or contact Meritor regarding specific c •An average of three(3) miles between starting and stopping application approval questions on any product line. W Front Non-Drive Steer Axles — 5/Unl/P&L Brake Components 2 FL-941 MFS-18-193A-N MFS-22-135A-N Cam 3/UnI/P FL-943 MFS-20-133A-N MFS-22H-135A-N Q+Drum Brake TM 3/UnI/P&L y MFS-18-133A-N MFS-20-135A-N MFS-22-193A-N ASA 3/UnI/P MFS-18-135A-N MFS-20-193A-N MFS-22H-193A-N Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/UnI/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/UnI/PCL All Other Brakes 1/UnI/P Pont Drive Steer Axles — / nl/P EX+Air Disc Brake TM 2/UnI/P&L Includes:bushing,seal,cam,ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/UnI/P. > MX-19140 MX-21160 MX-23810 MX-21140 MX-23160 rivelines Rear Drive Single Axles — / nl/P RPL 4/400/P, 1/UnI/L MXL 3/350/P, 1/UnI/L RC-23-160 RS-23-186 RS-26-185 RS-25-160 155N 1/UnI/P RS-23-160 RS-24-160 RS-30-185 92N 1/UnI/P RS-23-161 RC-25-160 RS-35-380 1 3/UnI/P&L if Preset by Meritor. Transfer Cases — /Unl/ MTC4208 MTC3111 (T2111)ear rive T nde /TYid Axles — /Unl/P MTC-4210 MTC-3116(T-21 11) c MT-40-14X/P RT-44-145/P MT-52-616 MTC-4213 MTC-3124(T-2119) MT-40-144/P RT-46-160/P RT-52-1851 RT-40-145/A RT-46-164EH/P MT-58-616 RT-40-160/P RT-46-169 RT-58-1851 0) MT-44-14X/P RT-50-160/P MT-70-380 1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation(RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build.All RARs must identify the chassis co, number or VIN.Refer to Product Information Letter#303 and#396 for further details. Packet Pg.700 C.10.c TRANSIT BUS WARRANTY INFORMATION Transit Bus Vehicles •Airport Shuttle 0 Shuttle Bus •City Bus M Transit Bus •Commuter Coach 0 Trolley 2 Transit Bus Typically Is Coverage under Meritor's warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals.Refer to TP- 11 mileage operation (less than 50,000 miles per year) 9441 for axles,TP-12126 for drivelines,and/or contact Meritor regarding Moderate to frequent stops/starts(up to 10 stops per mile) specific application approval questions on any product line. Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles — 5/300/P&L Drivelines 2 FH-946 MFS-12-155 RPL 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L CL FH-941' MFS-13-155 92N 1/Unl/P&L Commutercoach only-2/Unl/P&L MXL 1/Unl/P&L Rear Drive Single Axles — 5/300/P&L Tag Axles — /Uni/ RS-23-160 79163 RS-21-160 MC-14002 c 0 RC-23-161 RC-23-162' MC-16003 71163 RC-23-165' FH-946 Commutercoach only-2/Unl/P&L Brake Components Center on-drive Axles — / /P Cam Cast PIUsTM 2/100/P&L MC-26000 Q+Drum BrakeTN11 2/100/P&L 71063 ASA' 2/100/P 79063 Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end ' Components 1/UnI/P All Other Brakes 1/UnI/P EX+Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L Applies to City Bus,Trolley,Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only. W U CL co Packet Pg.701 4k C.10.c OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION Industrial And Off-Highway Service Vehicles Load-On/Load-Off 0 Yard Jockey 0 Specialized Mining 11 Rail Car Mover 11 Port Tractor IN All-Terrain Crane 11 Excavator 11 Loader 11 Rail Yard Spotter 11 Rough Terrain Crane 11 Compactor 11 Tow Tractor 11 Roll-On/Roll-Off 11 Forestry 11 Fertilizer Spreader 11 Push back Tractor 11 Stevedoring Tractor 11 Material Handling 11 Snow Blower 11 Trailer Spotter 11 Specialized Heavy Haul 0 Mining Industrial And Off-Highway Service Typically Is Low mileage operation Coverage under Meritor's warranty require that the application of products be le 11 Low speed vehicle speed restriction properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals.Contact Meritor regarding 11 Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use specific application approval questions on any product line. W 11 Six(6) starts/stops per mile(typical) 2 rivelines — /Unl/ RPL MXL 2 CL Front Non-Drive Steer Axles — 1/Unl/P Brake Components 0 FF-941 MFS-12-144A-N MFS-18-193A-N Cam P 3/Unl/P FF-943 MFS-13-143A-N MFS-20-133A-N Q+Drum Brake TM 3/Unl/P&L FF-961 MFS-13-144A-N MFS-20-135A-N ASA 3/Unl/P FF-966 MFS-14-143A-N MFS-20-192A-N Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P FG-941 MFS-16-122A-N MFS-20-193A-N Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P FG-943 MFS-16-133A-N MFS-22-135A-N All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P FL-941 MFS-16-135A-N MFS-22H-135A-N FL-943 MFS-16-143A-N MFS-22-193A-N Planetary ales — 1/l1r�l/P FN-951 MFS-18-133A-N MFS-22H-193A-N y MFS-12-143A-N MFS-18-135A-N MON-ZO FAMILY MOB MOF MOS MOZ MOC MOG MOT MOD MOH MOX MOE MOR MOY 0 Gearboxes — 1/Unl/P W MGX-240 MGX-376 MGX-448 MGX-506 MGX-528 MGX-546 2 MGX-279 MGX-377 MGX-456 MGX-514 MGX-533 MGX-550 m CL MGX-279D MGX-378 MGX-478 MGX-519 MGX-534 MGX-280 MGX-380 MGX-480 MGX-520 MGX-536 MGX-285 MGX-384 MGX-487 MGX-522 MGX-537 MGX-292 MGX-402 MGX-488 MGX-524 MGX-541 MGX-314 MGX-413 MGX-505 MGX-527 MGX-545 Transfer uses — 1/Unl/P MTC-4213 MTC-3116(T-21 11) MTC-3205-GV(RTC-25/350) MTC-3209-GV(MTC-60/380) MTC-4210 MTC-3118-FV(TC-180&TC-180-23) MTC-3206-FV(TC-237) MTC-3212-CV(315&548B) MTC-4208 MTC-3118-CV(358) MTC-3206-CS (544) MTC-3312-FV(TC-270) MTC-4206-FV(TC-38) MTC-3120-FV(TC-143) MTC-3208-GV(RTC-50) MTC-3220-FC(TC-142) MTC-3106-FV(TC-137) MTC-3124(T-2119) MTC-3209-GV(RTC-60/420) MTC-2212-CV(306) MTC-3111 (T-2111) MTC-3205-GV(MTC-25/247) MTC-3209-GV(RTC-60/380) MTC-3112-CV(529&548C) MTC-3205-GV(MTC-25/350) MTC-3209-GV(MTC-60/420) Packet Pg.702 C.10.c TERMS AND CONDITIONS Coverage xcl sions Coverage Limitations Product Description Product Description 2 All All The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on or installation of non-genuine Meritor components or materials; an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or miles parts only(1/Unl/P). misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion. Front Axles Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or ) For axle assemblies supplied by Meritor with suspension and in- published vocational coverage,whichever is less.Wheel seals, 2 terface brackets designed and/or attached by non-Meritor parties, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles m CL Meritor warranty coverage does not apply to the brackets, bracket if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. W attachment methods, and field issues caused by brackets or bracket attachments to any covered component unless specified Rear Axles in a separate OEM agreement. Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage,whichever is less, if yoke is CL Front Axles installed by Meritor. If yoke is not installed by Meritor,then 2 King Pin Bushings. Meritor does not warrant pinion seals.Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the Rear Axles wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. Self-contained traction equalizers and oil filters.The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts Rear Axles from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton. The Meritor°breather part number A-2297-C-8765 with A-3196-J-1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential ASA warranty consideration relating to contamination and/or loss Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over-torqued, missing or of Tube in axles. otherwise damaged pawl assemblies. Cam Brake Cam Brake Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity. Brake lining wear and brake shoe "rust-jacking." c STEELite X3O c Disc Brake Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum. le Pad wear, rotor wear. Disc Brake W U Warranty coverage for boots, seals, bushings and pins is 2/2OO/P. Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P. iE co Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Meritor representative for specific details. Packet Pg.703 C.10.c TERMS AND CONDITIONS (1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty? (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC warrants to the owner("Owner") There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty. that the components listed in this publication,which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer("OEM")as original (4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? equipment in vehicles licensed for on-highway use,will be free from This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover defects in material and workmanship.This warranty coverage begins a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of(1) only after the expiration of the OEM's vehicle warranty for the applicable improper installation,adjustment,repair or modification (including covered components.Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first the vehicle's configuration, usage,or vocation from that which was Owner,or,the applicable mileage limitation,whichever occurs first. originally approved by Meritor), (11) accident, natural disaster,abuse, Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed or improper use(including loading beyond the specified maximum elsewhere in this warranty statement. vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the axle and/or driveline capacity),or(111) improper or insufficient Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must maintenance(including deviation from approved lubricants,change pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the intervals,or Tube levels).This warranty does not cover any component W component. Other components are warranted for both parts and or part that is not branded by Meritor. For vehicles that operate full 2 reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. or part time outside of the United States and Canada,a one year, m Components(whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as unlimited mileage, parts only warranty(1/Unl/P)will apply. CL replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder y of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. (5) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or 2 For certain components,coverage requires the use of specific replacement of the defective component at Meritor's option.Meritor extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants.For further information reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are CL about lubrication and maintenance,see Meritor publication available and/or returned to Meritor for review and evaluation. Maintenance Manual Number I and the applicable Meritor maintenance manual for the product in question.Other conditions (6) Disclaimer of Warranty. and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below. THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR �-- To obtain warranty coverage,each Owner must notify Meritor through PARTICULAR PURPOSE. the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Meritor components have been (7) Limitation of Remedies. incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date.This notification In no event shall Meritor be liable for special, incidental, indirect, may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, truck and/or trailer dealer or with Meritor directly. Failure to including, but not limited to,towing, downtime, lost productivity, notify Meritor of(1)the intended vocational use of the vehicle or(11) cargo damage,taxes,or any other losses or costs resulting from a a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, defective covered component. will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty(1/Unl/P)from the initial in-service date. (8) To Obtain Service. If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Meritor in material or workmanship,the Owner must promptly give notice to as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle.This notification can either Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased.To be sent directly to Meritor or through the OEM new truck and/or trailer obtain service,the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM ) dealer.The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Meritor service location. 2 exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Meritor for an evalu m designation of vocational use. ation of the claim.When authorized by Meritor,the dealer will repair CL or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Meritor co Coverage under Meritor's warranty requires that the application of component covered by this warranty. products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles,SP-8320 for trailer axles, (9) Entire Agreement. TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific This is the entire agreement between Meritor and the Owner about application approval questions on any product line. warranty and no Meritor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Meritor.This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Meritor and the Owner. Product models,brands,names and trademarks depicted herein are the property of their respective owners and,except where otherwise indicated,are not in any way associated with Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems,LLC,or any parent or affiliate,thereof. MERITOR Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC For more information: ©2018 Meritor,Inc. 2135 West Maple Road call Ontrac at 866-668-7221 Litho in USA,sP-95155 Troy, Michigan 48084 USA or visit meritor.com Revised 1 19(47865/11900) Packet Pg.704 C.10.c Fire and Rescue Apparatus Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship Meritor Wabco ABS Brake System Limited 2 I(l Laxax III l i d IIIted Warranty 1.LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below,Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (a)any integral parts,components,attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce,including but not limited to engines,transmissions, drivelines,axles,water pumps and generators,with respect to all such parts, components,attachments and accessories,Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties,if any,made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The Mentor Wabco ABS brake system shall be covered by Coverage: Mentor Wabco as indicated in the attached Mentor Wabco (b)any vehicle,chassis,or component,part,attachment or accessory damaged by warranty coverage description misuse,neglect,fire,exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions,acidic environment,improper maintenance,accident,crash,or force majeure such as natural disaster,lightning,earthquake,windstorm,hail,flood,war or riot; (c)any vehicle,chassis or component,part,attachment or accessory that has been CL repaired,altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce N Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice(issued when the which,in the sole judgment of Pierce,adversely affects the performance,stability or product ships from the factory). purpose for which it was manufactured,or (d)products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced Warranty Period Three(3)Year during the warranty period,including,but not limited to,tires,fluids,gaskets and lightCL Ends After: bulbs.Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced(a)without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department,or(b)at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical ' capability. Any repairs,modifications,alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2.DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE.PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,WHETHER EXPRESS,IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3.BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. _ Conditions and If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty Exclusions: period,and such nonconformity is not due to misuse,neglect,accident or improper The exclusions listed in the attached Mentor Wabco warranty maintenance,Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, See Also description shall apply. and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent.At Paragraphs the request of Pierce,any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by 2 thru 4 Buyer for examination and/or repair.Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation,and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time,Pierce shall repair or replace(at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts.Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce.THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. CL 4.EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. ' Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer,IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL,SPECIAL,INDIRECT,OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT,WARRANTY,TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY)OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY,WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE,OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE,OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN,OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS,ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES.Without limiting the generality of the This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance foregoing,Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is damages,penalties,damages for lost profits or revenues,loss of vehicles or products or normal to the particular model.Normal service means service which does not subject the any associated equipment,cost of substitute vehicles or products,down-time,delay product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use.If the Buyer damages,any other types of economic loss,or for any claims by any third party for any discovers a defect or nonconformity,it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty(30)days such damages. after the date of discovery,but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE Note:Any Surety Bond,if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER warranty is provided,applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle,and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document(if any)or to the warranties(if any)made by any manufacturer(other than Pierce)of any part,component,attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the 2/25/2013 WA0232 vehicle. Packet Pg.705 > i�lt I�ir xnrr C.�O.V kt i F 1 r; t U rrl �S I if 14 _ 0 0 CL CL 3' f Sri 0 R I a ttj } I_ igti�,r�4ufsn).3�;c r" r ,f c c f r CO MERITORWABCO < Safe.1ty Strong. Efficieripy Smart. Warranty Model Year 2018 Vehicles Packet Pg.706 C.10.c SIMPLER IS BETTER Warranty coverage is essential to protecting your investment. But understanding the full details of your coverage can be challenging. This straightforward approach allows you, our valued customer, to better understand how your specific vehicle applications le will be covered in your region. Our component warranty coverage is provided ) according to vocation/usage categories listed below. 2 • Linehaul covers high mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) on well maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction. • General Service covers moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) on well maintained public roads (less than 10 percent off-road) typically with less than three (3) stops per mile. • Heavy Service (Vocational) covers vehicles with more than 10 percent off-road OR W moderate to frequent starts/stops typically with more than three (3) stops per mile. • Off-Highway Service covers lower mileage operations. Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use. 0 0 0) U CL 2 Packet jPg.707 C.10.c CONTENTS LinehaulService............................................................................................... 4 0 0 GeneralService................................................................................................ 4 HeavyService .................................................................................................. 5 U Industrial/Off-Highway Service ........................................................................ 6 Termsand Conditions ...................................................................................... 7 2 2 How to Read Warranty r U MIMM= 3 300 P 0 0 W U CL co Packet Pg.708 C.10.c HEAVY SERVICE (VOCATIONAL) WARRANTY INFORMATION Heavy Service Vehicles 2 _ • Airport Rescue Fire(ARF) - Equipment Hauling - Municipal Dump -Steel Hauling •Airport Shuttle - Flatbed Trailer Hauler - Newspaper Delivery -Tanker •Asphalt Truck - Flatbed Truck - Package Delivery -Tank Truck • Block Truck - Fracturing Truck - Pick-up and Delivery -Tractors with Pole Trailers • Bottom Dump Trailer - Front Loader - Rapid Intervention Vehicle -Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps Combination - Geophysical Exploration (RIV) -Transfer Dump •Cementing Vehicle - Hopper Trailer Combinations - Rear Loader -Transfer Vehicle •City Bus - Landscaping Truck - Recycling Truck -Transit Bus •Commercial Pick-Up - Liquid Waste Hauler - Residential Pick-Up/Waste -Trolley •Concrete Pumper - Log Hauling - Rigging Truck - Utility Truck CIL •Construction Material Hauler - Lowboy - Roll-Off -Winch Truck 0) •Crash Fire Rescue(CFR) - Michigan Special Gravel -Scrap Truck • Mixer Trains -Semi-End Dump • Demolition - Michigan Special Log Hauler -Sewer/Septic Vacuum • Drill Rig - Michigan Special Steel Hauler -Shuttle Bus CIL • Dump - Michigan Special Waste -Side Loader • Emergency Service Vehicle -Snowplow/Snowblower > 0 Heavy Service Typically Is •On/Off road vocations 10%or more off-road OR • Moderate to frequent starts/stops typically more than three(3)stops per mile Meritor WABCO Components' -� ABS(Anti-Lock Braking System)Air 3/300/P&L w � ` ABS(Anti-Lock Braking System)Hydraulic 2/200/P&L E Electronic Braking System(EBS) 3/300/P&L � „ 0 Electronic Stability Control(ESC) 3/300/P&L 0 Roll Stability Control(RSC) 3/300/P&L � sJ Air Dryers(ALL) 1/100/P&L � U) Leveling Valves 1/100/P&L Air Brake Valves 1/100/P&L Emission Valves(SCR) 2/200/P&L CI- Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L °o Air Compressors(ALL) 1/100/P&L OnGuardTM 3/300/P&L OnGuarclACTIVET" 3/300/P&L OnLaneTm Lane Departure Warning 3/300/P&L t� I Blind Spot Detection 3/300/P&L - " OptiRideTM 2/200/P&L Trailer Roll Stability Support(RSS) 3/300/P&L e( Trailer Control Line Filter' 1/100/P&L `� Trailer ABS Valve' 3/300/P&L WABCO and Meritor WABCO branded components. t hit 1� f. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins,Mercedes,and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by Meritor WABCO.Please contact ) sORit�Yiq� your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty ��s tt{tatl', p' and servicing. An extended warranty of 4/400/P will be applied when a Meritor WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a Meritor WABCO Trailer ABS valve. Effective Model Year Packet jPg. 709 C.10.c TERMS AND CONDITIONS Coverage Exclusions ABS,Electronic Stability Control(ESQ,Roll Stability 76 Control(RSQ,OptiRide'm,OnGuard'm and OnLane'm, Product Description collectively"Electronics" All Failure of electronic components due to overvoltage The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments condition, improper grounding,electrostatic discharge to a covered product due to the following: (1)damage to (ESD), improper shielding,electromagnetic interference the product or its component parts caused by incorrect use, (EMI),or other wiring or installation issues. W installation, maintenance or repair, including without limitation (a) improper fit of mating components or Malfunctions and failure codes caused by other electronic CL brackets, (b)damaged threads, (c)cut, broken,chafed, subsystem failures(data bus,engine,transmission, y pinched or otherwise damaged wiring(sensors, harnesses dashboard,etc.) and connectors), (d)damaged sensors from removal when Hydraulic Components seized in block,or associated with sensor adjustments/ CL For certain components, brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4 is used alignments,and (e)damage resulting from the use or as the operating medium. Use of any other fluid will void installation of non-genuine Meritor WABCO components or > all warranties associated with that component. For c materials; (2)damage to the product, its component parts, hydraulic braking applications the brake fluid is considered or diminished product or component part performance due a maintenance item. Maintenance intervals are listed _ to incorrect operation,deviation from approved conditions in TB-1367. or misapplication; (3)any unauthorized disassembly of the product or its component parts including without limitation (a)obliterated,defaced or missing WABCO or Meritor Coverage WABCO name plate,serial numbers or label identifying the Limitations device as a Meritor WABCO product or WABCO component, Product Description (b)changes to sealed adjusting screws,and (c)opening or All attempted repair of non-serviceable components; Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be (4) malfunction of the component due to internal accepted or honored under this warranty program. contamination out of the vehicle system including without limitation (a)water and other contamination damage that Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider)are limited to one year, 1/Unl/P. W is due to the use of a non-genuine air dryer cartridge or 2 (b)valve failures due to contamination in air system,(5) For vehicles that operate full-or part-time outside of the m CL complaints associated with noise, (6)damage resulting United States and Canada,a 1-Year/Unlimited Miles parts co from corrosion (including oxidation of electrical devices only(1/Unl/P)will apply. and connections). TOOLBOX'""Software Air Dryers Proper diagnostics of Meritor WABCO Electronics may � Mounting brackets(see vehicle OEM). Desiccant require the latest version of TOOLBOX'".Additional labor cartridge housing only. due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX".TOOLBOX'M Air System Components software,and/or the time to purchase or install latest version of TOOLBOX""are not covered under product warranty. Normal wear items; Gladhand seals,dash valve knobs,valve actuation handles,treadles, pedals. Packet Pg.710 C.10.c TERMS AND CONDITIONS (1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty? (a)improper handling,storage,installation,adjustment,repair O Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems warrants to the owner or modification including the use of unauthorized attachments 2 ("Owner")that the components listed in this publication,which or changes or modification in the vehicle's configuration,usage, have been installed b an Original Equipment Manufacturer or vocation from that which was originallya roved b Meritor Y g pp Y ("OEM")as original equipment will be free from defects in material WABCO,(b)accident,fire or other casualty,natural disaster,road and workmanship.This warranty coverage begins from the original debris,negligence,misuse,abuse,or improper use(including in-service date to the limits provided and runs concurrently with loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering O any warranties provided by OEMs and/or any service contracts engine power settings to exceed the brake system capacity),or(c) O that cover the components listed in this publication,if any.If improper or insufficient maintenance(including deviation from the components listed in this publication are covered by an OEM maintenance intervals,approved lubricants,or lube levels).This warranty and/or service contract,then the OEM's warranty and/ warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by or service contract shall supersede Meritor WABCO's warranty and Meritor WABCO. Owner shall comply with all OEM's warranty and/or service contract requirements for claims under such OEM's warranty and/or service (5) Remedy. contract until those agreements expire.Once those agreements The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or CL replacement of the defective component at Meritor WABCO's 0) expire and provided the Meritor WABCO warranty has not expired to under the terms stated above,the Meritor WABCO warranty would option.Meritor WABCO reserves the right to require that all t8 be in effect until its expiration date. applicable covered components are available and/or returned to Meritor WABCO for review and evaluation. CL Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time (6) DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY. O period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner,or,the THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES ¢ applicable mileage limitation,whichever occurs first. Duration of OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESS,IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed previously ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR O in this publication.Some components are warranted for parts PARTICULAR PURPOSE.SOME STATES LIMIT OR DO NOT ALLOW THE only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the DISCLAIMER OF IMPLIED OR OTHER WARRANTIES,SO THE ABOVE repair or replacement of the component.Other components are LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO THE EXTENT SUCH warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace STATE'S LAW IS APPLICABLE TO THESE TERMS. the subject component.Additional diagnostic time due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX'",time to purchase or install (7) LIMITATION OF REMEDIES. latest version of TOOLBOX'"'are the responsibility of the authorized IN NO EVENT SHALL MERITOR WABCO BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL,INCI- Meritor WABCO service location and are not covered under product DENTAL,INDIRECT,OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR warranty.Components installed as replacements under this UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY,INCLUDING,BUT NOT LIMITED TO,TOW- warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original ING,DOWNTIME,LOST PRODUCTIVITY,CARGO DAMAGE,TAXES,LOST period of time or mileage under the original warranty. PROFITS,COSTS OF PROCUREMENT OF A SUBSTITUTE COMPONENT OR ANY OTHER LOSSES OR COSTS RESULTING FROM A COVERED (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. COMPONENT.SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR To obtain warranty coverage,each Owner must notify Meritor LIMITATION OF SPECIAL,INCIDENTAL,INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL O WABCO through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the DAMAGES,SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY NOT intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Meritor WABCO APPLY TO THE EXTENT SUCH STATE'S LAW IS APPLICABLE TO THESE components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service TERMS. date.This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with (8) TIME LIMIT ON COMMENCING LEGAL ACTION. Meritor WABCO directly.Failure to notify Meritor WABCO of(1)the ANY LEGAL ACTION OR CLAIM ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO THIS intended vocational use of the vehicle or(11)a change in vocational WARRANTY,IN CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE,MUST BE COMMENCED use from that which was originally designated,will result in the WITHIN ONE YEAR FROM THE ACCRUAL OF THAT CAUSE OF ACTION, application of a one year,unlimited mileage,parts only warranty OR BE BARRED FOREVER. (1/Unl/P)from the initial in-service date. (9) To Obtain Service. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a Meritor WABCO as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. defect in material or workmanship,the Owner must promptly give 0) This notification can be sent directly to Meritor WABCO or through notice to either Meritor WABCO or the dealer from which the the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer.The duration and mileage vehicle was purchased.To obtain service,the vehicle must be O coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to taken to any participating OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. authorized Meritor WABCO service location.The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Meritor WABCO for an evaluation of the Coverage under Meritor WABCO's warranty requires that the claim.When authorized by Meritor WABCO,the dealer will repair application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Meritor and Meritor WABCO,approvals. WABCO component covered by this warranty. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? (10) Entire Agreement. There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty. This is the entire agreement between Meritor WABCO and the (4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? Owner about warranty and no Meritor,Meritor WABCO employee, In addition to the items listed on page 7,this warranty does not or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf cover normal wear and tear,or service items;nor does it cover a of Meritor WABCO unless in writing and signed by an authorized component that fails,malfunctions or is damaged as a result of representative of Meritor WABCO. 8 1 Packet jPg.711 C.10.c U 2 0 0 w U CL CL 0 J 0 0 w U CL CO For more information on Meritor WABCO Warranty,call w our OnTrac Customer Service team at 866-OnTracl(866-668-7221) m or visit meritorwabco.com. Litho in USA.Revised 06/17. meritorwabco.com SP-1375(47865/11900) Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems 9)2017 Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control System 2135 West Maple Road,Troy,Michigan 48084,USA Meritor WABCO Vehicle C Phone:866-ONTRACI(866-668-7221)Fax:248-435-8002 Packet,Pg.712 joint venture of MeritorT'" C.10.c Fire and Rescue Apparatus Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity Custom Cab L'I'miled Warranty 1.LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: 2 Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below,Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (a)any integral parts,components,attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce,including but not limited to engines,transmissions, drivelines,axles,water pumps and generators,with respect to all such parts, components,attachments and accessories,Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties,if any,made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The Pierce Custom Cab shall be free from structural failures b an vehicle,chassis,or component,onent, art,attachment or accessory dama damaged b Coverage: ( ) Y P P Y 9 Y caused by defects in material and workmanship misuse,neglect,fire,exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions,acidic environment,improper maintenance,accident,crash,or force majeure such as natural disaster,lightning,earthquake,windstorm,hail,flood,war or riot, (c)any vehicle,chassis or component,part,attachment or accessory that has been 0) repaired,altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce 2- The date of the original purchase invoice(issued when the which,in the sole judgment of Pierce,adversely affects the performance,stability or 0) Warranty Begins: product ships from the P P factory). purpose for which it was manufactured;or CL Ten(10)Years (d)products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced N Warranty Period during the warranty period,including,but not limited to,tires,fluids,gaskets and light Ends After: -or- 0 Miles bulbs.Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. CL The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced(a)without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department,or(b)at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs,modifications,alterations or affermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2.DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE W WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE.PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,WHETHER EXPRESS,IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3.BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Conditions and This warranty applies only to the cab tubular support and If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty Exclusions: mounting structures and other structural components of the period,and such nonconformity is not due to misuse,neglect,accident or improper cab of the vehicle model,as identified in the Pierce maintenance,Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, See Also specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus. and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent.At Paragraphs the request of Pierce,any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by 2 thru 4 This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. Buyer for examination and/or repair.Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation,and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time,Pierce shall repair or replace(at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts.Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce.THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4.EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. CL Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer,IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, I: INCIDENTAL,SPECIAL,INDIRECT,OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT,WARRANTY,TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY)OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY,WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE,OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE,OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN,OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS,ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES.Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,Pierce This limited warrant shall a only if the product is properly maintained in accordance ¢' Y PPY Y P P P Y specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages,penalties, with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is damages for lost profits or revenues,loss of vehicles or products or any associated normal to the particular model.Normal service means service which does not subject the equipment,cost of substitute vehicles or products,down-time,delay damages,any other product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use.If the Buyer types of economic loss,or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. discovers a defect or nonconformity,it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty(30)days after the date of discovery,but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE Note:Any Surety Bond,if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER warranty is provided,applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle,and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document(if any) or to the warranties(if any)made by any manufacturer(other than Pierce)of any part, component,attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0012 Packet Pg.713 C.10.c Fire and Rescue Apparatus Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion Cab 1.LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below,Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (a)any integral parts,components,attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce,including but not limited to engines,transmissions, drivelines,axles,water pumps and generators,with respect to all such parts, components,attachments and accessories,Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable Exterior surfaces of the cab painted by Pierce shall be free warranties,if any,made by the respective manufacturers thereof; from blistering,peeling,corrosion or any other adhesion b an vehicle,chassis,or component,onent, art,attachment or accessory dama damaged b Coverage: defect caused b defective manufacturing methods or paint ( ) Y P P Y n Y y 9 P misuse,neglect,fire,exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions,acidic material selection. environment,improper maintenance,accident,crash,or force majeure such as natural disaster,lightning,earthquake,windstorm,hail,flood,war or riot, (c)any vehicle,chassis or component,part,attachment or accessory that has been 0) repaired,altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce 2- The date of the original purchase invoice(issued when the which,in the sole judgment of Pierce,adversely affects the performance,stability or 0) Warranty Begins: product ships from the P P factory). purpose for which it was manufactured;or CL (d)products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced N Warranty Period during the warranty period,including,but not limited to,tires,fluids,gaskets and light Ends After: Ten(10)Years bulbs.Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. CL The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the repaired or replaced(a)without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department,or(b)at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical following percentage costs of warranty repair,if any: > capability. Any repairs,modifications,alterations or aftermarket parts added after Topcoat Durability&Appearance:Gloss,Color Retention& manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. Cracking 0-72 months 100% 2.DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES 73-96 months 50% THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE 97-120 months 25% WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE.PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,WHETHER EXPRESS,IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, Integrity of Coating System:Adhesion,Blistering/Bubbling INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,AND ANY WARRANTIES 0-36 months 100% (B 37-84 months 50% ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 85-120 months 25% 3.BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Conditions and Corrosion:Dissimilar Metal and Crevice If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty Exclusions: 0-36 months 100% period,and such nonconformity is not due to misuse,neglect,accident or improper 37-48 months 50% maintenance,Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, See Also 49-72 months 25% and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent.At Paragraphs the request of Pierce,any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by 2 thru 4 73-120 months 10 Buyer for examination and/or repair.Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such Corrosion Perforation transportation,and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. 0-120 months 100% le Within a reasonable time,Pierce shall repair or replace(at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts.Repair or replacement shall be made only by a This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint.Paint on facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce.THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty. 4.EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. CL Items not covered by this warranty include: Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and (a)Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper Buyer,IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the INCIDENTAL,SPECIAL,INDIRECT,OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, Pierce operation and maintenance manual). WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT,WARRANTY,TORT (b)UV paint fade. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY)OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW ¢' (c)Any cab not manufactured by Pierce. OR EQUITY,WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE,OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE,OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN,OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS,ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES.Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,Pierce This limited warrant shall a only if the product is properly maintained in accordance ¢' Y PPY Y P P P Y specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages,penalties, with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is damages for lost profits or revenues,loss of vehicles or products or any associated normal to the particular model.Normal service means service which does not subject the equipment,cost of substitute vehicles or products,down-time,delay damages,any other product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use.If the Buyer types of economic loss,or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. discovers a defect or nonconformity,it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty(30)days after the date of discovery,but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE Note:Any Surety Bond,if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER warranty is provided,applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle,and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document(if any) or to the warranties(if any)made by any manufacturer(other than Pierce)of any part, component,attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0055 Packet Pg.714 C.10.c Fire and Rescue Apparatus 54 Months Material and Workmanship Camera System L'I'miled Warranty 1.LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below,Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (a)any integral parts,components,attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce,including but not limited to engines,transmissions, drivelines,axles,water pumps and generators,with respect to all such parts, components,attachments and accessories,Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect warranties,if any,made by the respective manufacturers thereof; related to materials or workmanship of the Sharpvision b an vehicle,chassis,or component, art,attachment or accessory damaged b Coverage: ( ) Y P P Y 9 Y camera system installed on the apparatus occuring during the misuse,neglect,fire,exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions,acidic warranty period. environment,improper maintenance,accident,crash,or force majeure such as natural disaster,lightning,earthquake,windstorm,hail,flood,war or riot, (c)any vehicle,chassis or component,part,attachment or accessory that has been 0) repaired,altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce 2- Warranty Begins: The date of delivery. which,in the sole judgment of Pierce,adversely affects the performance,stability or 0) purpose for which it was manufactured,or CL (d)products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced N Warranty Period Fifty-Four(54)months during the warranty period,including,but not limited to,tires,fluids,gaskets and light Ends After: bulbs.Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. CL The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced(a)without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department,or(b)at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs,modifications,alterations or affermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2.DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE W WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE.PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,WHETHER EXPRESS,IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3.BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Conditions and If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty Exclusions: period,and such nonconformity is not due to misuse,neglect,accident or improper This limited warranty does not apply to related wire P Y 9 harnesses,cables,and connectors,which are covered by the maintenance,Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, See Also and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent.At Paragraphs Pierce one(1)year basic apparatus limited warranty. the request of Pierce,any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by 2 thru 4 Buyer for examination and/or repair.Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation,and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time,Pierce shall repair or replace(at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts.Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce.THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4.EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. CL Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer,IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL,SPECIAL,INDIRECT,OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT,WARRANTY,TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY)OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY,WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE,OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE,OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN,OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS,ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES.Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,Pierce This limited warrant shall a only if the product is properly maintained in accordance ¢° Y PPY Y P P P Y specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages,penalties, with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is damages for lost profits or revenues,loss of vehicles or products or any associated normal to the particular model.Normal service means service which does not subject the equipment,cost of substitute vehicles or products,down-time,delay damages,any other product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use.If the Buyer types of economic loss,or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. discovers a defect or nonconformity,it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty(30)days after the date of discovery,but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE Note:Any Surety Bond,if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER warranty is provided,applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle,and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document(if any) or to the warranties(if any)made by any manufacturer(other than Pierce)of any part, component,attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 1/11/2011 WA0188 Packet Pg.715 o C.10.c NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY FET Zoo* Allison PARTICIPATING OEM SALES TI'811Sri11SS1U11® DISTRIBUTOR SALES FL LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS FL USED IN EMERGENCY VEHICLE APPLICATIONS FL Allison Transmission will provide for repairs or replacement,at its option,during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission EF listed below that is installed in an Emergency Vehicle in accordance with the following terms,conditions,and limitations. EE WHAT IS COVERED • WARRANTY APPLIES—This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an Emergency Vehicle and is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s)of the vehicle during the warranty period. RT • REPAIRS COVERED—The warranty covers repairs or replacement,at Allison Transmission's option,to correct any transmission 0 malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacementsRT pp will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances. • TOWING—Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent W further damage to your transmission. 2 �1 • PAYMENT TERMS—Warranty repairs,including parts and labor,will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in CL EE section"APPLICABLE MODELS,WARRANTY LIMITATIONS,AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE." 03 • OBTAINING REPAIRS—To obtain warranty repairs,take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or EF Dealer to perform necessary repairs. C- 0 • TRANSMISSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION—Labor costs for the removal and re-installation of the transmission, when necessary to make a warranty repair,are covered by this warranty. • WARRANTY PERIOD—The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail purchaser,with the following exception: e( Demonstration Service-A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles(8000 kilometers). If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser,the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser after these limits are reached,the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be entitled to the remaining warranty. APPLICABLE MODELS,WARRANTY LIMITATIONS,AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE WARRANTY LIMITATIONS ADJUSTMENT CHARGE TO BE APPLICABLE (Whichever occurs first) PAID BY THE CUSTOMER MODELS Transmission Miles Months Or Kilometers Parts Lahor U) MD 2 0-24 No Limit No Charge No Charge 3000,3200,3500,3700 EF HT with Hydraulic Controls 0-24 No Limit No Charge No Charge co AT,1000 SeriesTM,2000 SeriesTM, 2400 SeriesTM 0-36 No Limit No Charge No Charge F® HT with Electronic Controls 0-60 No Limit No Charge No Charge HD 1000 EVS,2100 EVS,2200 EVS 2350 EVS,2500 EVS,2550 EVS,3000 EVS,3500 EVS,4000, 0-60 No Limit No Charge No Charge 4000 EVS,4500,4500 EVS,4700,' 4700 EVS,4800 4800 EVS Page I of 2 ° Packet Pg.716 o C.10.c WHAT IS NOT COVERED • DAMAGE DUE TO ACCIDENT,MISUSE,or ALTERATION—Defects and damage caused as the result of any of the following are not covered: — Flood,collision,fire,theft,freezing,vandalism,riot,explosion,or objects striking the vehicle; — Misuse of the vehicle; Installation into unapproved applications and installations; Alterations or modification of the transmission or the vehicle,and — Damage resulting from improper storage(refer to long-term storage procedure outlined in the applicable Allison Service Manual) — Anything other than defects in Allison Transmission material or workmanship NOTE: This warranty is void on transmissions used in vehicles currently or previously titled as salvaged,scrapped,junked,or totaled. • CHASSIS,BODY,and COMPONENTS—The chassis and body company(assemblers)and other component and equipment manufacturers FAT are solely responsible for warranties on the chassis,body,component(s),and equipment they provide. Any transmission repair caused by anET � alteration(s)made to the Allison transmission or the vehicle which allows the transmission to be installed or operated outside of the limits 76 defined in the appropriate Allison Installation Guideline is solely the responsibility of the entity making the alteration(s). • DAMAGE CAUSED by LACK of MAINTENANCE or by the USE of TRANSMISSION FLUIDS NOT RECOMMENDED in E the OPERATOR'S MANUAL—Defects and damage caused by any of the following are not covered: 0 — Failure to follow the recommendations of the maintenance schedule intervals applicable to the transmission; — Failure to use transmission fluids or maintain transmission fluid levels recommended in the Operator's Manual. U) • MAINTENANCE—Normal maintenance(such as replacement of filters,screens,and transmission fluid)is not covered and is the W owner's responsibility. a) • REPAIRS by UNAUTHORIZED DEALERS—Defects and damage caused by a service outlet that is not an authorized Allison W Transmission Distributor or Dealer are not covered. os • USE of OTHER THAN GENUINE ALLISON TRANSMISSION PARTS—Defects and damage caused by the use of parts that are not genuine Allison Transmission parts are not covered. EF CL EF • EXTRA EXPENSES—Economic loss and extra expenses are not covered. Examples include but are not limited to: loss of vehicle 0 use;inconvenience;storage;payment for loss of time or pay;vehicle rental expense;lodging;meals;or other travel costs. 76 • "DENIED PARTY"OWNERSHIP—Warranty repair parts and labor costs are not reimbursed to any participating or non-participating OEMs,dealers or distributors who perform warranty work for,or on behalf of,end users identified by the United States as being a"denied party"or who are citizens of sanctioned or embargoed countries as defined by the U.S.Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control. Furthermore,warranty reimbursements are not guaranteed if the reimbursement would be contrary to any United States export control laws or regulations as defined by the U.S.Department of Commerce,the U.S.Department of State,or the U.S.Department of Treasury. OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO CONSUMERS AS DEFINED by the MAGNUSON-MOSS WARRANTY ACT This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. Allison Transmission does not authorize any person to create for it any other obligation or liability in connection with these transmissions. .� ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLICABLE TO cu THESE TRANSMISSIONS IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY. PERFORMANCE OF REPAIRS AND NEEDED ADJUSTMENTS IS THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY UNDER THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES(SUCH AS,BUT NOT LIMITED TO,LOST WAGES OR VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES) RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY.— 0 **Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty will last or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or EF le consequential damages,so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. U) OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO OTHER END-USERS THIS WARRANTY IS THE ONLY WARRANTY APPLICABLE TO THE ALLISON TRANSMISSION MODELS LISTED CL ABOVE AND IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES,EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ALLISON EF TRANSMISSION DOES NOT AUTHORIZE ANY PERSON TO CREATE FOR IT ANY OTHER OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH TRANSMISSIONS. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. QUESTIONS If you have any questions regarding this warranty or the performance of warranty obligations,you may contact any Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer or write to: Allison Transmission,Inc. P.O.Box 894 Indianapolis,IN 46206-0894 Attention: Warranty Administration PF-9 EF Form SE0616EN(201009) Page 2 of 2 0 Packet Pg.717 C.10.c Fire and Rescue Amparatus Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship - Transmission Oil Cooler Three (3) Year Collateral Damage Coverage Limited Warranty 2 1.LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below,Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (a)any integral parts,components,attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce,including but not limited to engines,transmissions, drivelines,axles,water pumps and generators,with respect to all such parts, 0 components,attachments and accessories,Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable The transmission cooler shall be free from component or warranties,if any,made by the respective manufacturers thereof, structural failures caused b defects in material and/or le Coverage: y (b)any vehicle,chassis,or component,part,attachment or accessory damaged by workmanship. Collateral damage up to$10,000 per misuse,neglect,fire,exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions,acidic occurrence is available for the first three(3)years. environment,improper maintenance,accident,crash,or force majeure such as natural disaster,lightning,earthquake,windstorm,hail,flood,war or riot; 2 (c)any vehicle,chassis or component,part,attachment or accessory that has been repaired,altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce N Warranty Begins: The date of delivery to the first retail purchaser. which,in the sole judgment of Pierce,adversely affects the performance,stability or purpose for which it was manufactured,or (d)products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced Warranty Period Five(5)Years on Oil Cooler and three(3)years on collateral during the warranty period,including,but not limited to,tires,fluids,gaskets and light CL Ends After: damage coverage bulbs.Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies 0 into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced(a)without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department;or(b)at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical ' capability. Any repairs,modifications,alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This warranty does not cover repair due to accidents, 2.DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES ¢ misuse,and excessive vibration,flying debris,storage THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE damage(freezing),negligence or modification. This warranty WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE.PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES is void if any modification or repairs are performed without ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,WHETHER EXPRESS,IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, authorization. This also voids any future warranty. INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,AND ANY WARRANTIES This warranty does not cover cost of maintenance or repairs ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. due to lack of required maintenance services as recommended. Performance of the required maintenance 3.BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. _ Conditions and and use of proper fluids are the responsibility of the owner. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty Exclusions: period,and such nonconformity is not due to misuse,neglect,accident or improper Towing is covered to the nearest distributor or authorized maintenance,Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, See Also dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent.At 0 Paragraphs your transmission. the request of Pierce,any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by 2 thru 4 ma Labor costs for the removal and reinstallation of goods Buyer for examination and/or repair.Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such 9 y transportation,and for risk of loss of or damage the product during transportation. be covered when necessary to make repairs. Please contact Within a reasonable time,Pierce shall repair or replace(at Pierce's option and expense) your OEM for authorization. any nonconforming or defective parts.Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce.THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE Replacement of cooler during the warranty period is limited EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. to 100%of reasonable labor costs up to a maximum of$700 CL to remove,replace,or repair the oil cooler. 4.EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer,IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL,SPECIAL,INDIRECT,OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT,WARRANTY,TORT a)(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY)OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY,WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE,OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE,OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN,OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS,ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES.Without limiting the generality of the This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance foregoing,Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is damages,penalties,damages for lost profits or revenues,loss of vehicles or products or normal to the particular model.Normal service means service which does not subject the any associated equipment,cost of substitute vehicles or products,down-time,delay product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use.If the Buyer damages,any other types of economic loss,or for any claims by any third party for any discovers a defect or nonconformity,it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty(30)days such damages. after the date of discovery,but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE Note:Any Surety Bond,if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER warranty is provided,applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle,and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document(if any)or to the warranties(if any)made by any manufacturer(other than Pierce)of any part,component,attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the 2/22/2012 WA0216 vehicle. Packet Pg.718 Effective 1 August, 2009 C.10.c • LIFETIME SERVICE WARRANTY V W Z United Plastic Fabricating, Inc. (hereinafter called "UPF") warrants ea o POLY-TANK@, Booster/Foam Tank POLYSIDEO Wetside Tank, Integra Z Tank/Body, ELLIPSETm Elliptical Tank Elli T-Tank Tank and DEFENDER � W Y, p � p- Y. Skid Tank to be free from defects in material and workmanship for the servl W life of the original vehicle (vehicle must be actively used in an emergency o sponse for fire suppression). All UPF Tanks must be installed and operatec 08 accordance with the UPF Installation and Operating Guidelines. Failure to 2 Z2 so can void the warranty. 2 Z Every UPF Tank is inspected and tested before leaving our facility. Shoff a your UPF Tank require service, please notify UPF via email, fax, in writing by calling UPF at 1-978-975-4520. Please provide the serial number, a c 1111111111111111110- H scription of the service request, the location along with the phone number a V id. name of the contact person. Our goal is to have scheduled work complet Jwithin a reasonable time period. W Under a valid warranty claim, UPF will cover the cost to repair the UPF Ta .� including the customary and reasonable costs to make the tank accessil y W such as the removal and reinstallation of the tank if authorized in advan a (pre-approved) by UPF. The warranty will not cover tanks that have been i _ properly installed, operated, misused, abused, or modified from its intend 02 J or designed use. Serial number must not have been altered, defaced or LL W moved. Tanks that are not stored or installed properly which results in the to suffering UV damage will not be covered by this agreement. V 12 Should UPF determine that the service claim is valid under this warranty fo W tank located outside of the United States and Canada, UPF will assume t costs for labor and material for the warranty repair as described above pl Nall travel costs to the U.S. port of embarkation. Costs for airline travel outsi of the U.S. and Canada will not be the responsibility of UPF. W H In the event the tank shall become stationed in an area of the world that JZ considered to be a war zone or where unsafe conditions exist for the s, Wpassage of United States Nationals, as reported by the United States DepE ment of State, (http-//www.state.gov), and a request to perform service warranty repairs, UPF reserves the right to refuse to honor such requests Q t' is the purchaser's responsibility to relocate the tank to an area where su repairs can be performed without undue risk to UPF employees or their dE °CL - WJ ignee. UPF will make every reasonable effort to support our products thou coo Ha alternative means. For EllipseTm elliptical tanks, a separate five year warranty provided by t 5 Z subcontractor is applied to the sub-frames, chute linings (rubber isolati Z strips) and metal components. The stainless steel wrap provided by UI om a shall be warranted by the subcontractor performing the wrap installation 17 accordance with their warranty in place at the time of the installation. UI Dow- J will not be liable for any warranty costs associated with the wrap, sub-frame 0 chute linings (rubber isolation strips) and metal components but will as: -000 d. with all claims on behalf of its customer. logo� For PolySide® wetsided tanks and IntegratorT"' Tank/Body units, all polyp N. pylene components related to the tank shall carry the standard UPF lifetime Packet Pg.719 C.10.c ". ' service warranty. Other polypropylene components, including but not limited V to compartments, wheel wells, fenders and other body related componer ' W shall be warranted by UPF for a period of ten years. The warranty for t Z PolySide® and Integrator TM units excludes paint or hardware, which shall Z covered by the manufacturer of the paint/hardware. Uj U. W All UPF tanks 50 gallons or less utilized for non-fire applications and install G on specialty vehicles such as ATVs, trailers, boats, etc. are covered under ad separate warranty policy available from UPF. Further, UPF Protector TM foE Z and water trailers are warranted under a separate warranty policy availak from UPF. HThis UPF warranty is transferable within the United States only with prior w < ten approval by UPF (except an original apparatus manufacturer may assi H this warranty to the first titled owner/lessee of the apparatus). CL uJUPF ill NOT reimburse any unnecessary work and/or work that h .1 not been pre-approved. Any and all third party charges must be pl W authorized and approved in writing by UPF prior to commencing t .2 work. Any unauthorized third party repairs, alterations, actions or mop Uj fic ti ns ill r t e c vere c r void the warranty. UPF will be t' Y■� 0 sole determining authority as to whether a service claim ill be va L and covered under this warranty. J L —J In no event will UPF be liable for an amount in excess of the purchase pri 76 W of the booster/foam tank at the time of manufacture or for any loss or dai V m� age, whether direct, indirect, incidental, consequential, or otherwise ansi out of failure of its product. Loss of contents (water, foam, etc.) shall not Q the responsibility of UPF. Further, UPF is not responsible for costs associat H with service repairs to chassis, sub-frames, bodies, valves, dumps, hos( 12 4 /I� pressure vacuum vents, and other components (i.e. liquid level transduce 1 etc.). Further, UPF will not cover the cost for travel of the vehicle to and frc Uj a repair facility. Y J Z_ This warranty contains the entire warranty. It is the sole warranty and pri agreements or representation, whether oral or written, are either merg 00 a W herein or expressly cancelled. UPF neither assumes, nor authorizes any pi G son supposing to act on its behalf to change, nor assume for it, any warrar Q _ or liability concerning its product. 2 WJ This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have otf co, Q rights which vary from state to state. Some states do not allow exclusion L limitation or incidental or consequential damage, so the above limitation exclusion may not apply to you. Since some states do not allow limitations Z the length of an implied warranty, the above limitation may not apply to yor Z HT WARRANTIES, IMPLIED, WHICH TEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTIONTHE FACE HEREOF. THERE JNO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED T MERCHANTABILITY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULARITI LLLB", THIS T IS IN LIEU ALL OTHER OBLIGATION LIABILITIES THE PART OF UPF. O POLY-TANK°,&POLYSIDE°are registered trademarks of UPF,Inc. INTEGRATORTM,ELLIPSETM N. ELLIP-TTANKTM&DEFENDERTM are trademarks of UPF,Inc.©08/01/09 UPF,Inc.Printed in the USA Packet Pg.720 C.10.c PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC . BULLETIN n TO: All Dealer Service Representatives , "-r From: Kevin Hanegraaf , 2 DATE: January 4, 2010 RE: UPF Tank Warranty Policy— Truck in Accident 0 Service Topic #292 0) To keep the UPF tank warranty valid on trucks that have been involved in a vehicular 2 accident, it is UPF's policy that the customer must remove the tank from the truck and send it back to one of UPF's facilities for inspection. In the event that this does not take place, the warranty will be considered null and void. The customer must remove and send the tank back to UPF for inspection in order to maintain the original warranty coverage, at which time it will be- - Filled with water - Visually inspected - Ultraviolet spark tested on articulating test stand in the dark -- - Recommendation for repairs if necessary provided by UPF - Fully evaluated and repaired by UPF If your customer chooses to leave the tank on the truck and wants a technician to inspect and/or repair the tank in the field, then the warranty is no longer in effect. This direction is upheld by UPF because the technician cannot inspect the entire tank when it is still installed on the truck. c 0 Note: This memo is intended to relay the information Pierce has received ) on UPF's tank warranty for trucks that are in a vehicular accident. In the event of an actual claim, we direct you to consult with UPF's service 0. Manager Maura Watts (800-638-8265 x253) co 2600 AMERICAN DRIVE APPLETON , WI 549 12 - 20 17 920- 832 - 3000 Packet Pg.721 C.10.c Fire and Rescue Apparatus Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity Apparatus Body L'I'miled Warranty 1.LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: 2 Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below,Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (a)any integral parts,components,attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce,including but not limited to engines,transmissions, drivelines,axles,water pumps and generators,with respect to all such parts, components,attachments and accessories,Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties,if any,made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The apparatus body shall be free from structural failures b an vehicle,chassis,or component,onent, art,attachment or accessory dama damaged b Coverage: ( ) Y P P Y 9 Y caused by defects in material and workmanship misuse,neglect,fire,exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions,acidic environment,improper maintenance,accident,crash,or force majeure such as natural disaster,lightning,earthquake,windstorm,hail,flood,war or riot, (c)any vehicle,chassis or component,part,attachment or accessory that has been 0) repaired,altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce 2- The date of the original purchase invoice(issued when the which,in the sole judgment of Pierce,adversely affects the performance,stability or 0) Warranty Begins: product ships from the P P factory). purpose for which it was manufactured;or CL Ten(10)Years (d)products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced N Warranty Period during the warranty period,including,but not limited to,tires,fluids,gaskets and light Ends After: -or- 0 Miles bulbs.Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. CL The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced(a)without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department,or(b)at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs,modifications,alterations or affermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2.DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE W WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE.PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,WHETHER EXPRESS,IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3.BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Conditions and This warranty applies only to the body tubular support and If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty Exclusions: mounting structures and other structural components of the period,and such nonconformity is not due to misuse,neglect,accident or improper body of the vehicle model,as identified in the Pierce maintenance,Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, See Also specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus. and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent.At Paragraphs the request of Pierce,any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by 2 thru 4 This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. Buyer for examination and/or repair.Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation,and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time,Pierce shall repair or replace(at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts.Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce.THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4.EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. CL Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer,IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, I: INCIDENTAL,SPECIAL,INDIRECT,OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT,WARRANTY,TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY)OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY,WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE,OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE,OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN,OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS,ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES.Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,Pierce This limited warrant shall a only if the product is properly maintained in accordance ¢' Y PPY Y P P P Y specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages,penalties, with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is damages for lost profits or revenues,loss of vehicles or products or any associated normal to the particular model.Normal service means service which does not subject the equipment,cost of substitute vehicles or products,down-time,delay damages,any other product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use.If the Buyer types of economic loss,or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. discovers a defect or nonconformity,it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty(30)days after the date of discovery,but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE Note:Any Surety Bond,if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER warranty is provided,applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle,and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document(if any) or to the warranties(if any)made by any manufacturer(other than Pierce)of any part, component,attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0009 Packet Pg.722 C.10.c A&AMANUFACTURING Pierce Warranty Statement for Gortite Roll Up Doors Rev 212412011 All mechanical components of the door shall be warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for the lifetime of the vehicle. All parts covered under this warranty shall be to the original owner. 76 A&A manufacturing warrants that painted doors shall be free of blistering,peeling, bubbling, or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection. The time period for the E coverage shall be 6 years from date of door shipment to Pierce. Satin anodized finish doors shall be warranted 0 for 6 years against corrosion defects from date of door shipment to Pierce. Replacement of decal s/Scotchlite is le not covered. v) 0) 2 CL The maximum amount A&A will reimburse for labor is $60.00 per hour and the maximum amount of time allowed for repair is as follows: Door 1.0 Hr. CL Slat Replacement 1.0 Hr. 2 M Pennant Plate Replacement 1.0 Hr. Roller Replacement .5 Hr. Seal Replacement .5 Hr. Switch/Magnet Replacement 1.0 Hr. Travel Time 4.0 Hr. c 0 0) 2 CL CO A&A Manufacturing Co., Inc. 2300 S. Calhoun Road New Berlin, WI 53151 Phone (262) 786-1 500 Fax ( Packet Pg.723 C.10.c Hale,Inc. 607 N.W.27th Ave. Ocala, FL 34475-5623 HALE 1-800-220-HALE www.haleprod ucts.com www.classl.com Warranty Statement Subject to the following general and specific terms and conditions, Hale, Inc. ("Hale") hereby warrants to the original _ Purchaser that Products sold under Hale and Class 1 brands will be free of defects in material and workmanship for the applicable Warranty Period. General terms and conditions applicable for all Products are set forth under the heading General Terms and Conditions below. Product specific terms and conditions, including Warranty Periods and Warranty Coverages, are set forth in the Tables following the General Terms and Conditions. General Terms and Conditions The following limitations, exclusions, procedures and other terms and conditions shall apply for all Products: W m Warranty is voided if: CL • Product is used for an application, with products or in a manner other than the application, products and manner for which such Product is designed and intended • Product is subjected to a use, service, condition or environment other than a use, service, condition or environment for which such Product is designed and intended CL • Product is not properly installed o • Product is not properly maintained in accordance with Hale's instruction manual and industry standards > • Product is altered, modified, serviced (except routine maintenance performed in accordance with Hale's instruction manual for Product and Industry accepted standards and guidelines), or repaired by a person other than Hale or a person authorized by Hale to make such alteration or modification or perform such service or repair • Hale is not paid the full amount of the purchase price for Product when due No Warranty covers: • Ordinary wear and tear • Failure due to compliance with a specification or design provide or required by Purchaser • Failure due to improper operation, excess pressure, excess voltage or other similar cause • Failure due to operator error • Damage during or after shipment and failure attributable thereto or resulting there from • Failure attributable to or resulting from the failure or substandard, inadequate or improper performance of any part, component or equipment not supplied by Hale • Failure attributable to or resulting from the failure or substandard, inadequate or improper performance of any third party (e.g., not Hale or Class 1 brand) part, component, product or equipment, whether or not combined, packaged, incorporated, installed or used with a Hale or Class 1 brand part, component, CL product or equipment. co, Hale shall have no obligation under any Warranty unless Purchaser or its customer promptly notifies Hale of the failure giving rise to the Warranty claim, such notice is received by Hale within the applicable Warranty Period, and Hale is provided with such information,data and records (including, but not limited to, in service date, run hours, and service and repair records)as Hale may reasonable request in evaluating the Warranty claim. The notice of failure must be given in writing, identify the Product claimed to be defective (including serial number, if any), and describe in reasonable detail the circumstances surrounding the failure. Repaired Product and replacement Product shall be warranted only for the remainder of the original Warranty Period. The"Purchaser"is the original purchaser from Hale,whether the original purchaser is a distributor,dealer or other reseller,an OEM,or an end user. Packet Pg.724 Hale, Inc. -Warranty Statement Page 1 Effective January 1, 2013 C.10.c Hale reserves the right to use reconditioned parts for Warranty repairs and to use reconditioned Products for Warranty replacements. Hale shall have the right to physically inspect Product claimed to be defective. If requested by Hale, Purchaser shall deliver the Product claimed to be defective to Hale at its manufacturing facility or to another party or location designated by Hale. In such event, Hale shall issue to Purchaser a Return Materials Authorization (RMA) for the Product to be delivered. The Product must be delivered to Hale within 30 days of issuance of the RMA. The RMA number must be included with the Product when delivered to Hale. Failure to make timely delivery to Hale of the Product claimed to be defective shall void any Warranty. 76 Purchaser or its customer shall be responsible for all freight and shipping changes in connection with the delivery of , Product claimed to be defective to Hale at its manufacturing facility or to another party or location designated by Hale and the delivery of repaired or replacement Product or parts to Purchaser. Product claimed to be defective must be c shipped by Purchaser freight prepaid. Repaired and replacement Product and parts therefore will be shipped to c 100 Purchaser freight collect. Purchaser shall bear all risk of loss or damage during shipment. le If requested to do so by Purchaser, Hale may, at its sole option and in its sole discretion, supply a replacement Product or part to Purchaser prior to making a final determination as to whether Warranty Coverage is available. If Hale ultimately determines that no Warranty Coverage is available for the Product claimed to be defective,whether the determination is CL based on the Warranty being voided, the Product failure being due to a cause not covered by the Warranty,the failure to y make a timely and proper Warranty claim, or otherwise, Purchaser or its customer will be required to purchase the replacement Product or part that has been supplied to it by Hale at the price at which Purchaser is then entitled to 2 purchase such Product or part under the Supply Agreement. CL 0 If Hale ultimately determines that no Warranty Coverage is available for a Product claimed to be defective, whether the 76 determination is based on the Warranty being voided, the Product failure being due to a cause not covered by the Warranty, the failure to make a timely and proper Warranty claim, or otherwise, Purchaser shall have the option of either (i)having the Product returned to it freight collect,without repair or replacement,or(ii)if Hale determines that the Product is repairable, have the Product repaired by Hale or another party designated by it on a time and materials basis at Hale's then current standard charges for non-warranty repairs and then returned to Purchaser freight collect. HALE'S WARRANTY AS SET FORTH HEREIN IS HALE'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NOW INFRINGMENT ALL OF WHICH OTHER WARRANTIES ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED. c THE RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SET FORTH HEREIN ARE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE RIGHTS AND REMEDIES AGAINST HALE. EXCEPT FOR THE SPECIFIC LIABILITIES AND OBLIGATIONS PROVIDED HEREIN, HALE SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY OR OBLIGATION WITH RESPECT TO ANY 0) PRODUCT CLAIMED TO BE DEFECTIVE IN ANY MANNER. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL HALE BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, co CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST OR UNREALIZED SALES, REVENUES, PROFITS, INCOME, COST SAVINGS OR BUSINESS, LOST OR UNREALIZED CONTRACTS, LOSS OF GOODWILL, DAMAGE TO REPUTATION, LOSS OF PROPERTY, LOSS OF INFORMATION OR DATA, LOSS OF PRODUCTION, DOWNTIME, OR INCREASED COSTS, IN CONNECTION WITH ANY PRODUCT, EVEN IF HALE IS ADVISED OR PLACED ON NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES AND NOTWITHSTANDING THE FAILURE OF ANY ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY PRODUCT. Hale, Inc. -Warranty Statement Page 2 Effective November 1, 2012 Packet Pg.725 C.10.c OEM Pumps Fire Service Earlier of(i)5 years from in Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during Mid-Shi Applications service date of vehicle or Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. p, (non-Marine) equipment in which Product Rear Mount, At time pump is ordered, original Purchaser may take Standard is initially installed, or(ii)5- and Booster Warranty at no charge or purchase Extended Warranty for an 1/2 years from date of (Excludes all additional charge which will be quoted by Hale at original purchaser's shipment of Product to Engine Driven request at time of order. Units original Purchaser. Under Standard Warranty, Hale will cover parts and labor for first 2 years of Warranty Period and parts only(no labor)for remainder of the Warranty Period . Under Extended Warranty(if purchased by original Purchaser), Hale will cover parts and labor for the full Warranty Period. When labor is covered, Service Provider will be reimbursed at Hale's !� then current standard labor hours and rates for labor to make repair(if L not repaired by Hale)and to remove defective Product and re-install repaired or replacement Product. Hale's approval of repair estimate is required prior to performance of repair work. If applicable, actual mileage will be reimbursed at Hale's then current mileage CL reimbursement rate. Marine, Earlier of(i)2 years from the Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during Refueller date of shipment of Product Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor and Other to original Purchaser, or(ii) is included. Applications 2,000 run hours . Engine Pump Ends If not used for rental or Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during Driven Backpacks contracting, 2 years from the Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. Repair Units *** Floats date of shipment of Product labor is included, but any other labor(including removal and re- to original Purchaser. installation)and mileage are excluded. Service Provider will be reimbursed at Hale's then current standard labor hours and rates for labor to make repair(if not repaired by Hale). Hale's written authorization of repair estimate is required prior to performance of repair work. If used for rental or Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during contracting, earlier of(i)6 Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor 0 months from date of is included. shipment to original Purchaser, or(ii) 1,000 run ) hours. HP Portables If not used for rental or Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during CL contracting, 3 years from the Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor date of shipment of Product is included. to original Purchaser. If used for rental or Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during contracting, earlier of(i)6 Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor months from date of is included. shipment to original Purchaser, or(ii) 1,000 run hours. Cross-Chassis Earlier of(i) 12 months from Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during Skids date of shipment to original Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor Trailer Units Purchaser, or(ii) 1,000 run is included. hours. Hale, Inc. -Warranty Statement Page 3 Effective November 1, 2012 Packet Pg.726 C.10.c Pump 10 years from the date of Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed (including _ Modules shipment of Product to cracks resulting from stress and rust through of panels)during Pump Body original Purchaser Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor Weldments, is included. _ Stainless Pump modules are built to original Purchaser's specification or design. Manifolds, Although individual Hale and Class 1 components used for pump and Fabricated modules comply with NFPA standards, pump modules are not NFPA Panels compliant. Original Purchaser is solely responsible for(i)ensuring finished pump houses are NFPA complaint and adhere to industry ca accepted standards and guidelines, and (ii)supplying manuals that include appropriate directions, instructions and warnings concerning pump house operation. Foam 1 year from the date of Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during CL CAFS Systems, shipment to original Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor y FoamLogix Purchaser. is included. Proportioners, 2 and EZ Fill � Pump Repair& 90 days from date of Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during Replacement shipment of Product to Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor Parts original Purchaser. is included. Pressure 3 years from date of Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during Gauges shipment of Product to the Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor original Purchaser. is included. Plumbing 2 years from date of Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during shipment of Product to Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor original Purchaser. is included. Valves SVS"Torrent" 10 years from date of Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during Valves shipment of Product to Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor original Purchaser on is included. everything except seal. 2 years from date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser on seal. Class 1 10 years from date of Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during CL Valves shipment of Product to Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor original Purchaser on is included. everything except seal. No warranty on seal. Electronics 2 years from date of Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during shipment of Product to Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor original Purchaser. is included. * When Products are combined to form a module or package, each Product will have its own separate Wananty Period and Wananty Coverage. For each Product, Hale will have the option to refund to Purchaser(in cash or by credit) the purchase price Hale was paid for such Product, less depreciation determined on a straight line basis over the Warranty Period, in lieu of repair or replacement(including, when applicable, labor). The decision whether to repair, replace or refund(and, if there is a refund, whether to refund in cash or by credit) shall be made by Hale in its sole discretion. *** All engine related service, performance and wananty issues will be handled by the engine OEM or their local distributor. Hale, Inc. -Warranty Statement Page 4 Effective November 1, 2012 Packet Pg.727 C.10.c r F ib and Rescue A-noaratus Ten (10) Year Material and Workmanship Stainless Steel Piping Limited Warranty 2 1.LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever � as to: Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below,Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (a)any integral parts,components,attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce,including but not limited to engines,transmissions, drivelines,axles,water pumps and generators,with respect to all such parts, components,attachments and accessories,Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable Stainless steel piping i in shall be free from structural failures warranties,if any,made by the respective manufacturers thereof, le Coverage: caused by defects in material and workmanship,or (b)any vehicle,chassis,or component,part,attachment or accessory damaged by perforation caused by corrosion. misuse,neglect,fire,exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions,acidic environment,improper maintenance,accident,crash,or force majeure such as natural disaster,lightning,earthquake,windstorm,hail,flood,war or riot; 2 (c)any vehicle,chassis or component,part,attachment or accessory that has been repaired,altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce N Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice(issued when the which,in the sole judgment of Pierce,adversely affects the performance,stability or product ships from the factory). purpose for which it was manufactured,or Ten(10)Years (d)products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced Warranty Period during the warranty period,including,but not limited to,tires,fluids,gaskets and light CL Ends After: -or- 0 Miles bulbs.Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced(a)without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department;or(b)at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical ' capability. Any repairs,modifications,alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2.DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE.PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,WHETHER EXPRESS,IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. Pierce's obligation under this warranty is limited to repairing or replacing without charge,as Pierce may elect,the 3.BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. _ Conditions and stainless steel piping or components which Pierce If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty Exclusions: determines to have failed due to defective material and period,and such nonconformity is not due to misuse,neglect,accident or improper workmanship,or perforation caused by corrosion. maintenance,Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, See Also and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent.At Paragraphs This warranty does not cover the use of fluoroprotein(FP) the request of Pierce,any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by 2 thru 4 type foam. The sodium chloride within FP foam can cause Buyer for examination and/or repair.Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such long-term damage to system components if not thoroughly 9- 9 Y P 9 Y transportation,and for risk of loss of or damage bto the product during transportation. flushed immediately after use. Within a reasonable time,Pierce shall repair or replace(at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts.Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce.THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. L 4.EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer,IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL,SPECIAL,INDIRECT,OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT,WARRANTY,TORT a)(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY)OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY,WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE,OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE,OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN,OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS,ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES.Without limiting the generality of the This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance foregoing,Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is damages,penalties,damages for lost profits or revenues,loss of vehicles or products or normal to the particular model.Normal service means service which does not subject the any associated equipment,cost of substitute vehicles or products,down-time,delay product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use.If the Buyer damages,any other types of economic loss,or for any claims by any third party for any discovers a defect or nonconformity,it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty(30)days such damages. after the date of discovery,but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE Note:Any Surety Bond,if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER warranty is provided,applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle,and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document(if any)or to the warranties(if any)made by any manufacturer(other than Pierce)of any part,component,attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the 3/22/2012 WA0035 vehicle. Packet Pg.728 C.10.c Fire and Rescue Apparatus rt Twenty (20) Year Structural Integrity Pierce Aerial Device d �. �i i 2 1.LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below,Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (a)any integral parts,components,attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce,including but not limited to engines,transmissions, drivelines,axles,water pumps and generators;with respect to all such parts, Each new Pierce Aerial Device shall be free from defects in components,attachments and accessories,Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable material and workmanship. warranties,if any,made by the respective manufacturers thereof; le Coverage: Aerial Device Models Covered by this warranty include: (b)any vehicle,chassis,or component,part,attachment or accessory damaged by Aerial Platforms misuse,neglect,fire,exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions,acidic Aerial Ladders environment,improper maintenance,accident,crash,or force majeure such as natural disaster,lightning,earthquake,windstorm,hail,flood,war or riot; SkyBoom (c)any vehicle,chassis or component,part,attachment or accessory that has been CL repaired,altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce N Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice(issued when the which,in the sole judgment of Pierce,adversely affects the performance,stability or product ships from the factory). purpose for which it was manufactured;or Twenty(20)Years (d)products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced Warranty Period during the warranty period,including,but not limited to,tires,fluids,gaskets and light CL Ends After: -or- 0 Miles bulbs.Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. ¢' The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced(a)without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department;or(b)at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs,modifications,alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2.DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE.PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,WHETHER EXPRESS,IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,ANY This warranty applies only to the torque box,turntable,aerial WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,AND ANY WARRANTIES sections and other structural components ofthe aerial ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. device,as identified in the Pierce specifications for the aerial device.This warranty shall be void if,or to the extent that the 3.BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. aerial device is not maintained in strict compliance with Conditions and NFPA Standard 1911 in effect at time of sale,including such If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty Exclusions: periodic inspections and testing by qualified third parties as period,and such nonconformity is not due to misuse,neglect,accident or improper are required by that Standard as it may be in effect from time maintenance,Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, See Also to time.Proof of such compliance shall accompany any and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent.At Paragraphs the request of Pierce,any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by 2 thru 4 claims under this warranty.Third party testing agencies known to Pierce to be qualified for such purposes may be Buyer for examination and/or repair.Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such le obtained from the Pierce Customer Service Department transportation,and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time,Pierce shall repair or replace(at Pierce's option and expense) 0) This warranty does not apply to damage caused by any nonconforming or defective parts.Repair or replacement shall be made only by a U facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce.THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE 0) corrosion. � EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. CL 4.EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer,IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL,SPECIAL,INDIRECT,OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT,WARRANTY,TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY)OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY,WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE,OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE,OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN,OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS,ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, t8 REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES.Without limiting the generality of the This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance foregoing,Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is damages,penalties,damages for lost profits or revenues,loss of vehicles or products or normal to the particular model.Normal service means service which does not subject the any associated equipment,cost of substitute vehicles or products,down-time,delay product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use.If the Buyer damages,any other types of economic loss,or for any claims by any third party for any discovers a defect or nonconformity,it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty(30)days such damages. after the date of discovery,but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE Note:Any Surety Bond,ifa part ofthe sale ofthe vehicle as to which this limited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER warranty is provided,applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle,and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document(if any)or to the warranties(if any)made by any manufacturer(other than Pierce)of any part,component,attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the 10/23/2013 WA0052 vehicle. Packet Pg.729 MM C.10.c AMITY FIRE AND SAFETY, INC. 3750 CHESTNUT ROAD ALBURTIS, PA 18011-0451 Phone: 610-966-3115 Fax: 610-965-6313 * STANDARD FIVE YEAR WARRANTY * _ (standard warranty is in effect for parts shipped after 4/15/10) Three Function Swivel 0 0 ca A. PRESHIPMENT TESTING The Three Function Swivel fabricated by Amity which is exposed to pressure during normal use is subject to final inspection using the following pressure minimums: 1. Hydrostatic applications will be tested to 400 PSI unless specified otherwise on approved drawings. Operating 0 pressures on installed systems are not to exceed 250 PSI at any point in the system. Warranty will be voided and m Amity will not be held liable for failure and/or damage occurring from Water Hammering or freezing of water in any '® system. 0) 2. Hydraulic applications will be tested to 4000 PSI. System operating pressure in application to be 3000 PSI maximum. 3. Dielectric and Continuity Test all circuits. 30 Amp max current loading. 2 B. THREE FUNCTION SWIVEL MAINTENANCE — Our Three Function Swivel has been fully tested at assembly. Under c no circumstances is there to be any maintenance performed internally or externally to the Three Function Swivel by Purchaser or any other third party other than an authorized representative of or Amity itself. The Three Function Swivel is sealed and must remain so. The Three Function Swivel is designed for a long maintenance free life. Should any problems occur or replacement be necessary, first contact Amity. There is to be no field maintenance performed on the Three Function Swivel . C. MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS—The following are the mounting requirements for the Three Function Swivel: 1. Mounting points and methods are to be determined at the initial design stage. All drawings and applicable documentation must be signed off by both parties and filed for future reference. No deviation to the approved mounting is allowed without approval from Amity. 2. The Three Function Swivel is to be mounted concentric to the center of the turntable bearing. 3. All inlet and outlet plumbing to conform to swivel mounting, under no circumstances is the Three Function Swivel to be positioned to match connections. This will avoid putting excessive loads on the Three Function Swivel. All tubing or piping to be supported by means other than the Three Function Swivel. c 0 D. LIMITED WARRANTY, LIMITATIONS, CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES REQUIRED. 1. The Three Function Swivel is warranted to be free of defects in labor and/or materials for a period of five (5) years W from the Date of Service. For purposes here, "Date of Service" shall mean the date when the Three Function Swivel, or the unit to which the Three Function Swivel is incorporated, passes final Underwriters Laboratory testing, or °® similarly compliant testing, and is certified for service. Evidence of such Date of Service shall be required in connection with any warranty claim by Purchaser. 2. The Three Function Swivel shall be repaired or replaced at the sole option and expense of the Amity provided the Three Function Swivel alleged to be defective was used for its intended normal use of operation and subject to the following qualifications and limitations. 3. Any alteration of the Three Function Swivel without consent from Amity is strictly forbidden and shall void warranty. 4. No welding shall be performed on finished Three Function Swivel. 5. No responsibility is assumed for any malfunctions or damages which are occasionally caused by foreign objects which may be ingested into water or hydraulic systems such as, but not limited to stones, sand or metal chips. 6. Amity assumes responsibility for our Three Function Swivel, which is defective only, and therefore, it will not assume responsibility for labor to either remove or install our Three Function Swivel unless it agrees in writing to assume such responsibility. 7. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Amity all returns of defective Three Function Swivels (or allegedly defective Three Function Swivels)are at Purchaser's expense and must include a RGA number issued by the Amity. {00046826;v2} Packet Pg.730 MM C.10.c 8. All warranty claims must be presented at the time the problem occurs, or as soon as practical thereafter, either called or faxed to the Amity and include the numbers on the assembly's Amity's label with a detailed explanation of the difficulty in order for the matter to be appropriately evaluated and resolved. 9. Amity will not be held liable for damage incurred during shipment. 10. No responsibility shall be assumed for misuse or improper mounting, unreasonably use or abuse of the Three Function Swivel and or failure to provide or use improper maintenance, failure to follow written installation and use in instruction or any use other than the customary designed use. THE REMEDIES PROVIDED IN THE ABOVE EXPRESS LIMITED WARRANTY AND ARE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AVAILABLE. NO OTHER EXPRESS WARRANTIES ARE MADE. ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE ARE LIMITED IN DURATION AS SET FORTH ABOVE. IN NO 76 EVENT SHALL THE AMITY ASSUME OR BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. THE WITHIN DESCRIBED WARRANTY SHALL ONLY BE AFFORDED TO THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OR FOR c INCORPORATION INTO ANOTHER UNIT AND TO FIRST PURCHASER AS PART OF COMPLETED UNIT, c HOWEVER, THE WARRANTY PERIOD OF FIVE YEARS IS FROM THE DATE OF SERVICE WITH THE le UNDERSTANDING IT IS INSTALLED WITHIN A REASONABLE TIME PERIOD. W Dated: , 20_ W CL 76 s: _ 0 Xi co ICL U f00046826;v2} Packet Pg.731 C.10.c Fire and Rescue Ao- oaratus Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship Aerial Hydraulic System Components Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship Aerial Hydraulic System Seals Limited Warranty 2 1.LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever � as to: Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below,Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (a)any integral parts,components,attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce,including but not limited to engines,transmissions, drivelines,axles,water pumps and generators;with respect to all such parts, components,attachments and accessories,Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties,if any,made by the respective manufacturers thereof, The aerial hydraulic system components and seals shall be Coverage: free from component or structural failures caused by defects (b)any vehicle,chassis,or component,part,attachment or accessory damaged by in material and/or workmanship. misuse,neglect,fire,exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions,acidic environment,improper maintenance,accident,crash,or force majeure such as natural disaster,lightning,earthquake,windstorm,hail,flood,war or riot; (c)any vehicle,chassis or component,part,attachment or accessory that has been repaired,altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce N Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice(issued when the which,in the sole judgment of Pierce,adversely affects the performance,stability or product ships from the factory). purpose for which it was manufactured,or (d)products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced Warranty Period Five(5)Years and Three(3)Years during the warranty period,including,but not limited to,tires,fluids,gaskets and light CL Ends After: bulbs.Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced(a)without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department;or(b)at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical ' capability. Any repairs,modifications,alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2.DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE.PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,WHETHER EXPRESS,IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,AND ANY WARRANTIES Pierce's obligation under this warranty is limited to repairing ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. or replacing without charge,as Pierce may elect,the hydraulic lines,fittings,valves,seals,cylinders,filters, 3.BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Conditions and pumps,hydraulic motors,rotary actuators,or components which Pierce determines to have failed due to defective If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty Exclusions: material and workmanship. period,and such nonconformity is not due to misuse,neglect,accident or improper maintenance,Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, See Also This warranty shall not apply unless the aerial device is and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent.At Paragraphs the request of Pierce,any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by 2 thru 4 inspected in accordance with NFPA 1911 Standard for Inspection,Maintenance,Testing,and Retirement of In- Buyer for examination and/or repair.Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of suchle Service Automotive Fire Apparatus and the applicable Pierce transportation,and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Operator and Maintenance Manuals. Within a reasonable time,Pierce shall repair or replace(at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts.Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce.THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. CL 4.EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer,IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL,SPECIAL,INDIRECT,OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT,WARRANTY,TORT C: (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY)OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY,WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE,OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE,OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN,OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS,ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES.Without limiting the generality of the This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance foregoing,Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is damages,penalties,damages for lost profits or revenues,loss of vehicles or products or normal to the particular model.Normal service means service which does not subject the any associated equipment,cost of substitute vehicles or products,down-time,delay product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use.If the Buyer damages,any other types of economic loss,or for any claims by any third party for any discovers a defect or nonconformity,it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty(30)days such damages. after the date of discovery,but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE Note:Any Surety Bond,if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER warranty is provided,applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle,and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document(if any)or to the warranties(if any)made by any manufacturer(other than Pierce)of any part,component,attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the 6/28/2011 WA0200 vehicle. Packet Pg.732 MM C.10.c AMITY FIRE AND SAFETY, INC. 3750 CHESTNUT ROAD ALBURTIS, PA 18011-0451 Phone: 610-966-3115 Fax: 610-965-6313 * STANDARD TEN YEAR WARRANTY * _ (standard warranty is in effect for parts shipped after 4/15/10) Telescopic Waterways 0 A. PRESHIPMENT TESTING All waterways fabricated by Amity are final inspected using the following pressure c minimums: 1. Hydrostatic applications will be tested to 400 PSI unless specified otherwise on approved drawings. Operating pressures on installed systems are not to exceed 250 PSI at any point in the system. Warranty will be voided and Amity will not be held liable for failure and/or damage occurring from Water Hammering or freezing of water in any system. CL 0) B. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION AND MAINTENANCE 1. All components are thoroughly greased at assembly. Since internally lubricated seals are used, regular greasing is not required. We recommend components not be greased at installation. CL 2. Slip Tube Assemblies may be greased at the Amity's regularly scheduled Aerial Inspections. The seals in the Slip c Tube Assemblies are self-lubricating, so greasing is not mandatory. We do recommend a visual inspection of the Slip 76 Tube Assembly while it is fully extended after initial installation, from that point on we recommend inspection every ten hours of aerial operation. If any deposits of aluminum appear, they are to be rubbed off using a Teflon scouring pad. Slip Tube Assemblies are designed to give long maintenance free service; however, like any product, problems may occur and periodic visual inspections will aid in determining if a potential problem exists and warrants a call to us. Care must be taken to keep debris off of extended tubes. We recommend wiping tubes with light oil (10 weight) or hydraulic oil after use, if tubes appear to have contamination on them. Under no circumstance are tubes to be cleaned CCU with lacquer thinner, or any other solvent. C. LIMITED WARRANTY, LIMITATIONS, CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES REQUIRED. 1. Products are warranted to be free of defects in labor and/or materials for a period of ten years from the date of purchase from the Amity and shall be repaired or replaced at the sole option and expense of the Amity provided the products alleged to be defective was used for its intended normal use operation and subject to the following qualifications and limitations. c 0 2. Any alteration of product without consent from Amity is strictly forbidden and shall void warranty. 3. No welding shall be performed on finished product. 4. No responsibility is assumed for any malfunctions or damages which are occasionally caused by foreign objects which may be ingested into water system such as, but not limited to stones, sand or metal chips. 5. Amity assumes responsibility for our product, which is defective only, and therefore, it will not assume responsibilityCL for labor to either remove or install our product unless it agrees in writing to assume such responsibility. co 6. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Amity all returns of defective (or allegedly defective products) are at Purchaser's expense and must include a RGA number issued by the Amity. 7. All warranty claims must be presented at the time the problem occurs, or as soon as practical thereafter, either called or faxed to the Amity and include the numbers on the assembly's Amity's label with a detailed explanation of the difficulty in order for the matter to be appropriately evaluated and resolved. 8. Amity will not be held liable for damage incurred during shipment. 9. No responsibility shall be assumed for misuse or improper mounting, unreasonably use or abuse of the Product and or failure to provide or use improper maintenance, failure to follow written installation and use in instruction or any use other than the customary designed use. THE REMEDIES PROVIDED IN THE ABOVE EXPRESS LIMITED WARRANTY AND ARE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AVAILABLE. NO OTHER EXPRESS WARRANTIES ARE MADE. ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR {00046826;v2} Packet Pg.733 mm C.10.c FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE ARE LIMITED IN DURATION AS SET FORTH ABOVE. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AMITY ASSUME OR BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. THE WITHIN DESCRIBED WARRANTY SHALL ONLY BE AFFORDED TO THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OR FOR INCORPORATION INTO ANOTHER UNIT AND TO FIRST PURCHASER AS PART OF COMPLETED UNIT, HOWEVER, THE WARRANTY PERIOD OF TEN YEARS COMMENCES UPON INSTALLATION INTO FINAL ASSEMBLY WITH THE UNDERSTANDING IT IS INSTALLED WITHIN SIX MONTHS OF PURCHASE. Dated: 20_ 2 0 0 t � 2 4j m 0 0 "drf7' _ f is ytq p. `ry4 kY (4t � E v/ t 2 E Co {00046826;v2} Packet Pg.734 C.10.c Fire and Rescue Apparatus Four (4) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion Aerial Device L'I'miled Warranty 1.LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below,Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (a)any integral parts,components,attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce,including but not limited to engines,transmissions, drivelines,axles,water pumps and generators,with respect to all such parts, components,attachments and accessories,Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable Aerial device shall be free from blistering,peeling,corrosion warranties,if any,made by the respective manufacturers thereof; or any other adhesion defect caused by defective b an vehicle,chassis,or component,onent, art,attachment or accessory dama damaged b Coverage: ( ) Y P P Y 9 Y manufacturing methods or paint material selection for misuse,neglect,fire,exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions,acidic exterior surfaces. environment,improper maintenance,accident,crash,or force majeure such as natural disaster,lightning,earthquake,windstorm,hail,flood,war or riot, (c)any vehicle,chassis or component,part,attachment or accessory that has been 0) repaired,altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce 2- The date of the original purchase invoice(issued when the which,in the sole judgment of Pierce,adversely affects the performance,stability or 0) Warranty Begins: product ships from the P P factory). purpose for which it was manufactured;or CL (d)products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced N Warranty Period during the warranty period,including,but not limited to,tires,fluids,gaskets and light Ends After: Four(4)Years bulbs.Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. CL The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced(a)without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department,or(b)at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs,modifications,alterations or affermarket parts added after aQ This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. following percentage costs of warranty repair,if any: ' 2.DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES Topcoat Durability&Appearance:Gloss,Color Retention& THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE W Cracking WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE.PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL 0-24 months 100% OTHER WARRANTIES,WHETHER EXPRESS,IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, 25-48 months 50% INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,AND ANY WARRANTIES Integrity of Coating System:Adhesion,Blistering/Bubbling ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 0-24 months 100% 25-48 months 50% 3.BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Conditions and If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty Exclusions: Corrosion:Dissimilar Metal and Crevice period,and such nonconformity is not due to misuse,neglect,accident or improper 0-24 months 100% maintenance,Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, See Also 25-48 months 50% and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent.At Paragraphs the request of Pierce,any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by 2 thru 4 Corrosion Perforation Buyer for examination and/or repair.Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such 0-24 months 100% transportation,and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. 25-48 months 50% Within a reasonable time,Pierce shall repair or replace(at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts.Repair or replacement shall be made only by a This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce.THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. Items not covered by this warranty include: (a)Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper 4.EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. CL cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and (b)UV paint fade. Buyer,IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL,SPECIAL,INDIRECT,OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT,WARRANTY,TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY)OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY,WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE,OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE,OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN,OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS,ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES.Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,Pierce This limited warrant shall a only if the product is properly maintained in accordance ¢' Y PPY Y P P P Y specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages,penalties, with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is damages for lost profits or revenues,loss of vehicles or products or any associated normal to the particular model.Normal service means service which does not subject the equipment,cost of substitute vehicles or products,down-time,delay damages,any other product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use.If the Buyer types of economic loss,or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. discovers a defect or nonconformity,it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty(30)days after the date of discovery,but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE Note:Any Surety Bond,if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER warranty is provided,applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle,and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document(if any) or to the warranties(if any)made by any manufacturer(other than Pierce)of any part, component,attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0047 Packet Pg.735 C.10.c Fire and Rescue Apparatus Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion Custom Body L'I'miled Warranty 1.LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below,Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (a)any integral parts,components,attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce,including but not limited to engines,transmissions, drivelines,axles,water pumps and generators,with respect to all such parts, components,attachments and accessories,Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties,if any,made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Exterior surfaces of the body shall be free from blistering, Coverage: peeling,corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by (b)any vehicle,chassis,or component,part,attachment or accessory damaged by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection. misuse,neglect,fire,exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions,acidic environment,improper maintenance,accident,crash,or force majeure such as natural disaster,lightning,earthquake,windstorm,hail,flood,war or riot, (c)any vehicle,chassis or component,part,attachment or accessory that has been 0) repaired,altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce 2- The date of the original purchase invoice(issued when the which,in the sole judgment of Pierce,adversely affects the performance,stability or 0) Warranty Begins: product ships from the P P factory). purpose for which it was manufactured;or CL (d)products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced N Warranty Period during the warranty period,including,but not limited to,tires,fluids,gaskets and light Ends After: Ten(10)Years bulbs.Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. CL The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the repaired or replaced(a)without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department,or(b)at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical following percentage costs of warranty repair,if any: > capability. Any repairs,modifications,alterations or aftermarket parts added after Topcoat Durability&Appearance:Gloss,Color Retention& manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. Cracking 0-72 months 100% 2.DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES 73-96 months 50% THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE 97-120 months 25% WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE.PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,WHETHER EXPRESS,IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, Integrity of Coating System:Adhesion,Blistering/Bubbling INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,AND ANY WARRANTIES 0-36 months 100% (B 37-84 months 50% ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 85-120 months 25% 3.BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Conditions and Corrosion:Dissimilar Metal and Crevice If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty Exclusions: 0-36 months 100% period,and such nonconformity is not due to misuse,neglect,accident or improper 37-48 months 50% maintenance,Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, See Also 49-72 months 25% and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent.At Paragraphs the request of Pierce,any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by 2 thru 4 73-120 months 10 Buyer for examination and/or repair.Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such Corrosion Perforation transportation,and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. 0-120 months 100% le Within a reasonable time,Pierce shall repair or replace(at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts.Repair or replacement shall be made only by a This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint.Paint on facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce.THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty. 4.EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. CL Items not covered by this warranty include: Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and (a)Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper Buyer,IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the INCIDENTAL,SPECIAL,INDIRECT,OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, Pierce operation and maintenance manual). WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT,WARRANTY,TORT (b)UV paint fade. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY)OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW ¢' (c)Any cab not manufactured by Pierce. OR EQUITY,WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE,OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE,OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN,OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS,ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES.Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,Pierce This limited warrant shall a only if the product is properly maintained in accordance ¢' Y PPY Y P P P Y specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages,penalties, with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is damages for lost profits or revenues,loss of vehicles or products or any associated normal to the particular model.Normal service means service which does not subject the equipment,cost of substitute vehicles or products,down-time,delay damages,any other product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use.If the Buyer types of economic loss,or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. discovers a defect or nonconformity,it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty(30)days after the date of discovery,but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE Note:Any Surety Bond,if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER warranty is provided,applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle,and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document(if any) or to the warranties(if any)made by any manufacturer(other than Pierce)of any part, component,attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0057 Packet Pg.736 C.10.c Fire and Rescue Apparatus One (1) Year Material and Workmanship Graphics Fading and Deterioration m...f ,.. 1.LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below,Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (a)any integral parts,components,attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce,including but not limited to engines,transmissions, drivelines,axles,water pumps and generators,with respect to all such parts, components,attachments and accessories,Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties,if any,made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Each graphic lamination shall be free from defects in material, b an vehicle,chassis,or component,onent, art,attachment or accessory dama damaged b Coverage: ( ) Y P P Y 9 Y workmanship,fading,and deterioration. misuse,neglect,fire,exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions,acidic environment,improper maintenance,accident,crash,or force majeure such as natural disaster,lightning,earthquake,windstorm,hail,flood,war or riot, (c)any vehicle,chassis or component,part,attachment or accessory that has been 0) repaired,altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce 2- Warranty Begins: The date the apparatus is placed in service,or 60 days from which,in the sole judgment of Pierce,adversely affects the performance,stability or 2 the original buyer invoice date,whichever comes first. purpose for which it was manufactured;or CL (d)products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced N Warranty Period during the warranty period,including,but not limited to,tires,fluids,gaskets and light Ends After: One(1)Year bulbs.Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. CL The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced(a)without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department,or(b)at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs,modifications,alterations or affermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2.DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE W WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE.PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,WHETHER EXPRESS,IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3.BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Conditions and If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty Exclusions: This warranty does not cover damage from lack of period,and such nonconformity is not due to misuse,neglect,accident or improper maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance maintenance,Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, See Also procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent.At Paragraphs maintenance manual). the request of Pierce,any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by 2 thru 4 Buyer for examination and/or repair.Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation,and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time,Pierce shall repair or replace(at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts.Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce.THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4.EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. CL Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer,IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, I: INCIDENTAL,SPECIAL,INDIRECT,OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT,WARRANTY,TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY)OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY,WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE,OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE,OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN,OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS,ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES.Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,Pierce This limited warrant shall a only if the product is properly maintained in accordance ¢' Y PPY Y P P P Y specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages,penalties, with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is damages for lost profits or revenues,loss of vehicles or products or any associated normal to the particular model.Normal service means service which does not subject the equipment,cost of substitute vehicles or products,down-time,delay damages,any other product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use.If the Buyer types of economic loss,or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. discovers a defect or nonconformity,it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty(30)days after the date of discovery,but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE Note:Any Surety Bond,if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER warranty is provided,applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle,and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document(if any) or to the warranties(if any)made by any manufacturer(other than Pierce)of any part, component,attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/22/2010 WA0168 Packet Pg.737 C.10.d ONE PIERCE CUSTOM 55' SKY-BOON AERIAL For Monroe County Florida 2 0 SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the 2 chassis, cab weldment, cab, pump house (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping 2 and operators panel) body and aerial device will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to y the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by c Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality. Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. 2 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS c The apparatus being proposed will be designed and built to match the Job#36052 and *32718. However, some variation may be necessary due to changes in our manufacturing processes or our product offering. Revisions in NFPA guidelines and/or other regulations may also affect our ability to match the previous unit. NFPA 2016 STANDARDS This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2016, except for fire department 2 directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions. . CO Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus. All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than 48.00" above the ground must be defined by a 1.00" wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack. 1 of 93 Packet Pg.738 C.10.d A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating. The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications. An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results. NFPA COMPLIANCY Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA". c 0 VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be third- ) party, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition of NFPA 1901. The certification will include: all design, production, 0. operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus. A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard c and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. INSPECTION CERTIFICATE A third party inspection certificate for the aerial device will be furnished upon delivery of the aerial < device. The certificate will be Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Type 1 and will indicate that the aerial 0) device has been inspected on the production line and after final assembly. Visual structural inspections will be performed on all welds on both aluminum and steel ladders. On critical weld areas, or on any suspected defective area, the following tests will be conducted: c • Magnetic particle inspection will be conducted on steel aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. Magnets will be placed on each side of the weld while iron powder is placed on the weld itself. The powder will detect any crack that may 0) exist. This test will conform to ASTM E709 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial device. Co • A liquid penetrant test will be conducted on aluminum aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. This test will conform to ASTM E165 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial device. • Ultrasonic inspection will conducted on all aerials to detect any flaws in pins, bolts and other critical mounting components. In addition to the tests above, functional tests, load tests, and stability tests will be performed on all aerials. These tests will determine any unusual deflection, noise, vibration, or instability characteristics of the unit. 2 of 93 Packet Pg.739 C.10.d PUMP TEST The pump will be tested, approved and certified by Underwriter's Laboratory at the manufacturer's expense. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire Department. GENERATOR TEST 2 If the unit has a generator, the generator will be tested, approved, and certified by Underwriters Laboratories at the manufacturer's expense. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery. BREATHING AIR TEST If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and certify that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989, Standard on Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. W 2 BID BOND CL A bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 10% bid bond will be provided with the proposal. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S. Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond will be issued by an CL authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of c 0 attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds, as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (1) W Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract. 0 Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or le inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail. ) U PERFORMANCE BOND NOT REQUESTED A performance bond will not be included. If requested at a later date, one will be provided to you for an co, additional cost and the following will apply: The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required. 3 of 93 Packet Pg.740 C.10.d Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Bumper to Bumper warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to 25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed three (3) years from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Bumper to Bumper warranty period, whichever is shorter. APPROVAL DRAWING A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This le drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, ) major components, etc. A"revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the y purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. c 0 ENFORCER CHASSIS The Pierce Enforcer TM is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be c sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab. 2 WHEELBASE The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 199.50. c 0 GVW RATING The gross vehicle weight rating will be 51,500. FRAME co The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front r and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10.75" over the rear axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 in-lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200 in-lb over the rear axle. The frame rails will be constructed of 120,000 psi yield strength heat-treated 0.38" thick steel with 3.50"wide flanges. FRAME REINFORCEMENT In addition, a full-length mainframe internal "C" liner will be provided. The liner will be an internal "C" design that steps to a smaller internal "C" design over the rear axle. It will be heat-treated steel 4 of 93 Packet Pg.741 C.10.d measuring 12.50" x 3.00" x 0.25" through the front "C" portion of the liner, stepping to 9.38" x 3.00" x 0.25" through the rear "C" portion of the liner. Each liner will have a section modulus of 13.58 cubic inches, yield strength of 110,000 psi, and rbm of 857,462 in-lb. Total rbm at wheelbase center will be 4,391,869 in-lb. The frame liner will be mounted inside of the chassis frame rail and extend the full length of the frame. FRONT AXLE 2 The front axle will be a reverse "I" beam type with inclined king pins. It will be a MeritorTm axle, Model FL-943, with a rated capacity of 18,000 lb. , FRONT SUSPENSION c The front springs will be a Standens, three (3)-leaf, taper leaf design, 54.00" long x 4.00" wide, with a c ground rating of 18,000 lb. 0) The two (2) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin. The top leaf will also wrap the rear spring hanger pin. Both the front and rear eyes will be Berlin style wraps that will place the eyes in the horizontal plane within the main leaf. This will reduce bending stress from acceleration and braking. A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing will be maintenance free and require no lubrication. c SHOCK ABSORBERS To provide a smoother ride, the front axle will be furnished with heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers. FRONT OIL SEALS Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. c FRONT TIRES _ Front tires will be Goodyear®315/80R22.50 radials, 20 ply G289 WHA tread, rated for 20,400 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed. The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 9.00" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle. 0) 2 2 REAR AXLE CL Co The rear axle will be a Meritor TM, Model RS-30-185, with a capacity of 33,500 lb. TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 60 mph. REAR SUSPENSION The rear suspension will be Standens, semi-elliptical, 3.00" wide x 53.00" long, with a ground rating of 33,500 lb. The spring hangers will be castings. The two (2) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin, and the rear of the spring will be a slipper style end that will ride in a rear slipper hanger. To reduce bending stress due to acceleration 5 of 93 Packet Pg.742 C.10.d and braking, the front eye will be a berlin eye that will place the front spring pin in the horizontal plane within the main leaf. A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing will be maintenance free and require no lubrication. REAR OIL SEALS Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s). 2 REAR TIRES Rear tires will be four (4) Goodyear 315/80R22.50 radials with 20 ply G289 WHA tread, rated for 36,360 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed. c 0 REAR WHEELS le The outside tires will be mounted on Alcoa©22.50" x 9.00" aluminum, with Dura-Black®finish, disc 2 wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle. 2 The inside tires will be mounted on 22.50" x 9.00" steel disc wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle. An isolator will be provided between the steel and aluminum rims. TIRE BALANCE 0. All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights. 2 TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT There will be a RealWheels LED AirSecureTM tire alert pressure management system provided, that will 2 monitor each tire's pressure. A sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of six (6) tires. The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between 10 and 200 psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tirele drops 5 to 8 psi. 0) 2 Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start to flash. co FRONT HUB COVERS Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided. REAR HUB COVERS A pair of stainless steel high hat hub covers will be provided on rear axle hubs. CHROME LUG NUT COVERS Chrome lug nut covers will be supplied on front and rear wheels. 6 of 93 Packet Pg.743 C.10.d MUD FLAPS Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels. WHEEL CHOCKS There will be one (1) pair of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc wheel blocks, with easy-grip handle provided. Wheel Chock Brackets 2 There will be one 1 air of Zico, Model SQCH-44-H, horizontal mounting( ) p 9 wheel chock brackets provided for the Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be made of , aluminum and consist of a quick release spring loaded rod to hold the wheel chocks in place. The brackets will be mounted forward of the left side rear tire. c 0 ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM The vehicle will be equipped with a Meritor WABCO 4S4M, anti-lock braking system. The ABS will provide a 4-channel anti-lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti-lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control. c 0 BRAKES The service brake system will be full air type by Meritor TM. Front brakes will be Model EX225 Disc Plus, disc type with automatic pad wear adjustment and 17.00" ventilated rotors for improved stopping distance. 2 The rear brakes will be MeritorTM 16.50" x 8.63" cam operated with automatic slack adjusters. Dust shields cannot be provided. BRAKE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR The air compressor will be a Cummins/WABCO with 18.7 cubic feet per minute output. le BRAKE SYSTEM 2 The brake system will include: 2 CL CO • Brake treadle valve • Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer • Total air system minimum capacity of 5,376 cubic inches • Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi • Spring set parking brake system • Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve • A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel • Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi 7 of 93 Packet Pg.744 C.10.d • A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below 80 psi (550 kPa) • 1/4 turn drain valves on each air tank The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER The air dryer will be a WABCO System Saver 1200 IWT, with internal wet tank, spin-on coalescing filter cartridge and 100 watt heater. c BRAKE LINES c Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom inle the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. 0) 2 AIR INLET One (1) air inlet with 3D series male coupling will be provided. It will allow station air to be supplied to y the apparatus brake system through a shoreline hose. The inlet will be located on the driver side pump panel. A check valve will be provided to prevent reverse flow of air. The inlet will discharge into the "wet" tank of the brake system. A mating female fitting will also be provided with the loose equipment. c ALL WHEEL LOCK-UP 2 An additional all wheel lock-up system will be installed which applies air to the front brakes only. The standard spring brake control valve system will be used for the rear. ENGINE The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below: c Make: Cummins _ Model: L9 Power: 450 hp at 2100 rpm Torque: 1250 lb-ft at 1400 rpm Governed 2200 rpm Speed: 2 Emissions EPA 2021 Level: co Fuel: Diesel Cylinders: Six (6) Displacement: 543 cubic inches (8.9L) E Starter: Delco 39MTTM � Fuel Filters: Spin-on style primary filter with water separator and water-in-fuel sensor. Secondary spin-on style filter. The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle 8 of 93 Packet Pg.745 C.10.d sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected. HIGH IDLE A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation. 2 The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when , the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." c ENGINE BRAKE c A Jacobs®engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low setting. The engine brake will activate when the system is on and the throttle is released. The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine. c 0 The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated. The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. 2 0 CLUTCH FAN 0) A fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and constantly engaged when in "Pump" position. ENGINE AIR INTAKE The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from thele front of the apparatus through the radiator grille. 0) U A stainless steel metal screen will be installed at the inlet of the air intake system that will meet NFPA . 1901 requirements. CO The air cleaner and stainless steel screen will be easily accessible by tilting the cab. EXHAUST SYSTEM The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the engine's aftertreatment device, and will be 4.00" in diameter. The exhaust system will include a single module aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipes between the turbo and aftertreatment device to minimize the heat loss to the aftertreatment device . The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels. A tailpipe diffuser will be provided to reduce 9 of 93 Packet Pg.746 C.10.d the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. RADIATOR The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards. For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes. , The radiator core will have a minimum front area of 1060 square inches. c 0 Supply tank will be made of heavy duty glass-reinforced nylon and the return tank will be mode of le aluminum. Both tanks will be crimped onto the core assembly using header tabs and a compression ) gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. There will be a full steel frame around the inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability. CL The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions. The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the CL development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain. c 0 The radiator will include a de-aeration/expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap. A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to 2 permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system. Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. COOLANT LINES Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by Pierce Manufacturing. Hose clamps will be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will expand 2 and contract accordingto coolants stem temperature thereby keeping a constant clamping pressure . Y p Y p� 9 p� 9 on the hose. Co FUEL TANK A 75 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank will be constructed of 12-gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps. A .75" drain plug will be located in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side of the body and is covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." The fuel door will be painted to match the chassis frame 10of93 Packet Pg.747 C.10.d A .50" diameter vent will be installed from tank top to just below fuel fill inlet. The fuel tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume. All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK 2 A 4.5 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body forward of the rear axle. A 0.50" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. c 0 A fill inlet will be located on the driver's side of the body and be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, le polished stainless steel door that is marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only". 0) 2 The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing. The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing. 0 FUEL PRIMING PUMP A Cummins automatic electronic fuel priming pump will be integrated as part of the engine. TRANSMISSION An Allison 5th generation, Model EVS 3000P, electronic torque converting automatic transmission will be provided. The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due. Two (2) PTO openings will be located on both sides of converter housing (positions 4 o'clock and 8 o'clock) as viewed from the rear. A transmission temperature gauge with red light and audible alarm will be installed on the cab dash. 0) 2 TRANSMISSION SHIFTER co A five (5)-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation. The transmission ratio will be: E 1 st 3.49 to 1.00 2nd 1.86 to 1.00 3rd 1.41 to 1.00 4th 1.00 to 1.00 5th 0.75 to 1.00 R 5.03 to 1.00 11 of 93 Packet Pg.748 C.10.d TRANSMISSION COOLER A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature. TRANSMISSION FLUID The transmission will be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES-295 heavy duty 2 synthetic transmission fluid. DRIVELINE Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1710 universal joints. c 0 The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation. A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip 2 joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. 2 STEERING Steering gear will be provided with integral heavy-duty power steering. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and Vickers®V20NF hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with c 0 crimped fittings. 2 A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations. 2 STEERING WHEEL The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a 4-spoke design. LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH c The dash panel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row. 0) 2 The first row of text will be: Monroe CO The second row of text will be: County The third row of text will be: Fire Rescue BUMPER A one (1)-piece bumper manufactured from 0.25" formed steel with a 0.38" bend radius will be provided. The bumper will be a minimum of 10.00" high with a 1.50" top and bottom flange, and will extend 19.00" from the face of the cab. The bumper will be 95.28" wide with 45 degree corners and side plates. The bumper will be metal finished and painted job color. 12 of 93 Packet Pg.749 C.10.d To provide adequate support strength, the bumper will be mounted directly to the front of the C channel frame. The frame will be a bolted modular extension frame constructed of 50,000 psi tensile steel. Gravel Pan A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and the cab face. The pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration. CENTER HOSE TRAY 2 A hose tray, constructed of aluminum, will be placed in the center of the bumper extension. The tray will have a capacity of 125' of 1.75" double jacket cotton-polyester hose. c Black rubber grating will be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes are also provided. c Center Hose Tray Restraint There will be one (1) pair of hose tray restraint straps located over the center mounted tray. 2 CL The restraints will be a pair of 2.00" wide black nylon straps with Velcro®fasteners provided. The 0) strap(s) will be used to secure the hose in the tray. TOW HOOKS CL Two (2) chromed steel tow hooks will be installed under the bumper and attached to the front frame members. The tow hooks will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 6,000 lb straight horizontal > pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow hooks will not be used for lifting of the apparatus. FRONT BUMPER LINE-X COATING Protective black Line-X® coating will be provided on the outside exterior of the top front bumper flange. It will not be sprayed on the underside of the flange. The lining will be properly installed by an authorized Line-X dealer. CAB The Enforcer cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and manufactured by the chassis builder. The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises. 2 For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be a heavy duty CO design, constructed to the following minimal standards. The cab will have 12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), B- pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts), and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of solid A356-T5 aluminum castings. The B-pillar and C-pillar will be constructed from 0.13"wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two (2) 2.00" x 2.00" outer aluminum extrusions and two (2) 2.00" x 1.00" inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical structural members will run from the floor to 4.625" x 3.864" x 0.090" thick roof extrusions to provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a 0.25" thick corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly. 13of93 Packet Pg.750 C.10.d The front of the cab will be constructed of a 0.13" firewall plate, covered with a 0.090" front skin (for a total thickness of 0.22"), and reinforced with a full width x 0.50" thick cross-cab support located just below the windshield and fully welded to the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will run the full width of the cab and weld to each A-pillar, the 0.13" firewall plate, and the front skin. The cab floors will be constructed of 0.125" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall with an additional 0.25" thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of 0.375" of structural material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with two (2) triangular 0.30" wall extrusions that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the floor wireway of the cab to the engine tunnel side plates, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab. c 0 The cab will be 96.00" wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability. 0) The forward cab section will have an overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately 99.00". The crew cab section will have a 10.00" raised roof, with an overall cab height of approximately CL 109.00". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight rating, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed. c 0 The raised roof section of the crew cab will have a 58.00" wide x 10.00" high square notch in the center section of the roof. This will allow the aerial device to be bedded in the same location as a non-raised roof. 2 The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be 54.50" in the center and 64.50" in the outboard positions. The crew cab floor will measure 36.00" from the rear wall to the back side of the rear facing seat risers. The medium block engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), will measure 51.50" to the rear wall. The big block engine tunnel will measure 41.50" to the rear wall. The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve 2 visibility and verbal communication between the occupants. 2 0. CO The cab will be a full tilt cab style. A 3-point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab. CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be painted to match the cab roof, and bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof. 14of93 Packet Pg.751 C.10.d INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The cab will include 1.00" insulation in the ceiling, 1.50" insulation in the side walls, and 2.00" insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation. FENDER LINERS Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided. PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD 2 A one (1)-piece safety glass windshield will be provided with over 2,775 square inches of clear viewing area. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The , windshield will consist of three (3) layers: outer light, middle safety laminate, and inner light. The outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the 0) windshield for a finished automotive appearance. WINDSHIELD WIPERS Three (3) electric windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements. 0 The washer reservoir will be able to be filled without raising the cab. ENGINE TUNNEL Engine hood side walls will be constructed of 0.375" aluminum. The top will be constructed of 0.125" -- aluminum and will be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room. 2 0 The engine hood will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current NFPA 1901 standards. The engine tunnel will be no higher than 17.00" off the crew cab floor. c 0 INTERIOR CREW CAB REAR WALL ADJUSTABLE SEATING (PATENT PENDING) The interior rear wall of the crew cab will have mounting holes every 2.75" to allow for adjustability of the forward facing crew cab seating along the rear wall. Seats will be adjustable with use of simple 2 hand tools allowing departments flexibility of their seating arrangement should their department needs 2 change. CO CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered. CAB LIFT A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves. Lift controls will be located on the right side pump panel or front area of the body in a convenient location. 15of93 Packet Pg.752 C.10.d The cab will be capable of tilting 43 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal. The cab will be locked down by a 2-point normally closed spring loaded hook type latch that fully engages after the cab has been lowered. The system will be hydraulically actuated to release the normally closed locks when the cab lift control is in the raised position and cab lift system is under pressure. When the cab is completely lowered and system pressure has been relieved, the spring loaded latch mechanisms will return to the normally closed and locked position. The hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position. , For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in c place on the left side between the chassis and cab frame when the cab is in the raised position. This c device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered. 0) Cab Lift Interlock 2 0) The cab lift system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. GRILLE c A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab. MIRRORS A Retrac, Model 613423, dual vision, motorized, west coast style mirror, with chrome finish, will be mounted on each side of the front cab door with spring loaded retractable arms. The flat glass and convex glass will be heated and adjustable with remote control within reach of the driver. DOORS To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab door openings will be a minimum of 37.50" wide x 63.37" high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab door openings will be a minimum of le 34.30" wide x 73.25" high. ) 2 The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of 0.093". The exterior door skins will be constructed from 0.090" aluminum. CO, A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The finish of the door handle shall be chrome/black. The exterior handle will be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. 16of93 Packet Pg.753 C.10.d The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model 751. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed. A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a 0.38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit. A chrome grab handle will be provided on the inside of each cab door for ease of entry. , A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be c securely mounted. c The bottom cab step at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed ) to the exterior of the cab. 2 CL Door Panels y The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. MANUAL CAB DOOR WINDOWS All cab entry doors will contain a conventional roll down window. c 0 CAB STEPS The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be c replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 25.00" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 21.65" wide with a 10.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed 16.50" in height. The vertical surfaces of the step well will be aluminum treadplate. CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS A 1.25" diameter slip-resistant, knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. Co STEP LIGHTS There will be six (6) white LED step lights installed for cab and crew cab access steps. • One (1) light for the driver's access steps. E • Two (2) lights for the driver's side crew cab access steps. • Two (2) lights for the passenger's side crew cab access steps. • One (1) light for the passenger's side access step. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light. 17of93 Packet Pg.754 C.10.d The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the adjacent door is opened. FENDER CROWNS Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. CREW CAB WINDOWS One (1) fixed window with tinted glass will be provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the front cab door. The windows will be sized to enhance light penetration into the cab interior. The windows 2 will measure 18.70" wide x 23.75" high. CAB DASH The driver side dash, switch panel located to the right of the driver, and center console will be an easily c removable high impact resistant polymer cover. c The instrument gauge cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same ) shape of the instrument gauge cluster. CL The officer side dash will be a flat top design with an upper beveled edge to provide easy maintenance y and will be constructed out of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. MOUNTING PLATE ON ENGINE TUNNEL Equipment installation provisions will be installed on the engine tunnel. c 0 A .25" smooth aluminum plate will be bolted to the top surface of the engine tunnel. The plate will 0. follow the contour of the engine tunnel and will run the entire length of the engine tunnel. The plate will be spaced off the engine tunnel .75" to allow for wire routing below the plate. 2 The mounting surface will be painted to match the cab interior. CAB INTERIOR The cab interior will be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service. c 0 The engine tunnel will be painted aluminum to match the cab interior. For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The rear 2 wall will be painted aluminum. Co The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be vinyl. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on an aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling. The forward portion of the cab headliner will permit easy access for service of electrical wiring or other maintenance needs. All wiring will be placed in metal raceways. CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY The cab interior upholstery will be 36 oz black vinyl. 18of93 Packet Pg.755 C.10.d CAB INTERIOR PAINT The cab interior metal surfaces, excluding the rear heater panels, will be painted black, vinyl texture paint. The rear heater panels will be painted black, vinyl textured paint. CAB FLOOR The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with PolydampTm acoustical floor mat consisting of a 2 black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler. The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a 0.25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) c which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. c DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM ) A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area. CL 0) Cab Defroster A 54,000 BTU heater-defroster unit with 690 SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The CL heater-defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically c located in the cab header extrusion per the following: • One (1) adjustable will be directed towards the left side cab window • One (1) adjustable will be directed towards the right side cab window .� • Six (6) fixed outlets will be directed at the windshield 2 The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under c conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees Fahrenheit for 10 hours, and a 2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield. The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J382 requirements. c 0 Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater There will be no auxiliary heater provided in the rear facing seat risers. 0) 2 Air Conditioning 2 CL A condenser will be a 59,644 BTU output that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be Co mounted on the radiator. Mounting the condenser below the cab or body would reduce the performance of the system and will not be acceptable. The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 75 degrees Fahrenheit at 50 percent relative humidity within 30 minutes. The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 4 hours. The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel. The evaporator will include one (1) high performance heating core, one (1) high performance cooling core 19of93 Packet Pg.756 C.10.d with (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1) plenum directed to the rear of the cab. The rear plenum willa formed plastic cover. The evaporator unit will have a 52,000 BTU at 690 SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications. Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following: • Four (4) will be directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab • Four (4) will be directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the rear plenum cover per the following: c 0 • Minimum of five (5) will be directed towards crew cab area A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be hinged with two (2) thumb latches. CL 0) The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-134A and will be installed by a certified technician. CLIMATE CONTROL An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (3) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and air flow distribution (front to rear) control. The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of �-- the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature. The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob. Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to 100 percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position. c 0 The system controller will be located within panel position #12. Gravity Drain Tubes 0) 2 Two (2) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will T CL have two (2) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan. No CO, pumps will be provided. SUN VISORS Two (2) smoked LexanTM sun visors will be provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab. There will be no retention bracket provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed position. 20 of 93 Packet Pg.757 C.10.d GRAB HANDLES A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and officer's side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handles will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield. ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS There will be one (1) Whelen, Model 3SCOCDCR, 12 volt DC, 3.00" white LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination. These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised. c ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS c For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface. The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling. The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush latch will be provided on the access door. c MAP BOX A map box with four (4) bins, open from top, will be installed at final. The map box will be divided into four (4) bins, each being 12.50" wide x 2.25" high x 12.00" deep. Each bin will slant 30 degrees from < horizontal. The map box will be constructed of.125" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. 0 SEATING CAPACITY The seating capacity in the cab will be four (4). DRIVER SEAT A seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel-bar style located below the forward 2 part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have an adjustable reclining back. The seat back will be a high back style with side bolster pads for maximum Co, support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. OFFICER SEAT A seat will be provided in the cab for the passenger. The seat will be a fixed type with no suspension. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). 21 of 93 Packet Pg.758 C.10.d The seat back will be an SCBA back style with 5 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location. The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. RADIO COMPARTMENT 2 A radio compartment will be provided under the officer's seat. The inside compartment dimensions will be 16.00" wide x 7.50" high x 15.00" deep, with the back of the compartment angled up to match the cab structure. c 0 A drop-down door with a chrome plated lift and turn latch will be provided for access. le The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. 2 CL REAR FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There will be one (1) rear facing seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 15.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). CL 0 The seat back will be an SCBA back style with 5 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity will be > adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location. 2 The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. REAR FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There will be one (1) rear facing seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 15.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC c (elastomeric vibration control). The seat back will be an SCBA back style with 5 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity will be 0) adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired CO location. The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. FORWARD FACING CENTER CABINET A forward facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the center position. The cabinet will be 38.50" wide x 50.00" high x 18.00" deep with one (1) Amdor rollup door with anodized finish, locking with #1250 key. The frame to frame opening of the cabinet will be 36.00"wide x 44.75" high. The minimum clear door opening will be 33.25" wide x 38.87" high. 22 of 93 Packet Pg.759 C.10.d The cabinet will include two (2) infinitely adjustable shelves with a 0.75" up-turned lippainted to match the cab interior. The cabinet will include no louvers. The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior. Cabinet Light 2 There will be one (1) Amdor H2O LED strip light installed on the left side of the interior cabinet door opening. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. SEAT UPHOLSTERY c All seat upholstery will be leather grain 36 oz black vinyl resistant to oil, grease and mildew. The cab c will have four (4) seating positions. le AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS 2 All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a Ziamatic brand, Model QM-ROLO-SA, SCBA holder 2 0. mounted in each backrest. A remote lanyard release will be provided on each bracket. y This bracket will accommodate all diameter bottles. There will be a quantity of three (3). c SEAT BELTS All cab and tiller cab (if applicable) seating positions will have red seat belts. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of NFPA 1901 and CAN/ULC - S515 standards. 2 0 The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will include height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. c 0 The 3-point shoulder type belts will also include the ReadyReach D-loop assembly to the shoulder beltle system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location. Any flip up seats will include a 3-point shoulder type belts only. CO To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 14.1.7.4.1 requires a location for helmet storage be provided. There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets. 23 of 93 Packet Pg.760 C.10.d CAB DOME LIGHTS There will be four (4) dual LED dome lights with black bezels provided. Two (2) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two (2) lights will be installed and located, one (1) on each side of the crew cab. The color of the LED's will be red and white. The white LED's will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch. 2 The color LED's will be controlled by the lens switch. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each white LED dome light will provide a minimum of 10.1 c foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 20.00" x 20.00" square seating position when mounted 40.00" c above the seat. PORTABLE HAND LIGHTS, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT 2 NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.4 requires two portable hand lights mounted in brackets fastened 2 to the apparatus. y The hand lights are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount these hand lights. 0 CAB INSTRUMENTATION > The cab instrument panel will include gauges, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and c switch panels are designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership. Gauges The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) black faced gauges with black bezels to monitor vehicle performance: • Voltmeter gauge (volts): 0) o Low volts (11.8 VDC) ■ Amber telltale light on indicator light display with steady tone alarm Co o High volts (15.5 VDC) Amber telltale light on indicator light display with steady tone alarm • Engine Tachometer (RPM) • Speedometer MPH (Major Scale), KM/H (Minor Scale) • Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions): o Low fuel (1/8 full) ■ Amber indicator light in gauge dial with steady tone alarm • Engine Oil pressure Gauge (PSI): o Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms ■ Red indicator light in gauge dial with steady tone alarm 24 of 93 Packet Pg.761 C.10.d • Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI): o Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm ■ Red indicator light in gauge dial with steady tone alarm • Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI): o Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm ■ Red indicator light in gauge dial with steady tone alarm • Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit): 2 o High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm ■ Amber indicator light in gauge dial with steady tone alarm • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit): o High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms ■ Red indicator light in gauge dial with steady tone alarm • Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions): o Low fluid (1/8 full) 0) 2 ■ Amber indicator light in gauge dial 2 CL Indicator Lamps To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The CL colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols. The following amber telltale lamps will be present: • Low coolant -- • Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable) 2 • Check engine • Check trans (check transmission) ) • Air rest (air restriction) _ • DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration) • HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) • ABS (antilock brake system) • MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) ) • Regen inhibit (engine emissions regeneration inhibit) (where applicable) • Side roll fault (where applicable) co • Front air bag fault (where applicable) • Aux brake overheat (auxiliary brake overheat) (where applicable) • The following red telltale lamps will be present: • Ladder rack down • Parking brake • Stop engine • The following green telltale lamps will be present: • Left turn • Right turn • Battery on 25 of 93 Packet Pg.762 C.10.d • Ignition • Aux brake (auxiliary brake engaged) (where applicable) • The following blue telltale lamps will be present: • High beam Alarms Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning condition is active. Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out A system will be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out for 3 to 5 seconds when the ignition switch is moved to the on position with the battery switch on. le Control Switches 0) 2 For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument 2 CL panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications. 0) Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (3)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking and headlights. The second switch position will activate the CL parking lights. The third switch will activate the headlights. Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three (3)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. Pressing the top half of the switch, "Panel Up" increases the panel back lighting intensity and pressing the bottom half of the switch, "Panel Down" decreases the panel back lighting intensity. Pressing the half or bottom half of the switch several times will allow back lighting intensity to be 2 gradually varied from minimum to maximum intensity level for ease of use. c Ignition switch: A three (3)-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will turn off and deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition and will perform prove-out on the telltale indicators and alarms for 3 to 5 seconds after c the switch is turned on. A green indicator lamp is activated with vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will temporarily silence all active cab alarms. An alarm "chirp" may continue as long as alarm condition exists. Switching ignition to off position will terminate the alarm silence feature and reset function of cab alarm system. CL CO Engine start switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation. Hazard switch will be provided on the instrument panel or on the steering column. Heater, defrost, and air conditioning control panel. Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight controls. Windshield wiper control will have high, low, and intermittent modes. 26 of 93 Packet Pg.763 C.10.d Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control. Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel. High idle engagement switch: A maintained rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The switch will activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged. "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement. c 0 Emergency switching will be controlled by multiple individual warning light switches for various groups le or areas of emergency warning lights. An Emergency Master switch provided on the instrument panel ) that enables or disables all individual warning light switches is included. CL An additional "Emergency Master" button will be provided on the lower left hand corner of the gauge y panel to allow convenient control of the "Emergency Master" system from inside the driver's door when standing on the ground. CL Custom Switch Panels c 0 The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the lower instrument console and up to six (6) switch panels in the overhead visor console. < All switches have backlit labels for low light conditions. Diagnostic Panel c A diagnostic panel will be provided and accessible while standing on the ground. The panel will be located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist. The diagnostic panel will include the following: 2 2 CL • ENGINE/TRANSMISSION/ABS J1939 Diagnostic Port CO • ABS Diagnostic Switch and Indicator - The switch and amber indicator will allow access to diagnostic mode and display of standard ABS system fault blink codes that may be generated by the ABS system • DPF REGEN (Diesel Particulate Filter Regeneration Switch) (where applicable) will be provided to request regeneration of the engine emission system. An amber indicator will be provided on top of the switch that will illuminate in a "CHECK ENGINE" condition • REGEN INHIBIT (Diesel Particulate Filter Regeneration Inhibit Switch) (where applicable) will be provided that will request that regeneration be temporarily prevented. A green indicator will be provided on top of the Regen Inhibit switch that will illuminate when the Regen Inhibit feature is active. Regen Inhibit will be disabled upon cycling of the ignition switch to the off state. 27 of 93 Packet Pg.764 C.10.d AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR A high air restriction warning indicator light (electronic) will be provided. "DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On." The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm when the parking brake is released. SWITCH PANELS The built-in switch panels will be located in the lower console or overhead console of the cab. Switches c will be rocker type with an indicator light, of which is an integral part of the switch. c WIPER CONTROL 0) Wiper control will consist of a two (2)-speed windshield wiper control with intermittent feature and windshield washer controls. HOURMETER -AERIAL DEVICE An hourmeter for the aerial device will be provided and located within the cab display or instrument panel. c AERIAL MASTER There will be a master switch for the aerial operating electrical system provided. AERIAL PTO SWITCH A PTO switch for the aerial with indicator light will be provided. 0 SPARE CIRCUIT There will be three (3) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: c 0 • The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power • The negative wire will be connected to ground • Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC _ • Power and ground will terminate officer side dash area Co • Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing • Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: • The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. 28 of 93 Packet Pg.765 C.10.d • The negative wire will be connected to ground. • Wires will be protected to 40 amps at 12 volts DC. • Power and ground will terminate In rear EMS compt bottom floor to PS with a cover-power - ground. • Termination will be with 3/8" studs and plastic covers. • Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. c 0 The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. CL Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate rear wall center EMS, up high. CL 0 Termination will be with 3/8" studs and plastic covers. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 2 CUSTOMER SUPPLIED RADIO WIRING c There will be one (1) 12 volt combination wiring leads of which each will include one (1) direct battery, one (1) ignition and one (1) negative for use with radio equipment. Each lead will be 18.00" long and be provided center overhead. The leads will be clearly marked in a coil and terminate with butt splices. A breaker rated for 30 amps will be provided for circuit protection of the direct battery lead with a minimum of 10 gauge wire. CO A breaker rated for 7.5 amps will be provided for circuit protection of the ignition lead. The wires will be colored coded as follows: • red for direct battery • yellow for ignition • black for ground SPARE CIRCUIT There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. 29 of 93 Packet Pg.766 C.10.d The above wires will have the following features: • The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. • The negative wire will be connected to ground. • Wires will be protected to 2.0 amps at 12 volts DC. • Power and ground will terminate officer side dash, center. • Termination will be a Blue Sea Systems part number 1016 dual USB charger socket. 2 • Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. SWIVEL MOUNT There will be one (1) Johnny Ray, Model 203 swivel mount bracket(s) provided for the fire department's radio equipment. The swivel mount bracket(s) will be located center overhead. 0) 2 INFORMATION CENTER There will be a LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel provided that will display the following information: • Total distance • Trip distance • Total hours > • Trip hours • PTO "A" hours • PTO "B" hours 2 VEHICLE DATA RECORDER c There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided. The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line. 0) 2 The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN co inputs: • Vehicle Speed - MPH • Acceleration - MPH/sec • Deceleration - MPH/sec • Engine Speed - RPM • Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle • ABS Event - On/Off • Seat Occupied Status -Yes/No by Position • Seat Belt Buckled Status -Yes/No by Position 30 of 93 Packet Pg.767 C.10.d • Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off • Time - 24 Hour Time • Date -Year/Month/Day Seat Belt Monitoring System A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided. The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to 10 seating positions indicating the status of each seat position per the following: 2 • Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated • Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm • No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm c • No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm c The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. 2 RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT There will be one (1) standard 1.125", 18 thread antenna-mounting base(s) installed on the right side on the cab roof with high efficiency, low loss, coaxial cable(s) routed to the instrument panel area. A weatherproof cap will be installed on the mount. 0 VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM > There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following: • One (1) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically ~� with the vehicle in reverse. 2 • One (1) camera located on the right side of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the right side turn signal. • One (1) camera located on the left side of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed _ automatically with the left side turn signal. c The camera images will be displayed on a 7.00" LCD display located in view of the driver on the dash. The display will include manual camera activation capability and audio from the rear camera only. 0) 2 The following components will be included: 0) iE Co • One (1) MO700136DC Display • One (1) SV-CW134639CAI Rear camera r • Two (2) CS134404C1 Side cameras • All necessary cables ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM A compartment will be provided in or under the cab to house the vehicle's electrical power and signal circuit protection and control components. The power and signal protection and control compartment will contain circuit protection devices and power control devices. Power and signal protection and control components will be protected against corrosion, excessive heat, excessive vibration, physical damage and water spray. 31 of 93 Packet Pg.768 C.10.d Serviceable components will be readily accessible. Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standard, will be utilized to protect each circuit. All circuit protection devices will be sized to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Typed automatic reset (continuously resetting) and conform to SAE J553 or J258. When required, automotive type fuses conforming to SAE J554, J1284, J1888 or J2077 will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Power control relays and solenoids will have a direct current (dc) rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected. , Visual status indicators will be supplied to identify control safety interlocks and vehicle status. In c 0 addition to visual status indicators, audible alarms designed to provide early warning of problems before they become critical will be used. W Voltage Monitor System A voltage monitor system will be provided to indicate the status of each battery system connected to CL the vehicle's electrical load. The monitor system will provide visual and audio warning when the system voltage is above or below optimum levels. CL Power and Ground Studs c Spare circuits will be provided in the primary distribution center for two-way radio equipment. The spare circuits will consist of the following: • One (1) 12-volt DC, 30 amp battery direct spare • One (1) 12-volt DC ground and un-fused switched battery stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center c EMI/RFI Protection _ The electrical system proposed will include means to control undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. State of the art electrical system design and components will be used to ensure radiated and conducted EMI (electromagnetic interference) and RFI (radio frequency interference) le emissions are suppressed at their source. 0) 2 The apparatus proposed will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically 2 CL found in fire ground operations. The contractor will be able to demonstrate the EMI and RFI testing has co been done on similar apparatus and certifies that the vehicle proposed meets SAE J551 requirements. EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying immune circuit designs, shielding, twisted pair wiring and filtering. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low level control signals and high powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI-RFI susceptibility. ELECTRICAL All 12-volt electrical equipment installed by Pierce Manufacturing will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal. Automatic reset circuit 32 of 93 Packet Pg.769 C.10.d breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids. Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines: 1. All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof. 2. Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that , will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body. 3. Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also, a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for 0) inspection and service work. 4. Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab y or body. All non-waterproof connections will have this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug). 5. All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative c compound added to the socket terminal area. 6. All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon (1890) applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal. All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108, will be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false 2 bulkhead inside the rear compartments. An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order. The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. BATTERY SYSTEM CL CO There will be four (4) 12 volt Exide®, Model 31 S950X3W, batteries that include the following features will be provided: • 950 CCA, cold cranking amps • 190 amp reserve capacity • High cycle • Group 31 • Rating of 3800 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit • 760 minutes of reserve capacity • Threaded stainless steel studs 33 of 93 Packet Pg.770 C.10.d Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. The cover will be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a 45 degree tilt capacity. The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance. BATTERY SYSTEM 2 There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel. , MASTER BATTERY SWITCH c There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate c the battery system. 0) An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system. CL BATTERY COMPARTMENTS Batteries will be placed on non-corrosive mats and stored in well ventilated compartments located CL under the cab. c Heavy-duty, 2/0 gauge, color coded battery cables will be provided. Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti-corrosion compound. Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi-permanent rubberized compound. 2 JUMPER STUDS One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be included on the battery ) compartments. BATTERY CHARGER c There will be an IOTA TM, Model DSL 75, battery charger with IQ4, controller provided. The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through an AC receptacle adjacent to this W battery charger. There will be a KussmaulTM, Model #091-94-12, remote indicator included. Co The battery charger will be located in the left body compartment mounted on the left wall as high as possible. The battery charger indicator will be located on the driver's seat riser. AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE There will be one (1) KussmaulTM, Model 091-55-20-120, 20 amp 120 volt AC shoreline inlet(s) provided to operate the dedicated 120 volt AC circuits on the apparatus. The shoreline inlet(s) will include yellow weatherproof flip up cover(s). 34 of 93 Packet Pg.771 C.10.d There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the engine is starting. The shoreline(s) will be connected to the battery charger. There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment. There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following: • Line Voltage • Current Ratting (amps) • Phase c • Frequency c The shoreline receptacle will be located on the driver side of cab, above wheel. 0) 2 ALTERNATOR A Leece-Neville, Model BLP4004H, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 350 y amp as measured by SAE method J56. The alternator will feature an integral, self diagnostic regulator and rectifier. The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy- duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. c 0 ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGEMENT > 0 An electronic load management (ELM) system that monitors the vehicles 12-volt electrical system, and automatically reduces the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition and by doing so, W ensures the integrity of the electrical system. 0) 2 The ELM will monitor the vehicle's voltage while at the scene (parking brake applied). It will c sequentially shut down individual electrical loads when the system voltage drops below a preset value. Two (2) separate electrical loads will be controlled by the load manager. The ELM will sequentially re- energize electrical loads as the system voltage recovers. c HEADLIGHTS c There will be four (4) rectangular halogen lights mounted in the front quad style, chrome housings on each side of the cab grille: 0) • The outside light on each side will contain a halogen low and high beam module. CO • The inside light on each side will contain a halogen high beam module only. DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model C6T*, 5.12" high x 7.56" wide x 1.56" deep amber LED populated arrow directional lights provided on the front of the cab, above the headlights. Each light will be housed in the same quad common bezel as the front warning light. The lens color(s) to be clear. 35 of 93 Packet Pg.772 C.10.d INTERMEDIATE LIGHT There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186-8580-29, amber LED turn signal marker lights furnished, one (1) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light. CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS There will be five (5) amber LED lights provided to indicate the presence and overall width of the vehicle in the following locations: • Three (3) amber LED identification lights will be installed in the center of the cab above the windshield. • Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each outboard side of the cab above the windshield. FRONT CAB SIDE DIRECTIONAL/MARKER LIGHTS There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186-8580-29, amber LED lights installed front of the cab door, one (1) on each side of the cab. The lights will activate as marker lights with the headlight switch and directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit. REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING c There will be a three (3) LED light bar used as identification lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following: • As close as practical to the vertical centerline • Centers spaced not less than 6.00" or more than 12.00" apart • Red in color • All at the same height There will be two (2) LED lights installed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following: c 0 • To indicate the overall width of the vehicle • One (1) each side of the vertical centerline 0) • As near the top as practical • Red in color co • To be visible from the rear • All at the same height There will be two (2) LED lights installed on the side of the apparatus used as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following: • To indicate the overall length of the vehicle • One (1) each side of the vertical centerline • As near the top as practical • Red in color 36 of 93 Packet Pg.773 C.10.d • To be visible from the side • All at the same height There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One (1) each side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground. There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One (1) each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground. Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements. REAR FMVSS LIGHTING c There will be a pair of Weldon, Model 3884-0100-2*, LED tri tail lamp assemblies provided. c Each module will include the following: 0) 2 • One (1) LED stop and tail light • One (1) LED sequential turn light (right or left) y • One (1) incandescent backup light • One (1) triple light, polished aluminum housing The assemblies will be mounted on the face of the rear body compartments. c 0 LICENSE PLATE BRACKET 2 There will be one (1) license plate bracket mounted on the rear of the body. A white LED light will illuminate the license plate. A stainless steel light shield will be provided over the 2 light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear. BACK-UP ALARM A PRECO, Model 1040, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically c adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels. CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS ) There will be four (4) Amdor, Model AY-LB-12HW012, 190 lumens each, 12.00" white LED strip lights provided. Co • One (1) under the driver's side cab access step. • One (1) under the passenger's side cab access step. • One (1) under the passenger's side crew cab access step. E • One (1) under the driver's side crew cab access step. The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the respective door is open and whenever control has been selected for the body perimeter lights. 37 of 93 Packet Pg.774 C.10.d PUMP HOUSE PERIMETER LIGHTS There will be one (1) TecNiq, Model T10-LC00-1, 15.00" 12 volt DC light with white LEDs and 45 degree stainless steel bracket provided under the passenger's side pump panel running board. The light will be controlled by the same means as the body perimeter lights. BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS There will be two (2) Amdor, Model AY-LB-12HW012, 190 lumens each, 12.00" 12 volt DC LED strip 2 lights provided at the rear step area of the body, one (1) each side shining to the rear. The perimeter scene lights will be activated when the parking brake is applied. c ADDITIONAL STEP LIGHT c Additional lighting will be provided by white LED step lights. The step lights will be installed one each le side by the aerial controls in place of the incandesent hooded lights . The quantity of additional step ) lights will be two (2) lights. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) y covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light. The additional step lights will be activated by the same means as the standard step lights. c 0 STEP LIGHT, ADDITIONAL There will be two (2) lights Truck-Lite, Model 44304C, 250 lumens 4.00" light(s) with white LEDs and grommet mount provided and installed Install in place of the the round lights on the stabilizer beams . 2 The additional step lights will be activated with the body step lights. SCENE LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M9LZC LED scene light(s) with chrome flange(s) installed on the side of the apparatus, one each side front of body. c 0 A control for the light(s) selected above will be the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel 2 a switch at the passenger's side switch panel CO a switch at the pump operator's panel no additional switch location E These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Fire Research Spectra, Model SPA851-Q20-*, 12 volt DC LED floodlight(s) provided on the front visor, centered. 38 of 93 Packet Pg.775 C.10.d The housing(s) painted parts of this light assembly to be white with a white bezel. The light(s) will flash in a warning mode when the emergency master switch is activated, the parking brake is released and with the switch used to control the front lightbar(s). The lights will be in a steady burning scene light mode with the following: • a switch at the driver's side switch panel and a switch at the passenger's side switch panel 2 • no additional switch location • no additional switch location , The scene light mode will be the priority control. c 0 These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. le HOSE BED LIGHTS 0) 2 There will be white 12 volt DC LED light strips with stainless steel protective cover, provided to light the 2 hose bed area. Hose Bed lights will meet the photometric levels listed in NFPA 1901 for Hose Bed a, lighting requirements. • Light strip(s) will be installed along the upper edge of the left side of the hose bed. • Light strip(s) will be installed along the upper edge of the right side of the hose bed. The lights will be activated by a cup switch at the rear of the apparatus no more than 72.00" from the ground. REAR SCENE LIGHT(S) 2 There will be two (2) Whelen, Model PELCC, 2.25" high x 7.88" wide x 1.63" deep LED scene light(s) with 45 degree chrome housing installed at the rear of the apparatus, rear bulkhead. The light(s) will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel and by a cup switch at the driver's side rear bulkhead. c 0 The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. WALKING SURFACE LIGHT 2 There will be Model FRP, 4" round black 12 volt DC LED floodlight(s) with bolt mount provided to 2 0. illuminate the entire designated walking surface on top of the body. CO, The light(s) will be activated when the body step lights are on. WATER TANK It will have a capacity of 720 gallons and will be constructed of polypropylene plastic in a rectangular shape. The joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out. The tank will be baffled in accordance with NFPA 1901 requirements. The baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom of each baffle to permit movement of air and water between compartments. The longitudinal partitions will be constructed of.38" polypropylene plastic and extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow positive welding. The transverse partitions extend from 4.00" off the 39 of 93 Packet Pg.776 C.10.d bottom to the underside of the top cover. All partitions interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides. The tank top will be constructed of.50" polypropylene. It will be recessed .38" and will be welded to the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions. It will be supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions. Construction will include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart and welded to the transverse partitions. Two (2) of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes. A sump will be provided at the bottom of the water tank. The sump will include a drain plug and the , tank outlet. c WATER TANK MOUNTING c Tank will be installed in a fabricated "cradle" assembly constructed of structural steel. Sufficient crossmembers are provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers are constructed of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing. Tank "floats" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on. Stops are provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle. Tank mounting system is approved by the manufacturer. CL Fill tower will be constructed of .50" polypropylene and will be a minimum of 8.00" wide x 14.00" long. Fill tower will be furnished with a .25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover. An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately < halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle. HOSE BED c The hose body will be fabricated of.125"-5052 aluminum with a nominal 38,000 psi tensile strength. The sides will not form any portion of the fender compartments. c The hose body width will be 68.00" inside. The upper edges of side panels will have a double break for rigidity. 0) 2 The hose bed will be located ahead of the ladder turntable. L CO The hose bed will be equipped with one (1) adjustable partition. Flooring of the hose bed will be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats will be .50" x 4.50" with spacing between slats for hose ventilation. The hose bed/cargo area interior will be painted to match the lower body color.. Hose bed will accommodate 1000' 5" . 40 of 93 Packet Pg.777 C.10.d HOSE BED COVER A black webbed hosebed cover will be provided. The retainer will cover the top and back of the hosebed. The cover will be made of 2.00" black webbing spaced at 6.00" squares on the top and 3.00" squares for the rear flap. The cover will be sewn with black thread. The cover will be mounted with 2.00" cam buckle on the sides, Lift-a-dot at the front, and 2.00" cam 2 buckle at bottom of the rear section. RUNNING BOARDS The running boards will be fabricated of.125" bright aluminum treadplate and supported by structural c steel angle assemblies bolted to the chassis frame rails. The running boards are 13.00" deep and have c a riser on the body to protect the painted surface from damage by stepping on the running boards. 0) TAILBOARD 2 The tailboard will also be constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate supported by a structural 0. steel assembly. A Morton Cass insert will be provided on the stepping area. The exterior side will be flanged down and in for increased rigidity of tailboard structure. REAR WALL, BODY MATERIAL, SKY-BOOM The rear wall will be smooth and the same material as the body. The upper center section as well as any inboard facing surfaces of the rear wall will be aluminum treadplate. PAINTED TOW HOOKS Two (2) painted rear tow hooks will be located at the rear of the apparatus and will be mounted directly to the rear body platform. c COMPARTMENTATION _ Compartments will be fabricated of.125" 5052 aluminum. The side compartments are an integral assembly with the rear fenders. Fully enclosed rear fender housings are provided to prevent corrosion pockets and for ease of maintenance. Mounting of the compartments will be done with body support assemblies bolted to the chassis frame rails and the .125" compartment floors. Support assemblies are constructed of 3.00" x 3.00" x .38" steel angle coated with a rubberized compound to isolate the 2 dissimilar metals. The side body panels are mounted independently of each other with the left panel 2 mounted to the left frame rail and the right panel mounted to the right frame rail. The compartment CO, flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip. The compartment door openings are framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again .75" to form an angle. Drip protection will be provided over all door openings by means of bright aluminum extrusion or formed bright aluminum treadplate. The side compartment tops will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate with a 1.00" rolled over edge on the front, rear and outward sides. The covers will be fabricated in one (1) piece with the corners welded. A bright aluminum treadplate cover will be provided on the front wall of each side compartment. All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have chrome plated acorn nuts at the ends to prevent injury. 41 of 93 Packet Pg.778 C.10.d AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards. LOUVERS All body compartments will have a minimum of one (1) set of louvers stamped into a wall to provide the proper airflow inside the compartment and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. These louvers will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate. LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION , A roll-up door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be 44.50" wide x 65.00" high x 12.00" deep inside, (lower portion to be 24.50" deep for the first 29.75" of height), with a door opening of 38.75" wide x 55.38" high. One (1) roll-up door compartment above the fender compartments and over the wheelwell will be 73.50" wide x 33.13" high x 12.00" deep inside with a clear door opening of 65.25" wide x 25.50" high. A roll-up door compartment behind the rear wheels will be 41.75" wide x 65.00" high x 12.00" deep inside, (lower portion is 24.50" deep for the first 29.75" of height), with a door opening of 38.75" wide x 55.38" high. 0 PASSENGER SIDE COMPARTMENTATION A roll-up door compartment ahead of the rear wheels approximately 44.50" wide x 65.00" high x 24.50" deep inside the lower 29.75" and 12.00" deep inside the upper portion with a door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 55.38" high. -- 2 A roll-up door compartment behind the rear wheels approximately 41.75" wide x 65.00" high x 24.50" deep inside the lower 29.75" and 12.00" deep inside the upper portion with a door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 55.38" high. One (1) roll-up door compartment above the fender compartments and over the wheelwell approximately 73.50" wide x 33.13" high x 12.00" deep inside with a clear door opening of approximately 65.25" wide x 25.50" high. ROLLUP DOOR, SIDE COMPARTMENTS 2 There will be six (6) compartment doors installed on the side compartments. The doors will be double 2 faced aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and Co, manufactured by Gortite®. Lath sections will be an interlocking rib design and will be individually replaceable without complete disassembly of door. Between each slat at the pivoting joint will be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments. Seals will allow door to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from 180 to -40 degrees Fahrenheit. Side, top and bottom seals will be provided to resist ingress of dirt and weather and be made of Santoprene. 42 of 93 Packet Pg.779 C.10.d All hinges, barrel clips and end pieces will be nylon 66. All nylon components will withstand temperatures from 300 to -40 degrees Fahrenheit. A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model 1250 for all compartment doors. Lift bar will be located at the bottom of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A ledge will be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door. Doors will be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat will be flat. The interior surfaces will be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipment from jamming , the door from inside. c To conserve space in the compartments, the spring roller assembly will not exceed 3.00" in diameter. c The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed 4.00". ) 2 A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. COMPARTMENT LIGHTING There will be six (6) compartments with Amdor, Model AY-9220, white 12 volt DC LED compartment light strips. The lights will be mounted with mechanical fasteners. 0 • There will be one (1) strip light installed vertically in each compartment opening per the latest > NFPA requirements. • There shall be an additional light installed in compartments where the length of the compartment is twice the measurement as the height of the same compartment. 0) 2 The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the respective compartment door is opened. MOUNTING TRACKS There will be six (6) sets of tracks for mounting shelf(s) in LS2 and RS2. These tracks will be installed c vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s), and will be full height of the compartment. The tracks will be painted to match the compartment interior. 0) ADJUSTABLE SHELVES _ There will be eight (8) shelves with a capacity of 500 lb provided. CO The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum painted spatter gray with 2.00" sides. Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track. The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts. The location(s) will be in RS2 centered between the floor and the ceiling, in RS3 in the lower third, in RS3 in the upper third, in RS1 in the upper third, in RS1 in the upper third, in LS3 in the upper third, in LS1 in the upper third and in LS1 in the upper third. 43 of 93 Packet Pg.780 C.10.d SLIDE-OUT ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TRAY There will be one (1) slide-out tray provided. Each tray will have 2.00" high sides and a minimum capacity rating of 250 lb in the extended position. Each tray will be constructed of aluminum painted spatter gray. Each tray will be mounted on a pair of side mounted slides. The slide mechanisms will have ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service. The slides will be mounted to shelf tracks to allow the tray to be adjustable up and down within the designated mounting location. An automatic lock will be provided for both the in and out tray positions. The lock trip mechanism will be c located at the front of the tray and will be easily operated with a gloved hand. c The location(s) will be in LS3 in the lower third 0) 2 SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY 0) There will be two (2) floor mounted slide-out tray(s) provided. 0) Each tray will have 2.00" high sides and a minimum capacity rating of 500 lb in the extended position. Each tray will be constructed of aluminum painted spatter gray c There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 2501b each provided. The pair of slides will have a safety factor rating of 2. To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117. 0 To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 501b force for push-in or pull- out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under _ full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition. Proof of compliance will be provided upon request. Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and 'but" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. CO The location(s) will be RS1 and LS1. SWING OUT TOOLBOARD A swing out aluminum toolboard will be provided. E It will be a minimum of.188" thick with .203" diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00" centers between holes. A 1.00" x 1.00" aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the pegboard. 44 of 93 Packet Pg.781 C.10.d The board will be mounted on a pivoting device at the front of the compartment on the top and bottom to allow easy movement in and out of the compartment. The maximum tool load will be 400 pounds. The board will have positive lock in the stowed and extended position. The board will be mounted stationary within the compartment. There will be One (1) toolboard(s) provided. The toolboard(s) will be spatter gray painted and installed LS2. RUB RAIL Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail. c 0 Trim will be 2.12" high with 1.38" flanges turned outward for rigidity. le The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event W of damage. BODY FENDER CROWNS Stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings. These fender crowns must be wide enough to prevent splashing onto the body from the specified tires. CL 0 A rubber welting will be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion. HARD SUCTION HOSE c Hard suction hose will not be required. HOSE TROUGHS Hard suction hose will be carried in two (2) V-shaped troughs, one (1) each side, and held in place by chrome plated, quarter turn, spring loaded clamps. Troughs will be constructed of stainless steel. HANDRAILS co The handrails will be 1.25" diameter knurled aluminum to provide a positive gripping surface. Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces. E Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails. Handrails will be provided to meet NFPA 1901 section 15.8 requirements. The handrails will be installed as noted on the sales drawing. A step shall be provided below the right side runningboard. 45 of 93 Packet Pg.782 C.10.d HANDRAILS One (1) vertical handrail will be located on each rear beavertail. AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (DOUBLE) A total of two (2) air bottle compartments, 14.75" wide x 7.25" high x 26.00" deep, will be provided. The air bottle compartment(s) will be located 1 each front and rear of the IRS rear fender panel. Flooring will be rubber lined and furnished with a drain hole. A stainless steel, full width door with a chrome-plated latch will be provided to contain the air bottles. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal. EXTENSION LADDER There will be a 24' two-section aluminum Duo-Safety Series 900-A extension ladder provided. ROOF LADDER There will be a 14' aluminum Duo-Safety Series 775-A roof ladder provided. LADDER STORAGE The roof and extension ladders will be stored between the water tank and the PS side compartments. The extension and roof ladders will extend into the pump compartment just to the rear of the water pump discharges. c Each ladder will be stored vertically in a separate stainless steel storage trough. 2 A smooth aluminum will be provided at the rear with a single D-ring latch. FOLDING LADDER 2 One (1) 10.00' aluminum, Series 585-A, Duo-Safety folding ladder will be installed in the ladder storage compartment. BACKBOARD STORAGE A transverse area over the pump and forward of the crosslays will hold one (1) storage trough. c 0 A blister will be supplied at each side to enclose the backboards due to their length. le The backboards will be accessible from either side of the vehicle through the aluminum treadplate 2 door(s) with a lift and turn latch. The door(s) will be hinged along the forward edge. . Co The size of the backboard(s) to be stored will be 72.00" long x 16.00" wide x 2.00" high. PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 5.9.4 requires one (1) 8 ft or longer pike pole mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The pike pole is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike pole. The pike pole(s) will be a Duo-Safety 10' pike pole. 46 of 93 Packet Pg.783 C.10.d 6' PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 5.9.4 requires one (1) 6' pike pole or plaster hook mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The pike pole is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike pole. The pike pole(s) will be a Duo-Safety 6' pike pole. 2 10' PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY DEALER The pike pole is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The dealer will provide and mount the pike pole. There will be one (1) 10' pike pole(s) provided. The pike pole(s) will be Duo-Safety 10' pike pole. le PIKE POLE 6 FT, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT 2 The pike pole is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the 2 Duo-Safety 6' pike pole pike pole. y There will be one (1) 6 foot pike pole(s) provided. REAR WALL, REMOVE REAR STEP PS Remove the passengers side rear bulkheads step. Replace the side wall tread plate. > 2 REAR ACCESS STEP TO LADDER A series of folding steps and wedge style steps will be provided at the rear of the hose bed, for access to the aerial device or hose bed. All steps will provide an adequate surface for stepping. The wedge steps will be properly lit for nighttime operation. A pull-out drop down step will be provided at the center, below the rear platform, for access to the rear tailboard. PUMP COMPARTMENT 2 The pump compartment will be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. The pump compartment will be constructed of the same material as the CO body compartmentation. The pump compartment substructure will be a fabricated assembly of steel tubing, angles and channels which supports both the fire pump and the side running boards. The pump compartment will be mounted on the chassis frame rails with rubber biscuits in a four point pattern to allow for chassis frame twist. Pump compartment, pump, plumbing and gauge panels will be removable from the chassis in a single assembly. 47 of 93 Packet Pg.784 C.10.d PUMP MOUNTING Pump will be mounted to a substructure which will be mounted to the chassis frame rail using rubber isolators. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire pump. LEFT SIDE PUMP CONTROL PANELS All pump controls and gauges will be located at the left (driver's) side of the apparatus and properly identified. Layout of the pump control panel will be ergonomically efficient and systematically organized. , The pump operator's control panel will be removable in two (2) main sections for ease of maintenance: c 0 The upper section will contain sub panels for the mounting of the pump pressure control device, engine le monitoring gauges, electrical switches, and foam controls (if applicable). Sub panels will be removable ) from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. Below the sub panels will be located all valve controls and line pressure gauges. The lower section of the panel will contain all inlets, outlets, and drains. All push/pull valve controls will have 1/4 turn locking control rods with polished chrome plated zinc tee handles. Guides for the push/pull control rods will be chrome plated zinc castings securely mounted to c 0 the pump panel. Push/pull valve controls will be capable of locking in any position. The control rods will pull straight out of the panel and will be equipped with universal joints to eliminate binding. IDENTIFICATION TAGS The identification tag for each valve control will be recessed in the face of the tee handle. 0 All discharge outlets will have color coded identification tags, with each discharge having its own unique color. Color coding will include the labeling of the outlet and the drain for each corresponding _ discharge. c All line pressure gauges will be mounted directly above the corresponding discharge control tee handles and recessed within the same chrome plated casting as the rod guide for quick identification. The gauge and rod guide casting will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. The casting will be color coded to correspond with the discharge identification tag. CO All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels. The pump panel on the right (passenger's) side will be removable with lift and turn type fasteners. Trim rings will be installed around all inlets and outlets. CARGO AREA COVER An .188" aluminum treadplate cover will be provided over the cargo area above the pump. The cover will be located full width of the cargo compartment with a door on each side to access the storage area each side of the foam tank over the cargo area. The cargo compartment cover shall have and access door for the foam tank. If the cargo area to be covered is greater than 14" in width or length, 48 of 93 Packet Pg.785 C.10.d reinforcement will be provided. The cover will be hinged toward the center for both doors inboard on each side with a a pair of D-handle latches and two (2) gas struts. MIDSHIP FIRE PUMP Midship fire pump will be a Hale QMAX-150, 1500 gpm single (1) stage midship mounted centrifugal type. Pump will be the class "A" type. 2 Pump will deliver the percentage of rated discharges at the pressures indicated below: - 100% of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure. c 0 - 100% of rated capacity at 165 psi net pump pressure. -70% of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure. -50% of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure. CL W Entire pump and both suction and discharge passages will be hydrostatically tested to a pressure of 500 psi. CL Pump will be fully tested at the pump manufacturer's factory to the performance requirements as outlined by the current NFPA 1901 standards and will be free from objectionable pulsation and vibration. Pump body and related parts will be of fine grain, alloy cast iron with a minimum tensile strength of 30,000 psi (2041.2 bar). 0 All moving parts in contact with water will be of high quality bronze or stainless steel. Pump body will be horizontally split, on a single plane in two (2) sections, for easy removal of entire impeller assembly, including wear rings and bearings from beneath the pump, without disturbing pump c piping or the mounting of the pump in the chassis. Pump will have one (1) double suction impeller. The pump body will have two (2) opposed discharge volute cutwaters to eliminate radial unbalance. CL Pump impeller will be hard, fine grain bronze of the mixed flow design, accurately machined, hand- ground, and individually balanced. The vanes of the impeller intake eyes will be hand-ground and polished to a sharp edge. They will be of sufficient size and design to provide ample reserve capacity utilizing minimum horsepower. E Impeller clearance rings will be bronze and easily renewable without replacing impeller or pump volute body. They will be of the wrap-around double labyrinth design for maximum efficiency. Pump shaft will be electric furnace heat-treated, corrosion resistant stainless steel. It will be super-finished under packing with galvanic corrosion (zinc separators in packing) protection for longer shaft life. Pump shaft will be sealed with double oil seal to keep road dirt and water out of drive unit. 49 of 93 Packet Pg.786 C.10.d Pump shaft will be rigidly supported by three (3) bearings for minimum deflection. A high lead bronze sleeve bearing will be located immediately adjacent to the impeller (on the side opposite of the drive unit). The sleeve bearing will be automatically oil lubricated and pressure balanced to exclude foreign material. The remaining bearings will be heavy-duty, deep groove ball bearings in the gearbox and will be splash lubricated. MECHANICAL SEAL ON PUMP Only one (1) mechanical seal will be used on the suction (inboard) side of the pump. The mechanical seal will be 2.00" in diameter and will be spring loaded, maintenance-free, and self-adjusting. The mechanical seal construction will be a carbon sealing ring, stainless steel coil spring, Viton® rubber boot, and a tungsten carbide seat with a Teflon backup seal. PUMP TRANSMISSION The drive unit will be cast and completely manufactured and tested at the Hale Products, Inc. factory. The pump drive unit will be of sufficient size to withstand up to 16,000 foot/ pounds of torque from the engine in both the road and pump operating conditions. The drive unit is will be designed with ample lubrication reserve to maintain the proper operating temperature. The gearbox drive shafts will be of heat treated chrome nickel steel and 2.75" in diameter on both the input and output drive shafts. They will be designed to withstand the full torque of the engine in both road and pump operating conditions. All gears, both drive and pump, will be of the highest quality, electric furnace, chrome nickel steel. Bores will be ground to size and teeth integrated, crown-shaved and hardened, to give an extremely -- accurate gear for long life, smooth, quiet running and higher load carrying capability. An accurately cut 2 spur design will be provided to eliminate all possible end thrust. Pierce Manufacturing will select the pump ratio to provide the maximum performance with the engine and transmission selected. Three (3) green warning lights will be provided to indicate to the operator(s) when the pump has completed the shift from Road to Pump position. Two (2) lights will be located in c the truck driving compartment and one (1) light on pump operator's panel adjacent to the throttle control. 0) PUMPING MODE 2 An interlock system will be provided to ensure that the pump drive system components are properly 0. Co engaged so that the apparatus can be safely operated. The interlock system will be designed to allow stationary pumping only. r AIR PUMP SHIFT Pump shift engagement will be made by a two (2) position sliding collar, actuated pneumatically (by air pressure), with a three (3) position air control switch located in the cab. A manual back-up shift control will also be located on the left side pump panel. Two (2) indicator lights will be provided adjacent to the pump shift inside the cab. One (1) green light will indicate the pump shift has been completed and be labeled "pump engaged". The second green 50 of 93 Packet Pg.787 C.10.d light will indicate when the pump has been engaged and the chassis transmission is in pump gear. This indicator light will be labeled "OK to pump". The pump shift will be interlocked to prevent the pump from being shifted out of gear when the chassis transmission is in gear to meet NFPA requirements. The pump shift control in the cab will be illuminated to meet NFPA requirements. TRANSMISSION LOCK-UP The direct gear transmission lock-up for the fire pump operation will engage automatically when the pump shift control in the cab is activated. c AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM c A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. The heat exchanger will be a separate unit. ) The heat exchanger will be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. Exchanger will be plumbed to the master drain valve. INTAKE RELIEF VALVE - PUMP There will be One (1) Elkhart Style 40 relief valve(s) installed on the suction side of the pump preset at 125 psig. c The relief valve(s) will have a working range of 75 psi to 250 psi. 2 0. The outlet will terminate below the frame rails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter and will have a "do not cap" warning tag. 2 The relief valve pressure control will be located behind behind the right side pump panel with a stainless steel access door . PRESSURE GOVERNOR This apparatus will be equipped with a Class1 "Total Pressure Governor" engine/pump c governor/throttle system that is connected directly to the Electronic Control Module (ECM) mounted on the engine. The "Total Pressure Governor" is to operate as a pressure sensor (regulating) governor (PSG). 0) 2 2 A special preset feature will permit a predetermined pressure of RPM to be set. The preset pressure or 0. co RPM will be displayed on the message display of the "Total Pressure Governor". The preset will be easily adjustable by the operator The pressure sensor governor system will be operable only after the vehicle parking brake has been set, the transmission is the pumping mode, and the fire pump has been engaged. The pressure sensor governor system will have two (2) modes of operation: pressure mode or rpm mode. When in the pressure mode, the PSG system will automatically maintain the discharge pressure set by the operator regardless of flow (within engine/pump operating capabilities). 51 of 93 Packet Pg.788 C.10.d In the rpm mode, the PSG system will automatically maintain a set engine speed, regardless of engine load (within engine operation capabilities). A pump cavitation protection feature will be provided which will return the engine to idle should the pump cavitate. The pressure controller will incorporate monitoring for engine coolant temperature, oil pressure, and battery voltage. 2 PRIMING PUMP The priming pump will be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered, high efficiency, multistage venturi based AirPrime System, conforming to standards outlined in the current edition of c NFPA 1901. c All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be of brass and stainless steel construction. ) 2 One (1) priming control will open the priming valve and start the pump primer. PUMP MANUALS There will be a total of two (2) pump manuals provided by the pump manufacturer and furnished with the apparatus. The manuals will be provided by the pump manufacturer in the form of two (2) 0 electronic copies. Each manual will cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts. PLUMBING, STAINLESS STEEL AND HOSE All inlet and outlet lines will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe, flexible polypropylene tubing or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with hi-tensile polyester braid. All hose's will be equipped with brass or stainless steel couplings. All stainless steel hard plumbing will be a minimum of a schedule 10 wall thickness. c Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for _ servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings. c Plumbing manifold bodies will be ductile cast iron or stainless steel. All piping lines are to be drained through a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain 0) valves. All drain lines will be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame. All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing. co Allpiping, hose and fittings will have a minimum of a 500 PSI hydrodynamic ressure rating. 9p 9� FOAM SYSTEM PLUMBING All piping that is in contact with the foam concentrate or foam/water solution will be stainless steel. The fittings will be stainless steel or brass. Cast iron pump manifolds will be allowed. MAIN PUMP INLETS A 6.00" pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets will include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump. 52 of 93 Packet Pg.789 C.10.d MAIN PUMP INLET CAP The main pump inlets will have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap. The cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. VALVES All ball valves will be Akron® Brass. The Akron valves will be the 8000 series heavy-duty style with a 2 stainless steel ball and a simple two-seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve. , Valves will have a ten (10) year warranty. c 0 The location of the valve for the one (1) inlet will be recessed behind the pump panel. le INLET CONTROL 2 The side auxiliary inlet(s) will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the inlet 2 valve. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. y LEFT SIDE INLET There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the left side pump panel, terminating with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter. The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. FRONT INLET A 6.00" inlet front inlet that terminates on top of the right side bumper extension will be provided. 2 0 The plumbing will consist of 5.00" stainless steel and a 5.00" Jamesbury butterfly valve . Only radius elbows will be used in the piping, no mitered joints. Drains will be furnished in all the low points of piping and have .75" valves with swing handle. c 0 There will be two (2) bleeder valves, one (1) located at the threaded connection and one (1) bleeder le valve near the font inlet valve control. 0) 2 Die cast zinc screens will be provided at the front inlet connection. Co FRONT INLET CONTROL The front inlet will be gated with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve or an indicator will be provided to show when the valve is closed. There will be an electric valve controller provided. The control will be momentary to allow the valve to be gated for ease of operation. Indicator lights will be provided to show if the valve is open or closed. FRONT INLET INTAKE RELIEF VALVE An Elkhart Brass Style 40 intake pressure relief valve will be provided on the inlet side of the valve preset at 125 psig. 53 of 93 Packet Pg.790 C.10.d The pressure relief valve will be adjustable from 75 to 250 psi. The outlet will be 2.50" National Standard hose thread and terminate below the frame rails and will have a "do not cap" warning tag near the discharge outlet. FRONT INLET ELBOW The front inlet will have a 6.00" inlet elbow with swivel, terminating with Male National Standard Hose Thread. 2 The swivel will be Chrome A quarter-turn style of bleeder bleeder will be provided on the front inlet elbow. c 0 FRONT INLET CAP The front inlet will have National Standard hose threads with a long handle cap. 0) 2 The cap will incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. The cap will be fabricated from brass material. INLET BLEEDER VALVE c A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet. The valves will be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel. The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 2 0 TANK TO PUMP The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with stainless steel piping and a quarter turn 3.00" full flow line valve with the control remotely located at the operator's panel. Tank to pump line will run straight (no elbows) from the pump into the front face of the water tank and angle c down into the tank sump. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing. 0) A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of"back filling" the water tank. CO TANK REFILL A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re-circulation line will be provided, using a quarter-turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS The discharge outlets will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. If a handwheel control valve is used, the control will be a minimum of a 3.9" diameter stainless steel handwheel with a dial position indicator built in to the center of the handwheel. 54 of 93 Packet Pg.791 C.10.d Any 3.00 inch or larger discharge valve will be a slow-operating valve in accordance with NFPA 16.7.5.3. LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS There will be Two (2) discharge outlets with a 2.50" valve on the left side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. LEFT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS 2 The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the left side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree , elbow. c The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve c stored pressure in the line when disconnected. 0) RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS 2 There will be One (1) discharge outlet with a 2.50" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the right side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) c National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve < stored pressure in the line when disconnected. There will be One (1) discharge outlet with a 3.00" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating c with a 3.00" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. Any 3.00 inch or larger discharge valve will be a slow-operating valve in accordance with NFPA 16.7.5.3. c 0 ADDITIONAL RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS The 3.00" outlet will be furnished with a 30 degree, 3.00" (F) National Standard hose thread x 5.00" Storz elbow adapter with Storz cap. Co FRONT DISCHARGE OUTLET There will be one (1) 1.50" discharge outlet piped to the front of the apparatus and located on the top of the left side of the front bumper. Plumbing will consist of 2.00" piping and flexible hose with a 2.00" ball valve with control at the pump operator's panel. A fabricated weldment made of stainless steel pipe will be used in the plumbing where appropriate. The piping will terminate with a 1.50" NST with 90 degree stainless steel swivel. There will be automatic drains provided at all low points of the piping. 55 of 93 Packet Pg.792 C.10.d REAR DISCHARGE OUTLET There will be One (1) discharge outlet piped to the rear of the hose bed, left side, installed so proper clearance is provided for spanner wrenches or adapters. Plumbing will consist of 2.50" piping along with a 2.50" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel. REAR OUTLET ELBOWS The 2.50" discharge outlets located at the rear of the apparatus will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. DISCHARGE CAPS Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chains will be furnished for all discharge outlets 1.50" thru 3.00" in size, besides the pre-connected hose outlets. The cap will incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected (no exception). OUTLET BLEEDER VALVE c A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger. Automatic drain valves are acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application. The valves will be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel. The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to. The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. AERIAL OUTLET The aerial waterway will be plumbed from the pump to the water tower line with 5.00" pipe and a 4.00" le Akron valve. The handwheel control for the waterway valve will be located at the pump operator's ) panel. 2 An indicator will be provided to show the position of the valve. co, CROSSLAY HOSE BEDS Two (2) crosslays with 1.50" outlets will be provided. Each bed to be capable of carrying 200' of 1.75" double jacketed hose and will be plumbed with 2.00" i.d. pipe and gated with a 2.00" quarter turn ball valve. Outlets to be equipped with a 1.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel located in the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus. The crosslay controls will be at the pump operator's panel. 56 of 93 Packet Pg.793 C.10.d The center crosslay dividers will be fabricated of 0.25" aluminum and will provide adjustment from side to side. The divider will be unpainted with a brushed finish. Vertical scuffplates constructed of stainless steel will be provided at the front and rear ends of the bed on each side of vehicle. Crosslay bed flooring will consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum. 2.50" CROSSLAY HOSE BED One (1) crosslay with 2.50" outlets will be provided. This bed to be capable of carrying 200' of 2.50" double jacketed hose and will be plumbed with 2.50" i.d. pipe and gated with a 2.50" quarter turn ball valve. c 0 WI Outlet to be equipped with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel located in the hose le bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus. ) 2 The crosslay control will be at the pump operator's panel. The center crosslay dividers will be fabricated of 0.25" aluminum and will provide adjustment from side to side. The divider will be unpainted with a brushed finish. The remainder of the crosslay bed will be painted job color. 0 Stainless steel vertical scuffplates will be provided at hose bed ends (each side of vehicle). Bottom of > hose bed ends (each side) will also be equipped with a stainless steel scuffplate. Crosslay bed flooring will consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum. 2 CROSSLAY/DEADLAY HOSE RESTRAINT Elastic netting will be provided across the top and ends of three (3) crosslay/deadlay opening(s) to secure the hose during travel. The netting will be permanently attached at the top center of the crosslay/deadlay bed and removable on each end. CROSSLAY 8.00" LOWER THAN STANDARD The crosslays will be lowered 8.00" from standard. FOAM SYSTEM 2 An Akron, Model 3126, foam eductor, with a capacity for 125 gpm, will be installed on the discharge side of the pump. Foam eductor will have a ball-type check valve to prevent water flow back into the co foam agent line. Foam eductor will have a quarter-turn ball valve, for alternation between the bypass and the eductor. The foam system will be a single agent system capable of handling class A foam concentrates as well as most class B foam concentrates. The foam eductor will be plumbed to the front outlet discharge. Controls for the foam system will be located on the pump operator's panel and labeled with red tags for easy identification. The controls for the eductor, foam supply, and the flush will be electric over pneumatic to allow for an ergonomically designed control panel and simplified operation. 57 of 93 Packet Pg.794 C.10.d Provided with the system will be an instruction plate and plumbing schematic. Push/pull handles for the foam system will be labeled with red tags for easy identification. All piping coming in direct contact with the foam concentrate will be immune to the concentrate, so deterioration of the plumbing will be avoided. This system will have a bypass eductor type foam, with a rated capacity of 125 gpm at .25 percent .5 percent, 1 percent, 3 percent, and 6 percent. Foam system operational considerations: 200 psi eductor inlet pressure will be required for proper operation. c 0 FOAM OUTLET(S) There will be one (1) foam outlet installed side pump panel IDS. The outlet(s) will be plumbed to the same foam tank/cell with a minimum of 1.50" S/S piping or flexible hose capable of resisting the 2 corrosion caused by all foam concentrates. Each foam outlet(s) will have a 1.50" inline S/S ball valve 2 with the control handle located near the foam outlet. The foam outlet(s) will terminate with 1.50" y connections. A 0.25" brass ball valve will be provided for each foam outlet to allow flushing of the entire foam outlet piping. The valve control will be located near each foam outlet(s). c 0 Swing style of S/S check valve(s) will be installed at the foam tank/cell to prevent water from the flush line(s) from entering the foam tank/cell. The foam outlet(s) will terminate with a S/S cam-lock style of quick disconnect male fitting with a 2 matching female S/S dust cap. Female S/S cam-lock style of adapter(s) with locking levers and FNPT threads will be supplied in loose equipment for the end user to connect to the foam outlet(s). ) FOAM TANK The foam tank will be securely mounted in the cargo area and will have a capacity of 30 gallons with c the intended use of Class B foam. The brand of foam stored in this tank will be TBD. The tank construction will be of .50" polypropylene plastic with joints and seams nitrogen welded inside and outside. The fill tower will be 8.00" square and contain screen a and non-foaming 4.00" diameter bottom fill tube. co FOAM TANK DRAIN The foam tank drain will be a 1.00" drain valve located inside the pump compartment accessible through a door on the right side pump panel. The following drawing(s)will be provided for approval by the customer. The drawing(s) will be made for up One (01) Truck apparatus and/or similar Pierce job number. PUMP OPERATOR'S PANEL DRAWING A detailed drawing to scale of the pump operator's panel will be provided for the customer to review. The drawing will include all of the gauges, controls, switching, etc.., located on the pump operator's panel. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing. The 58 of 93 Packet Pg.795 C.10.d fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line. The finalized and signed customer approved pump operator's panel drawing will become part of the contract documents. Due to the way drain(s), bleeder(s), operational/maintenance tag(s) and NFPA required warning tag(s) are placed on pump panel(s), these items will NOT be shown on any pump panel approval drawing(s). 2 These item(s) will be placed on pump panel(s) at the fire apparatus manufacturer discretion. REMAINING PUMP PANEL(S) Detailed drawing(s) to scale of the remaining pump panel(s) will be provided for the customer to review. c The drawing(s) will include all of the gauges, controls, switching, etc.., located on the umpanel(s). c 9( ) 9 9 9, pump The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to these approval drawing(s). The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing(s) per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line. The finalized and signed customer approved pump panel drawing(s) will become part of the contract documents. Due to the way drain(s), bleeder(s), operational/maintenance tag(s) and NFPA required warning tag(s) c are placed on pump panel(s), these items will NOT be shown on any pump panel approval drawing(s). These item(s) will be placed on pump panel(s) at the fire apparatus manufacturer discretion. COLOR CODED TAGS A detailed drawing/chart of the colors used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line. The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the colors will become part of the contract documents. SPECIAL TEXTNERBIAGE TAGS 2 A detailed drawing/chart of the text/verbiage used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this Co, approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line. The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the text/verbiage will become part of the contract documents. PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION The pump panel configuration will be arranged and installed in an organized manner that will provide user-friendly operation. 59 of 93 Packet Pg.796 C.10.d PUMP OPERATOR'S PLATFORM A pull out, flip down platform will be provided at the pump operator's control panel. The front edge and the top surface of the platform will be made of DA finished aluminum with a Morton Cass insert. The platform will be approximately 13.75" deep when in the stowed position and approximately 22.00" deep when extended. The platform stepping surface will be 35.00" wide. The platform will lock in the 2 retracted and the extended position. The platform will be wired to the "step not stowed" indicator in the cab. c PUMP OPERATOR'S PLATFORM PERIMETER LIGHT c There will be an On Scene Solutions, Model Night Stick Access, 20.00" white 12 volt DC LED strip light le provided to illuminate the ground area. ) 2 PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL The pump and gauge panels will be constructed of aluminum with a painted FormCoat black finish. A y polished aluminum trim molding will be provided around each panel. PUMP ACCESS 0 Right Side Panel The right side pump panel will be hinged along the forward edge. Panel Fastener The right side hinged panel will be secured using a chrome flush trigger latch . 2 0 The right side lower (drain bank) and all left side panel will be secured using screws. PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model 3SCOCDCR, 3.00" white 12 volt DC LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, flange(s) installed in the pump compartment. There will be a switch accessible through a door on the pump panel included with this installation. 0) 2 Engine monitoring graduated LED indicators will be incorporated with the pressure controller. co Also provided at the pump panel will be the following: - Master Pump Drain Control THROTTLE READY GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT There will be a green indicator light integrated with the pressure governor and/or engine throttle installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in throttle ready mode. OK TO PUMP INDICATOR LIGHT There will be a green indicator light installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in Ok To Pump mode. 60 of 93 Packet Pg.797 C.10.d VACUUM AND PRESSURE GAUGES The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1 Incorporated The gauges will be a minimum of 4.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering, with a pressure range of 30.00"-0-600#. Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded 2 retaining nut. The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel. c 0 Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One will be connected to the le intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have 0.25 in. ) standard pipe thread connections and non-corrosive polished stainless steel or brass plugs. They will be marked with a label. CL This gauge will include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube. PRESSURE GAUGES CL The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges will be Class 1© interlube filled. They will be a minimum of 2.00" in diameter and have white faces with black lettering. Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut. 2 0 Gauges will have a pressure range of 30"-0-400#. The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical. This gauge will include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube. WATER LEVEL GAUGE There will be an electronic water level gauge provided on the operator's panel that registers water level by means of five (5) colored LED lights. The lights will be durable, ultra-bright five (5) LED design viewable through 180 degrees. The water level indicators will be as follows: co • 100 percent = Green • 75 percent = Yellow • 50 percent = Yellow • 25 percent = Yellow • Refill = Red The light will flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights will flash sequentially when the water tank is empty. 61 of 93 Packet Pg.798 C.10.d The level measurement will be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank. The display will be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design will provide complete protection from water and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer will be mounted to the outside of the tank. The field calibratable display measures head pressure to accurately show the tank level. FOAM LEVEL GAUGE An electronic foam level gauge will be provided on the operator's panel that registers foam level by , means of five (5) colored LED lights. The lights will be durable, ultra-bright five (5) LED design viewable through 180 degrees. The foam level indicators will be as follows: • 100 percent = Green • 75 percent = Yellow • 50 percent = Yellow • 25 percent = Yellow a, • Refill = Red The light will flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank 0. indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights will flash sequentially when the foam tank is empty. 2 The level measurement will be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank. The display will be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design will provide complete protection from foam and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer ) will be mounted to the outside of the tank. The display will be able to be calibrated in the field and will measure head pressure to accurately show the tank level. c STEP/LIGHT SHIELD There will be an aluminum treadplate stepping surface installed under the crosslays. This shield will be properly reinforced to support a man's weight. There will be an aluminum treadplate stepping surface no less than 8.00" deep and properly reinforced Co to support a man's weight, installed over the pump operators panel. • There will be four (4) Fire Research Firefly, part number LED115-Q01, 12 volt DC LED lights installed under the step to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house. • One (1) pump panel light will come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode. There will be one (1) white LED step light provided above this step. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each step light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15.00" x 62 of 93 Packet Pg.799 C.10.d 15.00" square placed 10.00" below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30.00" x 30.00" square at the same 10.00" distance below the light. The step light will be activated by the pump panel light switch. AIR HORN SYSTEM There will be two (2) Grover air horns recessed in the front bumper. The horn system will be piped to 2 the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed in-line to prevent loss of air in the air brake system. , Air Horn Location c The air horns will be located on each side of the bumper,just outside of the frame rails. c Air Horn Control The air horns will be actuated by a chrome push button located on the officer's side of the engine tunnel and by the horn button in the steering wheel. The driver will have the option to control the air horns or CL the chassis horns from the horn button by means of a selector switch located on the instrument panel. ELECTRONIC SIREN A Whelen®, Model 295SLSA1, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided. c This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on. 2 Electronic siren head will be recessed in the driver side inside switch panel. Siren will be actuated by a foot switch on the officer's side and by the horn button in the steering wheel. The driver will have the option to control the siren or the chassis horns from the horn button by means of a selector switch. SPEAKER There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model SA315P, black nylon composite, 100-watt, speaker with through c bumper mounting brackets and polished stainless steel grille provided. The speaker will be connected to the siren amplifier. 0) The speaker will be recessed in the left side of the front bumper, towards the outside. AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN CO There will be a Federal Signal Model Q2B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus. The Q2B will be chrome finish. The siren will have a 2-gauge cable connected to a power solenoid that is connected by a 2-gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q2B+ at the battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on. The siren will have a 2-gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q2B- at the battery. 63 of 93 Packet Pg.800 C.10.d When the chassis battery switch is on, and the emergency master switch is on, the Q2B siren will be activated by the following: The mechanical siren will be mounted on the bumper deck plate. It will be mounted on the right side. A reinforcement plate will be furnished to support the siren. MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL The mechanical siren will be activated by the following: 2 • Left side foot switch. A momentary chrome push button switch will be included in the right side dash panel to activate the c siren brake. c W 2 FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS There will be two (2) 21.50" Whelen Freedom IV LED Iightbars mounted on the cab roof, one (1) on each side, above the driver's and passenger's door, facing forward. The driver's side Iightbar will include the following: • One (1) red flashing LED module in the outside end position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the outside front corner position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the outside front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the inside front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the inside front corner position. c The passenger's side Iightbar will include the following: • One (1) red flashing LED module in the inside front corner position. c • One (1) red flashing LED module in the inside front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the outside front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the outside front corner position. W • One (1) red flashing LED module in the outside end position. Co There will be clear lenses included on the Iightbar. There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the Iightbars. LIGHTS, FRONT ZONE LOWER Two (2) Whelen model M6*C LED flashing warning lights will be installed on the cab face above the headlights, in a common bezel with the directional lights. The driver's side front warning light to be red. The passenger's side front warning light to be red. 64 of 93 Packet Pg.801 C.10.d Both lights will include a clear lens. There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. HEADLIGHT FLASHER The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side. There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on. The flashing will automatically cancel when the hi-beam headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set. c 0 SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING le There will be six (6) Whelen®, Model M6*C, flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim installed per the following: 2 • Two (2) lights, one (1) each side on the bumper extension. The side front lights to be red. • Two (2) lights, one (1) each side above the front wheels. The side middle lights to be red. • Two (2) lights, one (1) each side located between the tandems. The side rear lights to be red. • The lights will include clear lenses. c 0 There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 2 SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M9**, 6.50" high x 10.37" wide x 1.37" deep flashing LED warning light(s) with chrome trim provided, DS/PS crew cab upper . 0 The light(s) to include red LEDs. The warning light lens color(s) to be clear. These lights will be activated with the side warning switch. White LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied. Amber, blue, green or red LEDs may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0) 2 MOUNTING, LIGHT ENCLOSURE 0) iE There will be two (2) pair of light enclosures provided on the apparatus. CO Each enclosure will be made from smooth aluminum material painted job color. The enclosure will mount on the each forward and rearward corners of the side sheets per print.. REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6*C LED flashing warning lights with chrome trim located at the rear of the apparatus. • The driver's side rear light to be red • The passenger's side rear light to be red 65 of 93 Packet Pg.802 C.10.d The lenses will be clear. There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. WARNING LIGHTS (REAR AND SIDE UPPER ZONES) Four (4) Whelen, model M9*C LED flashing warning lights will be provided at the rear of the apparatus. The side rear upper light(s) on the driver's side to be red. The rear upper light(s) on the driver's side to be red. The rear upper light(s) on the passenger's side to be red. c 0 The side rear upper light(s) on the passenger's side to be red. These lights will include a lens that is clear. ) 2 There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM GENERAL DESIGN FOR ALTERNATING CURRENT The following guidelines will apply to the 120/240 VAC system installation: General c 0 Except where superseded by the requirements of NFPA 1901, all components, equipment and installation procedures will conform to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (herein referred to as the NEC). 2 Line voltage electrical system equipment and materials included on the apparatus will be listed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. All products will be used only in the ) manner for which they have been listed. Grounding c 0 An equipment grounding means will be provided in accordance with Section 250-62 (Grounding le Conductor Material) of the NEC. 0) 2 The grounded current carrying conductor (neutral) will be insulated from the equipment grounding 2 0. conductors and from the equipment enclosures and other grounded parts. The neutral conductor will be CO colored white or gray in accordance with Section 200-6 (Means of Identifying Grounding Conductors) of the NEC. In addition to the bonding required for the low voltage return current, each body and driving or crew compartment enclosure will be bonded to the vehicle frame by a copper conductor. This conductor will have a minimum amperage rating of 115 percent of the nameplate current rating of the power source specification label as defined in Section 310-15 (amp capacities) of the NEC. A single conductor, properly sized to meet the low voltage and line voltage requirements will be permitted to be used. Wiring Methods 66 of 93 Packet Pg.803 C.10.d Fixed wiring systems will be limited to the following: - Metallic or nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius) or - Type SO or Type SEO cord with a WA suffix, rated at 600 volts at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius) Electrical cord or conduit will not be attached to chassis suspension components, water or fuel lines, air or air brake lines, fire pump piping, hydraulic lines, exhaust system components, or low voltage wiring. c In addition the wiring will be run as follows: c - Separated by a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm), or properly shielded, from exhaust piping 0) 2 - Separated from fuel lines by a minimum of six (6) inches (152 mm) distance. Electrical cord or conduit will be supported within six (6) inches (152 mm) of any junction box and at a minimum of every 24 inches (610 mm) of continuous run. Supports will be made of nonmetallic materials or corrosion protected metal. All supports will be of a design that does not cut or abrade the CL conduit or cable and will be mechanically fastened to the vehicle. Wiring Identification All line voltage conductors located in the main panel board will be individually and permanently identified. The identification will reference the wiring schematic or indicate the final termination point. When prewiring for future power sources or devices, the unterminated ends will be labeled showing function and wire size. Wet Locations All wet location receptacle outlets and inlet devices, including those on hardwired remote power distribution boxes, will be of the grounding type provided with a wet location cover and installed in le accordance with Section 210-7 "Receptacles and Cord Connections" of the NEC. 0) 2 All receptacles located in a wet location will be not less than 24 inches (610 mm) from the ground. Receptacles on off-road vehicles will be a minimum of 30 inches (762 mm) from the ground. co The face of any wet location receptacle will be installed in a plane from vertical to not more than 45 degrees off vertical. No receptacle will be installed in a face up position. Dry Locations All receptacles located in a dry location will be of the grounding type. Receptacles will be not less than 30 inches (762 mm) above the interior floor height. All receptacles will be marked with the type of line voltage (120-volts or 240-volts) and the current rating in amps. If the receptacles are direct current, or other than single phase, they will be so marked. 67 of 93 Packet Pg.804 C.10.d Listin All receptacles and electrical inlet devices will be listed to UL 498, Standard for Safety Attachment Plugs and Receptacles, or other appropriate performance standards. Receptacles used for direct current voltages will be rated for the appropriate service. Electrical System Testing The wiring and associated equipment will be tested by the apparatus manufacturer or the installer of the line voltage system. The wiring and permanently connected devices and equipment will be subjected to a dielectric voltage c withstand test of 900 volts for one (1) minute. The test will be conducted between live parts and the c neutral conductor, and between live parts and the vehicle frame with any switches in the circuit(s) le closed. This test will be conducted after all body work has been completed. ) 2 Electrical polarity verification will be made of all permanently wired equipment and receptacles to determine that connections have been properly made. y GENERATOR Provisions will be made for the customer installation of a D1 Honda generator. 0 GENERATOR LOCATION > The generator will be located D1. GENERATOR START The starting provision for the generator will be located on the generator itself. 2 0 CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL A circuit breaker panel will be installed in the D3 gen to be in D1, need 6' pigtail plug to gen in D1, box on back wall D3 up high. A directory for each breaker will be provided adjacent to the circuit breaker panel. Identification of circuits will be done in a durable manner that provides years of service. c 0 This breaker panel will be connected to Honda EU3000 generator. 120/240 VOLT LIGHTING 2 The apparatus will be equipped with a telescoping top raise Fire Research, Focus Model FC642-S75 . quartz tube special length tripod flood light. CO Each light head will be 120 volt, 750 watts, draw 6.3 amps. The light head will swivel 360 degrees left or right and tilt up and down. The overall height of the tripod without lighthead will be 31.75" long in the stowed position or about 24" shorter than a standard tripod. A Fire Research FC603 quick release truck mounting bracket will be provided and installed on the truck in the specified location. A receptacle will be provided near the base of the light. A 20 amp, 120 volt, twist-lock plug with protective boot. 68 of 93 Packet Pg.805 C.10.d A total of Two (2) will be provided back of cab one each side. 55-FOOT TELESCOPIC WATER TOWER/AERIAL LADDER The telescopic water tower/aerial ladder will consist of two (2) telescopic boom sections, with a waterway, designed to supply a large capacity elevated water stream, and a two (2) section aluminum ladder. The water tower/aerial ladder will be a two (2) section telescopic boom, with a capacity of 500 lbs. 2 unsupported, at 0 degree elevation and fully extended. CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS The ladder will be constructed to meet all of the requirements as described in the current NFPA 1901 c standard. c All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of a ductile material will have ) a design stress of not more than 50% of the minimum yield strength of the material based on the combination of the live load and the dead load. This 2:1 structural safety factor meets the current 0. NFPA 1901 standard. v All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of non-ductile material will have a design stress of not more than 20% of the minimum ultimate strength of the material, based on c the combination of the rated capacity and the dead load. This 5:1 safety factor meets the current 1901 NFPA standard. Wire ropes, chains, and attaching systems used to extend and retract the fly sections will have a 5:1 < safety factor based on the ultimate strength under all operating conditions. The factor of safety for the wire rope will remain above 2:1 during any extension or retraction stall. The minimum ratio of the diameter of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used will be 1:12. The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-half times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position in which the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a firm level surface. The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-third times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a slope of 2 five degrees downward in the direction most likely to cause overturning. CO With the aerial device out of the cradle in the in the fully extended position at zero degrees elevation, a test load will be applied in a horizontal direction normal to the centerline of the ladder. The turntable will not rotate and the ladder will not deflect beyond what the product specification allows. All welding will be in compliance with the American Welding Society standards. All welding personnel will be certified, as qualified under AWS welding codes. All material and welds will have a fatigue life structural safety factor of 2:1. This will be derived from taking into account structure weight, payload, wind load, ice load, nozzle reactions, and dynamics. 69 of 93 Packet Pg.806 C.10.d The aerial device will be capable of operating with the maximum rated tip load in either of the two (2) following conditions: • Conditions of high wind up to 20 mph • Conditions of icing, up to a coating of 0.25" over the entire aerial structure All of the design criteria must be supported by the following test data: • Strain gage testing of the complete aerial device • Analysis of deflection data taken while the aerial device was under test load , • Accelerometer test to determine dynamic response during ladder operation • Accelerometer test to determine dynamic response during road travel WI • Hydraulic component operating and burst strength testing le The following standards for materials are to be used in the design of the aerial device: • Materials are to be certified by the mill that manufactured the material CL • Material testing that is performed after the mill test will be for verification only and not with the intent of changing the classification CL MAINFRAME ASSEMBLY The mainframe assembly will be a welded steel structure, pedestal type, providing a mounting base, for attachment of the telescopic water tower/aerial ladder equipment, to the truck chassis frame, at the rear. The welded steel pedestal will measure 21.00" x 33.00" with a welded upper pedestal mainframe of 2 20.00" x 32.75". The base plate will be 1.25" thick made of high strength steel, with minimum yield strength of 100,000 psi. The side walls of the pedestal will be reinforced, with plates and gussets .38" ) thick, in the area where the stabilizers are attached, to provide the required side to side strength and rigidity. The pedestal will be welded to a substructure assembly made of tubes 6.00" x 3.00" x .25". The substructure will be bolted to the chassis frame with 28 bolts 0.75" diameter, grade eight (8). c 0 The rear boom control panel, on the pedestal mainframe, will be made of stainless steel and properly identified. The panels will be designed to allow easy access to the components and manual overrides. WATER TOWER CONSTRUCTION L CO The water tower will be constructed from two (2) aluminum alloy members, one (1) to telescope within, the other to ensure close tolerances and interchangeability of the members. All water tower members will be constructed of extruded "U" channels made of aluminum 6061 J6, with minimum yield strength of 36,000 psi. The channels will be securely welded together at the center, on each side. E After fabrication and prior to assembly, the water tower sections will be properly prepared to provide good adhesion of primer and finish paint. That portion of the telescoping water tower section remaining inside the member base section, will be primed and finish painted white prior to the water tower assembly. 70 of 93 Packet Pg.807 C.10.d The rated water tower/aerial ladder height will be 55' 5" measured as per the current NFPA 1901 standard, and will rotate 360 degrees at elevations from 5 degrees below horizontal to 85 degrees above. The rated water tower/aerial ladder horizontal reach will be 45' 5" at 0 degree elevation measured as per the current NFPA 1901 standard. LADDER CONSTRUCTION A two (2) section aluminum ladder will be securely installed, on top of the water tower, and permanently attached so that the upper section extends and retracts, with the telescopic portion of the water tower. The extendable section of the ladder will extend on UHMW polyethylene slide pads permanently installed. The rungs of either section of the ladder when extended or retracted will be aligned. The rungs will be made with anti-slip material and will be 14.00" on center. c 0 A rung alignment indicator will be provided with an indicator light visible from the operator's control station. 0) 2 The ladder width between the rails will be 23.25" for the first section and 21.00" for the second section. 0) Tubular aluminum handrails of not less than 1.00" diameter will be securely installed on top of the : ladder, one (1) on each side on both sections. The handrails will be fixed in nature. The handrails will not be less than 12.00" above the centerline of the rungs, on the tip section. A lifting eye will be provided at the tip of the aerial device. ELEVATION SYSTEM Two (2) double-acting lift cylinders will provide smooth, precise elevation from 5 degrees below horizontal to 85 degrees above horizontal. The elevation cylinders will be equipped, with integral dual -- holding valves, on each cylinder, to prevent the unit from falling should the charged lines fail at any 2 point within the hydraulic system. The elevation cylinders will have the following dimensions: • 4.00" internal diameter (bore) • 2.00" diameter chromium-plated cylinder rod • 33.50" stroke c 0 EXTENSION/RETRACTION SYSTEM A full hydraulic powered extension and retraction system for the water tower/aerial ladder will be provided, through a cylinder. The second section of the water tower/aerial ladder will be extended and _ retracted by one (1) hydraulic cylinder. The extension cylinder will have a 3.00" internal diameter Co (bore), a 2.00" diameter chromium-plated rod, and a 207.00" stroke. The extension/retraction cylinder will be equipped with integral dual holding valves. The extension/retraction cylinder will be located inside the boom sections for maximum protection from damage. One (1) holding valve will prevent the ladder from retracting, should the charged lines fail at any point within the hydraulic system. The second holding valve will prevent extension of the sections, while braking on the road. TURNTABLE ASSEMBLY The turntable assembly will be a welded structure attached to the mainframe pedestal assembly on a 23.25" pitch diameter turntable ball bearing, providing 360 degrees continuous rotation in either direction. The bearing will be bolted to the pedestal with 23 bolts and to the turntable with 18 bolts. The bolts will be .75" grade eight (8). 71 of 93 Packet Pg.808 C.10.d A hydraulic motor driving through a single reduction worm gear reducer, will be used for rotation. A heavy duty pinion gear, with support bearing, will engage an internal gear ring, on the turntable ball bearing. A motion control lock will be provided in the rotation system to provide positive control during rotation. The operator will be able to manually rotate the turntable in the event of loss of all hydraulic power. Folded and slotted steps will be provided at the rear, on each side of the turntable. A stainless steel turntable alignment indicator will be provided, to assist the operator in aligning the boom with the boom support, when nesting it. , PERFORMANCE CAPABILITIES c The unit will be constructed and powered to be capable of performing the following functions, when c operated on firm level ground in a 20 mph wind, with the stabilizers extended and properly set. • When used as a water/tower, at full extension, at any angle from -5 degrees to 45 degrees, tip unsupported, 250 lbs. at the ladder tip or 500 lbs. load evenly distributed along the length of the ladder. • When used as a water/tower, at full extension, at any angle from 46 degrees to 85 degrees, tip unsupported, 500 lbs. at the ladder tip or 750 lbs. load evenly distributed along the length of the ladder. • When used as a ladder only, no water, full extension, tip unsupported at any angle from -5 > degrees to 45 degrees above. It will support a tip load of 500 lbs. or 500 lbs. evenly distributed along the length of the ladder. • When used as a ladder only, no water, full extension, tip unsupported at any angle from 46 degrees to 85 degrees. It will support a tip load of 500 lbs. or 1000 lbs. evenly distributed along the length of the ladder. c • When used as a ladder only, no water, full extension, tip supported, it will carry and support a load of 1750 lbs. even) distributed along the length of the ladder. Y 9 9 BOOM SUPPORT A boom support will be provided for nesting the water tower device. The boom support will be le constructed of steel tubing in an "A" frame design and will be mounted directly on the chassis frame 0) rails. A stainless steel plate will be provided, on the under side of the boom, where it nests on the boom support. CO The boom support will be located just to the rear of the chassis cab. AERIAL BOOM SUPPORT LIGHT There will be one (1) Amdor part number LB-12HW012, 190 lumens 12.00" light with white LEDs mounted on the boom support cradle. This light will be activated by the aerial master switch. AERIAL BOOM PANEL There will be one boom panel provided on each side of the aerial ladder base section. The boom panel will be painted #10 white. 72 of 93 Packet Pg.809 C.10.d The boom panels will be designed so no mounting bolts are in the face of the panel. This will keep the lettering surface free of holes. EXTENSION INDICATOR Numerical indicators will be provided on the inner boom every five (5) feet. They will indicate various positions of extension up to full. Markings and indicators will be clearly visible to the console operator. To aid in visibility during hours of darkness, the markings and numerical indicators will be of a black reflective material. FOLDING STEPS a, One (1) set of folding steps will be provided at the tip of the ladder. The steps will be bright finished with a black tread coating on the stepping surface. Each step will have an integrated LED to illuminate the stepping surface. FOLD DOWN HANDRAILS 0) Fold down handrails will be provided on the ladder sections to reduce the overall height by approximately 7.00". There will be a mechanism to hold them in the raised and lowered positions. The ladder width between the rails shall be approximately 22.00" for the first section and 18.94" for the second section. 0 A system indicating that the handrails are not in the travel position will be wired to the cab hazard light per the current edition of NFPA 1901. TURNTABLE CONSOLE LIGHTING There will be one (1), TecNiq Model T10, white LED light strip mounted in the turntable console cover to illuminate the controls located on both the upper and lower portion of the turntable control station. c These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch. CONTROL STATION There will be one (1) control station located at the rear of the apparatus. All elevation, extension and rotation operational controls will operate from this position. All controls will be arranged so they can be easily operated by an operator, with a gloved hand, without disturbing any other controls. The control devices will be clearly marked and suitably lighted. 2 BOOM CONTROL PANEL co The boom control panel will be located at the rear of the apparatus. The controls will be lighted and clearly identified and will include: - Intercom system - Control for water tower butterfly valve - Spotlight switches - Panel light switch - Fast idle switch 73 of 93 Packet Pg.810 C.10.d - Three (3) monitor nozzle control switches - Hydraulic pressure gauge - Water pressure gauge - Bubble type level indicator 2 - Load chart - Return line hydraulic filter, red indicator light - Pressure line hydraulic filter, red indicator light - One (1) control lever to elevate and lower the water tower/ladder le - One (1) control lever to extend and retract the water tower/ladder 2 - One (1) control lever to rotate the turntable in either direction The levers will be distinctively different, from the other controls on the panel and arranged adjacent to each other, with the extension control being the left lever, the rotation control being the center lever and the elevation control being the right lever. Indicating devices, suitably lighted, clearly marked and conveniently arranged will be visible from the operator's position to: - Indicate rung alignment for climbing 2 - Indicate the alignment of the water tower/ladder, with the travel bed c - Indicate boom elevation angle A second lighted control station will be furnished near the water tower nozzle and be accessible to c personnel for control of all nozzle functions. These controls will be properly identified and clearly marked. 0) A step will be provided at the rear of the apparatus, so that the operator is not in contact with the ground. Sign(s) will be provided to warn the operator(s) of electrocution hazards. iE Co WATER TOWER/LADDER CONTROLS The controls will be arranged to permit the operator to regulate the speed of the functions, within the safety limits as determined by the manufacturer. The boom sections will be controlled by three (3) E independent electric/hydraulic control levers. Each control lever will be equipped with a neutral position lock to prevent accidental activation and will automatically return to its neutral position when released. The displacement of the controls activates proportional distribution control valves, that meter the flow of hydraulic fluid to the hydraulic cylinders and motor, which activate the water tower/ladder functions. 74 of 93 Packet Pg.811 C.10.d The inclination angle, of the control lever, will determine how far the valve will open, which in turn will determine the extent of motion of the cylinder or motor under control. When dual motion is selected, the action requiring the highest pressure determines the pump pressure and flow. Pressure compensators, built in the directional control valve, allow simultaneous operation of both actions. EMERGENCY CONTROLS The unit will be equipped with the following emergency controls: - Manual provision for rotation worm gear - Mechanical levers on all directional control valves c - Manual overrides on all solenoid cartridge valves used for stabilizer/water tower interlocks c For operation, in the event of loss of hydraulic pressure, from the power take off hydraulic pump, an auxiliary hydraulic pump will be furnished. It will be powered by the 12 volt battery system on the 2 apparatus, with an actuating switch at the control station, or directly by the lever if an electrical control 2 0. lever option is ordered. This system will permit operating with rated capacities at reduced speed. y REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM A wireless tower/ladder controller system will be supplied to enable the operator to control the water/tower ladder functions and the water monitor functions up to 400 feet away from the apparatus. c 0 The system will be composed of a modulator/transmitter unit and a receiver/decoder unit. The system will operate on a 49 MHz RF signal with FM modulation with 120 bit data stream composed of a specialized algorithm to ensure valid transmissions and EMI immunity. The transmitter unit will have two dual axis motion joystick to proportional control the water tower/ladder from rest to full speed and three (3) momentary toggle switches for the monitor controls. There will be c a battery level indicator and emergency stop button that will deactivate the radio control unit and a transmitter power switch. The rear panel tower/ladder lever controls will have priority over the radio controls at all times. STABILIZERS Two (2) hydraulically operated stabilizers, measuring 3.00" (bore) x 1.50" (rod) x 38.00" (stroke), will be provided for stabilizing the apparatus during the operation of the water tower/ladder. These stabilizers will be of the "A" frame type. They will consist of separate steel weldments located one (1) on each Co side, behind the rear wheels, in the area of the centerline, of the turntable rotation. The stabilizer shoe will be 10.00" x 11.00" x .38" and will swivel on an axis, parallel to the longitudinal axis of the apparatus. Two (2) red warning lights, one (1) on each stabilizer, visible on the side, will be provided. They will be connected to the water tower/ladder PTO switch. When extended, the stabilizer spread will be 154.00" to provide maximum stability. The distance will be measured from the outside edge of one (1) shoe to the outside edge of the other shoe. Each stabilizer will be extended and retracted by a single hydraulic cylinder, equipped with a double pilot operated check valve, to positively hold the stabilizer in the 75 of 93 Packet Pg.812 C.10.d operating and travel positions respectively. The hydraulic cylinders will be enclosed, within the stabilizer legs and housings, to provide protection for the hydraulic cylinders and cylinder rods. The electric control of each stabilizer will be arranged so that the operator will be able to view the stabilizers in motion. An audible alarm of not less than 87 DBA will sound when a stabilizer is in motion. One (1) green light will be provided on each stabilizer control. To secure the operation, the green light 2 will be energized only when the stabilizer settings are in configuration to support the water tower/ladder. Two (2) rear stabilizer control panels will be properly labeled, lighted and will include: c - One (1) green light with the inscription "FIRM ON GROUND" c - One (1) toggle switch for stabilizers with the inscription "UP/DOWN" 0) 2 The water tower/ladder will be energized only if both stabilizers are in firm contact with the ground or if the ladder/stabilizer override momentary toggle switch has been activated. Two (2) 24.00" x 24.00" lightweight composite material stabilizer ground pads made of a lightweight composite material with mounting brackets will be provided. CL 0 The ground contact area for each stabilizer will be such that a unit pressure not greater than 75 psi (500 kPa) will be exerted over the ground contact area when the apparatus is loaded to its maximum in- service weight and the aerial device is carrying its rated capacity in every position permitted by the manufacturer. There will be one (1) pad located on each side of the apparatus, behind the stabilizers. 2 STABILIZER TRIM MATERIAL The aerial stabilizer trim will be polished stainless steel. STABILIZER CONTROL BOX There will be no doors on the stabilizer control box at the rear of the truck. c 0 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM All high-pressure hoses will have an abrasion resistant cover, and have a rating greater than or equal to the working pressure of the circuit in which they are installed. All hydraulic fittings will be plated to 2 minimize corrosion. The fitting will use an O-ring face seal, where possible, to minimize hydraulic leaks. All pressure carrying hydraulic hoses will have a 4:1 safety rating based on burst pressure Co An interlock will be provided that prevents activation of the hydraulic pump until the transmission is placed in neutral and the parking brake is set as outlined in NFPA standards. The hydraulic system will be of the load sense design to minimize heat build up and provide smooth control of the aerial ladder. The system will meet the performance requirement in NFPA standards, which requires adequate cooling after less than 2 1/2 hours of operations. All hydraulic components that are non-sealing, where failure could result in the aerial movement, will comply with NFPA standards and have burst strength of 4:1. Dynamic sealing components, where failure could cause aerial movement, will have a margin of 2:1 on maximum operating pressure per 76 of 93 Packet Pg.813 C.10.d NFPA standards. All hydraulic hoses, tubes, and connections will have minimum burst strength of 3:1 per NFPA standards. A hydraulic oil pressure gauge will be supplied at the base control location per NFPA standards. The aerial hydraulic system will be designed in such a manner that a hydraulic pump failure or line rupture will not allow the aerial or outriggers to lose position. Hydraulic holding valves will be mounted directly into cylinders. To insure reliable performance of holding valves, no hoses or tubing will be 2 permitted between a holding valve and cylinder. The aerial will incorporate the use of trombone steel tubes inside the stabilizer beams to eliminate hydraulic hose wear and leaks. Hydraulic power to the , ladder will be transferred from the pedestal by a hydraulic swivel. c HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR c The hydraulic system will consist of an oil reservoir mounted to the torque box and plumbed to the hydraulic pump. There will be plumbing for a supply and return line and a tank drain on the reservoir. The hydraulic pump suction line will have a shut-off ball valve for pump servicing. The hydraulic oil reservoir fill will be labeled per NFPA standards. The hydraulic system will use multi- weight, SAE grade oil. ISO grade will be based on geographical location. The manufacturer will certify that the oil meets or exceeds the hydraulic cleanliness rating of 18/15/13 per ISO 4406:1999 before c delivery. HYDRAULIC FILTERS The system will incorporate the following filters to provide dependable service: - Separate magnet (not on strainer) 0 - Reservoir suction strainer: 125 mesh - Pressure filter with dirt alarm: Nominal 5 micron filter with a rating of 6.5 micron @ Beta 200 (99.5% efficiency); 7.5 micron @ Beta 1000 (99.9% efficiency) c 0 - Return filter with dirt alarm: Nominal 5 micron filter with a rating of 6.5 micron @ Beta 200 (99.5% le efficiency); 7.5 micron @ Beta 1000 (99.9% efficiency) 0) 2 - Desiccant breather filter: Water capacity 4 fluid oz, 5 micron rating L Co HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS All hydraulic cylinders used on the aerial device will be produced by a manufacturer that specializes in the production of hydraulic cylinders. POWER TAKEOFF/ HYDRAULIC PUMP The apparatus will be equipped with a power takeoff driven by the chassis transmission and actuated by an electric shift located inside the cab. The power takeoff, which drives the hydraulic pump, will meet all the requirements for the aerial unit operations. The hydraulic pump will be a variable displacement piston pump, for consistent and rapid response, and be capable of supplying hydraulic oil at a nominal 50gpm flow at pressures up to 3000 psi. The system will operate up to 3000 psi with flow 77 of 93 Packet Pg.814 C.10.d controls to protect hydraulic components and incorporate a relief valve set at 3150 psi to prevent over pressurization. The hydraulic pump will be solely dedicated to aerial operations. An amber indicator light will be installed on the cab instrument panel to notify the operator that the power takeoff is engaged. An interlock will be provided that allows operation of the aerial power takeoff shift only after the chassis spring brake has been set and the chassis transmission has either been placed in the neutral position or drive position after the driveline has been disengaged from the rear axle. EMERGENCY PUMP , The hydraulic system will be designed with an auxiliary power unit meeting the guidelines of NFPA standards. The auxiliary power unit will be a 12-volt pump connected to the chassis electrical system. The pump will provide operation at reduced speeds to store the aerial device and outriggers for road transportation. 0) 2 Self-centering switches will be provided at the turntable and stabilizer control station to activate the system. The system will be designed to provide a minimum of 30 minutes of hydraulic power to : operate functions. ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC WATER SWIVEL JOINT CL The water tower/ladder will be equipped with an electro-hydraulic waterway swivel, to allow 360 degree rotation of the aerial, while connecting all 20 electrical circuits, four (4) hydraulic passageways and one (1) 4.00" waterway through the rotation point. The four (4) passageways will be supplied with no smaller than SAE-12 straight threaded ports and the remaining with SAE-6 straight threaded ports. The electrical swivel will have 28 collector rings rated to 30 amps continuous current load. The electrical swivel will have all collector rings sealed and protected against corrosion and condensation. The swivel collector rings used for line voltage applications will be subjected to a 130 second dielectric at 900 volts c per ASTM D-495. AERIAL DEVICE LIGHTING There will be four (4) Whelen®, Model MPB*, 5,090 lumens 12 volt DC lights with white LEDs and adjustable bail brackets furnished on the aerial device per the following: • One (1) light will be installed on the left side of the base section of the aerial device. The left side tracking light to include a combination of flood and spot optics. • One (1) light will be installed on the left side at the tip of the aerial device. The left side tip light Co to include flood optics. • One (1) light will be installed on the right side at the tip of the aerial device. The right side tip light to include flood optics. • One (1) light will be installed on the right side of the base section of the aerial device. The right side tracking light to include a combination of flood and spot optics. • The tracking light(s) to include white painted parts and the tip light(s) to include white painted parts. There will be two (2) switches provided at the turntable control console to control the lights per the following. 78 of 93 Packet Pg.815 C.10.d • One (1) switch will control the tip lights • One (1) switch will control the tracking lights The lights will be mounted below the top edge of the aerial device, as to not increase the overall height of the unit and attached to the side nozzle enclosure itself. COMMUNICATION SYSTEM An Atkinson two-way intercom system, series AD-26, will be provided between the water tower 2 operator's control station and the control station at the nozzle. The speaker/microphone, at the nozzle control station, will allow for hands-free operation. RAISED AERIAL PEDESTAL c 0 The aerial pedestal will be raised to accommodate the height of the cab. FOLD DOWN HANDRAIL, AERIAL TURNTABLE 0) A stainless steel fold down handrail will be provided at the rear of the turntable area. WATERWAY SYSTEM y One (1) 4.00" pipe threaded inlet/outlet will be provided at the rear of the apparatus. It will be piped into the waterway, to serve as an inlet for supplying the water tower from another pumper or source and as a pump discharge outlet when the water tower is not in use. An automatic dump valve will be provided c 2 on the rear inlet pipe. A 1.50" drain, with valve control, at the rear will be provided to drain the water tower/ladder system. The telescopic waterway section will be assembled with clear anodized AISI 6061-T6 aluminum piping. 2 The telescopic waterway will be composed of a 3.50" O.D. aluminum pipe located inside the water tower base section and a 4.00" O.D. aluminum pipe located inside the second section. There will be a 4.00" O.D. lubricated water swivel located at the base of the water tower pivot point, to permit water operations from 5 degrees below horizontal to 85 degrees above horizontal of the ladder. c 0 The flow capacity of the waterway will be 1000 gpm. WATER TOWER MONITOR 2 An Akron Model 3350 electric monitor with a Model 5177 nozzle will be located in the center front of the 0. Co water tower. The monitor will be capable of delivering flows up to 1000 gpm. The actuators will allow for vertical travel from 30 degrees above to 150 degrees below the centerline of the water tower and 90 degrees on either side of center. The unit will be equipped with two (2) control boxes: one (1) at the tip and one (1) on the rear boom control panel. The water tower will be designed so that it can be raised, lowered, extended, or retracted while flowing 1000 gpm. 79 of 93 Packet Pg.816 C.10.d The monitor controls will include "one touch" automated stow and deploy function. The monitor location will provide protection for the monitor and nozzle when stowed. It will be arranged to avoid any obstruction from the water tower, during the lateral or vertical operation of the nozzle. FLOW METER (AERIAL WATERWAY) 2 A Class I Flow-Minder will be provided for the aerial waterway with a range of 0 to 1000 gallons per minute. The flowmeter will be located on the aerial control panel at the rear of the unit. REAR INLET c The rear inlet consists of the following: c One (1) 4.00" inlet/outlet valve conveniently located at the rear of the apparatus piped into the waterway to serve as an inlet for supplying the water tower from another pumper or source or as a 2 pump discharge outlets when the water tower is not in use. A 4.00" NST adapter and cap will be 2 supplied. y BUTTERFLY VALVE A 4.00" (100 mm) gear operated butterfly valve will be provided in the 4.00" (100 mm) vertical pipe within the mainframe pedestal, with a control wheel at the rear. This valve will shut off the water flow to the water tower when not in use. 2 MANUALS Two (2) operator maintenance manuals and two (2) wiring diagrams pertaining to the aerial device will be provided with the apparatus at time of pick-up. 0 INITIAL INSTRUCTION 0) On initial delivery of the fire apparatus, the contractor will supply a qualified representative to _ demonstrate the apparatus and provide initial instruction to the fire department regarding the operation, care, and maintenance of the apparatus for a period of three (3) consecutive days. LOOSE EQUIPMENT The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit: • One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as co used in the construction of the unit. NFPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.3 and 5.9.4 will be E provided by the fire department. • 800 ft (60 m) of 2.50" (65 mm) or larger fire hose. • 400 ft (120 m) of 1.50" (38 mm), 1.75" (45 mm), or 2.00" (52 mm) fire hose. • One (1) handline nozzle, 200 gpm (750 L/min) minimum. • Two (2) handline nozzles, 95 gpm (360 L/min) minimum. • One (1) smoothbore of combination nozzle with 2.50" shutoff that flows a minimum of 250 gpm. 80 of 93 Packet Pg.817 C.10.d • One (1) SCBA complying with NFPA 1981 for each assigned seating position, but not fewer than four (4), mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus or stored in containers supplied by the SCBA manufacturer. • One (1) spare SCBA cylinder for each SCBA carried, each mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus or stored in a specially designed storage space(s). • One (1) first aid kit. • Four (4) combination spanner wrenches. 2 • Two (2) hydrant wrenches. • One (1) double female 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads. , • One (1) double male 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads. • One (1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections. • Two (2) salvage covers each a minimum size of 12 ft x 14 ft (3.7 m x 4.3 m). le • One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207, Standard for High Visibility Public Safety Vests, and have a five-point breakaway feature that includes two 2 (2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front. 2 CL • Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped y with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro-reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro-reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the CL 6.00" (152 mm) band. c • Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities. • One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED). • Four (4) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983, Standard on Fire Service Life Safety Rope and System Components (if equipped with an aerial device). • If the supply hose carried does not use sexless couplings, an additional double female adapter c and double male adapter, sized to fit the supply hose carried, will be carried mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. • If none of the pump intakes are valved, a hose appliance that is equipped with one or more gated intakes with female swivel connection(s) compatible with the supply hose used on one side and a swivel connection with pump intake threads on the other side will be carried. Any intake connection larger than 3.00" (75 mm) will include a pressure relief device that meets the ) requirements of 16.6.6. 2 • If the apparatus does not have a 2.50" National Hose (NH) intake, an adapter from 2.50" NH co female to a pump intake will be carried, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the intake. • If the supply hose carried has other than 2.50" National Hose (NH) threads, adapters will be carried to allow feeding the supply hose from a 2.50" NH thread male discharge and to allow the hose to connect to a 2.50" NH female intake, mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the discharge or intake. SOFT SUCTION HOSE There will be no soft suction hose provided. 81 of 93 Packet Pg.818 C.10.d DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.4 requires one (1) approved dry chemical portable fire extinguisher with a minimum 80-B:C rating mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher. WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT 2 NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.4 requires one (1) 2.5 gallon or larger water extinguisher mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. , The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount c the extinguisher. c FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT ) NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 5.9.4 requires one (1) flathead axe mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe. PICKHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 5.9.4 requires one (1) pickhead axe mounted in a bracket fastened c 0 to the apparatus. 2 The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe. PAINT 2 The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows: 1. Manual Surface Preparation -All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be c removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate. 2. Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment -All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces CO will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature 3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion. 3. Surfacer Primer - The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded. 82 of 93 Packet Pg.819 C.10.d 4. Finish Sanding - The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultra- smooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat. 5. Sealer Primer - The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated. 6. Basecoat Paint - Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane 2 basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment. 7. Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear c Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the c exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacturer. After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family color. 0 All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly. The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors GMW15777 global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6 A.C.T.standard in critical areas. These requirements must be met in order for the exterior paint finish to be considered acceptable. The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon request. PAINT - ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution le control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the ) following conditions: • Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free. co, • Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals. • Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a 99.99% efficiency factor. E • Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98.00%. Water wash systems will be 99.97% efficient • Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean. • Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner. 83 of 93 Packet Pg.820 C.10.d • Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal. • Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse. Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA rules and regulations. 2 CAB TWO-TONE PAINT The cab will be painted two-tone with the upper section painted #10 white and the lower section painted 457 red. There will be a standard two-tone cab paint break provided. c 0 There will be a standard cab shield provided. BODY PAINT 0) The body will be painted to match the lower section of the cab. GALVANIZED CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY y The chassis frame assembly will be hot dip galvanized before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc. c Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be hot dip galvanized are: 2 • Frame rails • Frame liners U • Cross members 0 • Front frame extension All galvanized components are inspected for compliance with ASTM specifications. Battery boxes will be stainless steel. All components that are not galvanized will be painted primer and gloss black paint. 0) PAINT, REAR WHEELS All wheel surfaces, inside and outside of inboard steel wheels only, will be provided with powder coat 0. CO paint#101 black. AXLE HUB PAINT All axle hubs will be painted to match lower job color. HOT DIP GALVANIZED PUMP HOUSE AND RUNNING BOARD SUBSTRUCTURE The pump house and running board substructure will be treated through a hot dip galvanizing process. These components will be immersed in molten zinc to provide a coating that will help protect against the effects of corrosion. 84 of 93 Packet Pg.821 C.10.d HOT DIP GALVANIZED WATER TANK CRADLE The water tank cradle will be treated through a hot dip galvanizing process. The cradle will be immersed in molten zinc to provide a coating that will help protect against the effects of corrosion. HOT DIP GALVANIZED BODY SUBSTRUCTURE The body substructure in front of the rear axle, which includes 3.00" steel support assemblies that are bolted to the chassis frame rails and the steel framework mounted to the body above the support assemblies will be treated through a hot dip galvanizing process. The body substructure behind the rear axle, which includes 3.00" steel support assemblies that are , bolted to the chassis frame rails and extend underneath to the outside edge of the body will be treated through a hot dip galvanizing process. The substructure will be immersed in molten zinc to provide a coating that will help protect against the effects of corrosion. COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks. WATER TOWER/LADDER PAINT c The aerial device paint procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows: 1. Manual Surface Preparation -All exposed metal surfaces on the aerial device structural components 0. 0. above the rotation point will be thoroughly cleaned and mechanically shot-blasted to remove metal < impurities and prepare the aerial for painting. 2. Zinc Rich Primer - Zinc rich primer will be applied to the torque box and stabilizers. c 3. Primer/Surfacer Coats -A two (2) component urethane primer/surfacer will be hand applied to the _ mechanically shot-blasted metal surfaces to provide a strong corrosion protective base coat and to smooth out the surface. All seams will be caulked with a two (2) component epoxy caulk before painting. 4. Hand Sanding - The primer/surfacer coat will be lightly sanded to a smooth finish. 5. Primer Coat - A two (2) component sealer primer coat will be applied over the sanded primer. CO 6. Topcoat Paint - Urethane base coat will be applied to opacity for correct color matching. 7. Clearcoat - Two (2) coats of an automotive grade two (2) component urethane will be applied. Surfaces that will not be painted include all chrome plated, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate. All buy out components, such as monitor, nozzle, gauges, etc. will be supplied as received from the vendor. 85 of 93 Packet Pg.822 C.10.d Removable items such as brackets will be removed and painted separately to ensure paint coverage behind all mounted items. To ensure full coverage, of metal treatments and paint, to the exterior surfaces of the water tower/ladder, no components will be installed before painting. All exposed surfaces not being plated, stainless steel or aluminum, will be thoroughly cleaned and then treated with metal conditioner to ensure that the primer bonds to the metal. All surfaces will be carefully inspected before the finish coat is applied. The aerial device components will be painted as follows using the aforementioned seven (7) step finishing process: c 0 • Aerial device ladder sections: white 10le • Aerial turntable: white 10 0) • Aerial lift cylinders: white 10 • Stabilizers black 101 CL • Aerial boom support: black 101 • Aerial torque box: gloss black primer REFLECTIVE STRIPES Three (3) reflective stripes will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body. The reflective band will consist of a 1.00" white stripe at the top with a 1.00" gap then a 6.00" white stripe with a 1.00" gap and a 1.00" white stripe on the bottom. The reflective band provided on the cab face will be at the headlight level. 2 0 REAR CHEVRON STRIPING There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus. Covered surfaces will include each side rear bulkhead and the center area below the low side compartment height. The remaining upper center area and any stainless steel access doors will not be c covered. c The colors will be red and yellow diamond grade. ) 2 Each stripe will be 6.00" in width. CO This will meet the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 1901, which states that 50% of the rear surface will be covered with chevron striping. REFLECTIVE STRIPE ON STABILIZERS There will be a yellow diamond grade reflective stripe provided on the lower portion of both aerial stabilizers. JOG(S) IN REFLECTIVE BAND The reflective band located on each side of the apparatus body will contain one (1)jog(s) and will be angled at approximately a 45 degrees when installed. 86 of 93 Packet Pg.823 C.10.d CHEVRON, INVERTED "V" STRIPING ON CABDOORS There will be alternating chevron striping located on the inside of each cab door. The striping will consist of the following colors: The first color will be red diamond grade The second color will be yellow diamond grade The size of the striping will be 4.00". LETTERING Twenty-one (21) to forty (40) reflective lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided. LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 5.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be four (4) letters provided. LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 8.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be six (6) letters provided. 0 LETTERING Twenty-one (21) to forty (40) reflective lettering, 5.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided. EMBLEM There will be two (2) emblem(s), approximately 9.00" - 11.00" wide in size, installed side of cab each side. The emblem will feature a "Flying American Flag" and an "Eagle Head". EMBLEM There will be two (2) reflective emblem(s), approximately 12.00" - 14.00" in size, installed cab doors. the emblem will be modeled after the department submitted information (art, patch, etc). c 0 CAB GRILLE DESIGN An American flag design will be painted on the cab grille. 0) 2 UNDERCOATING, CAB & BODY The apparatus will be properly treated by an authorized Ziebart dealer. CO The underside of the apparatus will be undercoated with an asphalt petroleum based material, dark in color. The undercoating material utilized on the apparatus will be formulated to resist corrosion and deaden unwanted sound or road noise. Coating texture will appear firm, flexible, and resistant to abrasion. Minimum dry film thickness will be in the range of 8.00 to 12.00 mils. The material will be applied to the following areas: 87 of 93 Packet Pg.824 C.10.d Body and cab wheel well fender liners, on the back side only. Underside of body and cab sheet metal, and structural components. Underside and vertical sides of all sheet metal compartmentation, including support angles. Structural support members under running boards, rear platforms, battery boxes, walkways, etc. 2 Inside surfaces of the pump heat enclosure, (when installed). FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUAL There will be one (1) custom parts manual(s) in USB flash drive format for the complete fire apparatus provided. The manual(s) will contain the following: 0) • Job number 2 • Part numbers with full descriptions • Table of contents • Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly • Parts section sorted in alphabetical order • Instructions on how to locate parts c Each manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. Service Parts Internet Site 2 The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the Pierce website. The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to _ assist in locating parts quickly. c CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS There will be one (1) chassis service manuals on USB flash drives containing parts and service information on major components provided with the completed unit. The manual will contain the following sections: CO • Job number • Table of contents • Troubleshooting E • Front Axle/Suspension • Brakes • Engine • Tires • Wheels • Cab 88 of 93 Packet Pg.825 C.10.d • Electrical, DC • Air Systems • Plumbing • Appendix The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. 2 CHASSIS OPERATION MANUAL The chassis operation manual will be provided on one (1) USB flash drive. ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal. ENGINE WARRANTY A Cummins five (5) year limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA0181, is included with this proposal. STEERING GEAR WARRANTY A TRW one (1) year limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. FIFTY(50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY 2 The Pierce custom chassis frame limited warranty certificate, WA0013, is included with this proposal. FRONT AXLE FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A MeritorTm Axle 5 year limited warranty will be provided. 0 SINGLE REAR AXLE FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY 2 A MeritorTm Axle 5 year limited warranty will be provided. ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY c A Meritor WabcoTm ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this proposal. 0) 2 TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY �_ The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal. CO TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal. CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY A Pierce fifty four (54) month warranty will be provided for the camera system. COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY The compartment lights will not offer an extended warranty. 89 of 93 Packet Pg.826 C.10.d TRANSMISSION WARRANTY The transmission will have a five (5) year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission. Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations. TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY 2 The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the , warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. WATER TANK WARRANTY A UPF poly water tank limited warranty certificate, WA0195, is included with this proposal. TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal. ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Gortite roll-up door limited warranty will be provided. The mechanical components of the roll-up door c will be warranted against defects in material and workmanship for the lifetime of the vehicle. A six (6) year limited warranty will be provided on painted and satin roll up doors. The limited warranty certificate, WA0190, is included with this proposal. PUMP WARRANTY A Hale pump limited warranty certificate, WA0248, is included with this proposal. c TEN (10) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY _ The Pierce apparatus plumbing limited warranty certificate, WA0035, is included with this proposal. c TWENTY(20) YEAR AERIAL DEVICE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY WARRANTY The Pierce device limited warranty certificate, WA0052, is included with this proposal. 0) AERIAL SWIVEL WARRANTY An Amity five (5) year limited swivel warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be 0. CO submitted with the bid package. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS WARRANTY Aerial hydraulic system components will be provided with a five (5) year material and workmanship limited warranty. HYDRAULIC SEAL WARRANTY Aerial hydraulic seals will be provided with a three (3) year material and workmanship limited warranty. A copy of the warranty certificates will be submitted with the bid package. 90 of 93 Packet Pg.827 C.10.d AERIAL WATERWAY WARRANTY An Amity ten (10) year limited waterway warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. FOUR (4) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce aerial device limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0047, is included with this proposal. TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal. , ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP c 0 The Pierce graphics fading and deterioration limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0168, is included with this proposal. 0) VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION 2 The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 0. 1901, current edition, section 4.13, Vehicle Stability. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine c 2 manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery. POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION < The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. 2 CD CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart ) accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the CL co requirements below: • European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29. • SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks. E • SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks. Roof Crush The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,500 lb. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria, and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten (10) metric tons. 91 of 93 Packet Pg.828 C.10.d Side Impact The same cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 13,275-lb moving barrier is slammed into the side of the cab at 5.50 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000 ft-lb of force. This test is part of the SAE J2422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident. Frontal Impact The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in accordance with SAE J2420. Additional Frontal Impact a, The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 65,200 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier. (Twice the force required by SAE J2420) The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area. CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield Wiper -- Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the wiper system 2 design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap c and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages. The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. 0) SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH 2 Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be 0. CO validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that r each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS Cab Air Conditioning Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100 degrees Fahrenheit to an average of 78 degrees 92 of 93 Packet Pg.829 C.10.d Fahrenheit in 30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria. Cab Defroster Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles. The 2 bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria. Cab Auxiliary Heater Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J381. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested 2 and has met these criteria. 0) CL AMP DRAW REPORT The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system. CL 0 The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following: 2 • Documentation of the electrical system performance tests. • A written load analysis, which will include the following: ~� o The nameplate rating of the alternator. 2 o The alternator rating under the conditions specified per: ■ Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). o The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per: _ ■ Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). o Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load. o Each individual intermittent load. 0) U All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 CL (Current Edition). CO 93 of 93 Packet Pg.830 c.�o.e FSA Cooperative Purchasing Program 2 0 Iliffm 0 R I D A SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION 2 U) CL CL �vc44 N tJ E o 0 0 U Contract Terms and Conditions 9 9 Packet Pg.831 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions Contents 1.0 General Conditions.......................................................................................................................................5 1.01 BID CORRESPONDENCE ....................................................................................................................5 1.02 PURPOSE...........................................................................................................................................6 1.03 TERM OF CONTRACT.........................................................................................................................6 1.04 QUANTITI ES ......................................................................................................................................6 1.05 SHERIFF AS COUNTY CONSTITUTIONAL OFFICER.............................................................................6 1.06 FUNDING...........................................................................................................................................6 ca 1.07 CURRENCY.........................................................................................................................................6 1.08 GENERAL DEFINITIONS.....................................................................................................................7 m 1.09 ELIGIBLE PURCHASERS OF CONTRACT..............................................................................................8 aCL - 1.10 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS.....................................................................................................................8 1.11 PATENTS & ROYALTIES .....................................................................................................................8 CL 1.12 FEDERAL AND STATE STANDARDS....................................................................................................9 1.13 UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES.....................................................................................................9 2 0. 1.14 AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT................................................................................................9 1.15 REASONABLE ACCOMMODATION ....................................................................................................9 cv 1.16 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MBE) .........................................................................................9 cv 1.17 ANTI-DISCRIMINATION.....................................................................................................................9 1.18 BEST COMMERCIAL PRACTICES......................................................................................................10 1.19 PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES (PEC) .........................................................................................................10 1.20 TAX EXEMPTION .............................................................................................................................10 1.21 TAXES..............................................................................................................................................10 E 1.22 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE IN THE EVENT OF CONFLICT ...................................................................10 °® 1.23 COMMUNICATIONS........................................................................................................................10 1.24 CLARIFICATION AND ADDENDA......................................................................................................11 1.25 SIGNED BID CONSIDERED AN OFFER..............................................................................................11 1.26 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT..........................................................................................................11 1.27 TERMINATION OF PRODUCT LINE ..................................................................................................12 1.28 METHOD OF AWARD......................................................................................................................12 1.29 DEMONSTRATION OF COMPETENCY..............................................................................................12 1.30 VENDOR ABILITY TO PERFORM ......................................................................................................13 Page 1 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.832 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions 1.31 FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY............................................................................................................13 1.32 QUALITY AND SAFETY.....................................................................................................................13 1.33 NONCONFORMANCE......................................................................................................................13 1.34 GRATUITIES.....................................................................................................................................14 1.35 TIE BIDS...........................................................................................................................................14 1.36 RIGHT TO AUDIT .............................................................................................................................14 1.37 LIABILITY, INSURANCE, LICENSES AND PERMITS............................................................................15 1.38 BID BONDS, PERFORMANCE BONDS, AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE ....................................15 1.39 ELIMINATION FROM CONSIDERATION...........................................................................................15 1.40 COLLUSION .....................................................................................................................................15 m 1.41 DEFAULT .........................................................................................................................................16 aCL - 1.42 PROTESTS AND ARBITRATION ........................................................................................................16 1.43 NONPERFORMANCE.......................................................................................................................17 CL 1.44 SEVERABILITY..................................................................................................................................18 c 1.45 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE .............................................................................................................18 > 0. 1.46 TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE....................................................................................................18 1.47 CONTRACT ADVERTISMENT AND USE OF LOGO ............................................................................19 cv CD 2.0 BIDDER INSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................................................20 2.01 FIRST YEAR BIDDER QUALIFICATIONS ............................................................................................20 2.02 LICENSING & FACILITIES..................................................................................................................20 2.03 INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION .............................................................................................21 2.04 SPECIFICATIONS..............................................................................................................................22 2.05 FIXED PRICES...................................................................................................................................23 E w 2.06 SEALED BIDS....................................................................................................................................23 °® 2.07 EXCEPTIONS TO TERMS AND CONDITIONS ....................................................................................23 2.08 MISTAKES........................................................................................................................................23 2.09 EQUIVALENTS .................................................................................................................................23 2.10 MANDATORY PRE-BID MEETING ....................................................................................................24 2.11 QUALIFICATION ..............................................................................................................................24 2.12 PRICES QUOTED..............................................................................................................................25 2.13 OPTION PRICING.............................................................................................................................25 2.14 SUBMITTAL OF BID .........................................................................................................................26 Page 2 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.833 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions 2.15 EXECUTION OF BID .........................................................................................................................27 2.16 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWALS OF BIDS .................................................................................27 2.17 LATE BIDS........................................................................................................................................27 2.18 PUBLIC BID OPENING......................................................................................................................28 2.19 DETERMINATION OF RESPONSIVENESS .........................................................................................28 2.20 RESPONSIBLE BIDDER CRITERIA......................................................................................................28 2.21 BASIS FOR AWARD..........................................................................................................................28 2.22 FIRM BID .........................................................................................................................................29 2.23 MINOR IRREGULARITIES/ RIGHTTO REJECT..................................................................................29 2.24 CONE OF SILENCE ...........................................................................................................................29 m 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL VEHICLES AND EQUIPMENT..................................................30 CL 3.02 STATEMENT OF AUTHORITY...........................................................................................................30 3.03 VENDOR CONTACT INFORMATION ................................................................................................30 CL 3.04 OPTION TO RENEW & PRICE ADJUSTMENT....................................................................................30 3.05 ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS...........................................................................................................31 > 2 0. 3.06 EQUITABLE ADJUSTMENT...............................................................................................................31 3.07 DISCOUNTS.....................................................................................................................................31 cv CD 3.08 CONDITIONS ...................................................................................................................................31 3.09 PRODUCTION CUTOFF....................................................................................................................31 3.10 FACILITIES .......................................................................................................................................32 3.11 SUBSTITUTIONS ..............................................................................................................................32 3.12 EMERGENCY LIGHT AND SIREN CERTIFICATION STANDARDS........................................................32 3.13 FACTORY INSTALLED.......................................................................................................................32 E w 3.14 VENDOR INSTALLED........................................................................................................................33 °® 3.15 NON-SCHEDULED OPTIONS............................................................................................................33 3.16 REMOUNT (AMBULANCE) ..............................................................................................................33 3.17 FORCE MAJEURE.............................................................................................................................34 3.18 DELIVERY TIME................................................................................................................................35 3.19 ORDER.............................................................................................................................................35 3.20 VEHICLE DELIVERY ..........................................................................................................................36 3.21 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE......................................................................................................37 3.22 REGISTRATION, TAG AND TITLE......................................................................................................37 Page 3 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.834 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions 3.23 CAB AND CHASSIS PURCHASES.......................................................................................................38 3.24 INVOICING AND PAYMENTS ...........................................................................................................38 3.25 WARRANTY REPAIRS AND SERVICE ................................................................................................38 3.26 INADEQUATE SERVICE ....................................................................................................................38 3.27 REPORTING: PURCHASE ORDERS & QUARTERLY REPORTS............................................................39 3.28 ADMINISTRATIVE FEE .....................................................................................................................40 3.29 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ..................................................................................................................41 Appendix A— Drug-Free Workplace Form....................................................................................................42 Appendix B— Insurance Checklist Form........................................................................................................43 Appendix C—Vendor Change Form..............................................................................................................44 Appendix D - Confirmation of Order Form ...................................................................................................45 ,CL m Appendix E— Manufacturer Authorization Form ..........................................................................................46 AppendixF— Quarterly Report.....................................................................................................................47 CL AppendixG — Bid Calendar ...........................................................................................................................48 Appendix H — FSA Bid System Data Input Instructions for Bidders..............................................................49 2 0. Appendix H — FSA Bid System Data Input Instructions for Bidders—Continued .........................................50 cv cv 0 E Page 4 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.835 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions 1.0 General 1.01 BID CORRESPONDENCE 2 All correspondence regarding this bid should be directed to the Florida Sheriffs Association (FSA) using the contact information shown below. Please be sure to reference the bid number and your contact information. The contacts for this bid are: 0 0 Lisa Gregor, FSA Cooperative Purchasing Program Coordinator E-mail. 1 e,,e ;;�i e r o' Phone:850-877-2165 ext.5831 Fax : 850-878-5115 CL Craig Chown, FSA Cooperative Purchasing Program Manager y Phone:850-877-2165 ext 5833 Fax : 850-878-5115 0 2 Communication for this Invitation to Bid should be identified by contract number and title and directed to: Florida Sheriffs Association Attn:Cooperative Purchasing Program Coordinator 2617 Mahan Drive Tallahassee, FL 32308 (n `_,011Sorg o :N 0 CJ E W U Page rJ 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.836 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions 1.02 PURPOSE The purpose of this bid is to establish a thirty-six(36) month contract with manufacturers and authorized dealers for the purchase of vehicles and equipment on a "no trade-in basis". Trade-ins are not addressed in this contract. If a purchaser has a desire to offer vehicles/equipment for trade to the vendor,the purchaser and dealer may do so at their sole discretion,separate and apart from this contract. 1.03 TERM OF CONTRACT W This contract shall remain in effect for one(3)three year from date of contract execution by the FSA,and may be renewed c by mutual agreement,at the sole option and discretion of the FSA, pursuant to the terms of Section 3.04. The term of contract begins May 1,2020 and ends March 31,2023. W 2 Contract extensions will only be executed when the FSA determines, based on then-existing conditions, that it is in the m CL best interest of the FSA and the purchasers to do so. W 1.04 QUANTITIES CL FSA does not guarantee quantities future contract sales.Vendors are expected to engage in business marketing and sales best practices to participate in the contract. 1.05 SHERIFF AS COUNTY CONSTITUTIONAL OFFICER The Offices of the Sheriff in the State of Florida are constitutional offices of the State of Florida. Each has the authority CD either individually or collectively to execute contracts for all goods and services for the proper conduct of that office. cV Section 30.53, Florida Statutes, exempts the sheriffs' offices from the provisions of the Florida Statute that would otherwise require sealed and competitive bidding procedures. It is the FSA's practice to give consideration to the prices offered, but the Office of the Sheriff is not required by law to accept the lowest priced proposal and may reject any or all of the proposals without recourse. Bidders are solely responsible for their own bid preparation costs and nothing in this solicitation in any way obligates the participating sheriffs'offices for any payment for any activity or costs incurred by any bidder in responding to this solicitation. y E W 1.06 FUNDING In the case of certain purchasers, including state agencies, funds expended for the purposes of the contract must be appropriated by the Florida Legislature, the individual participating agency or the agency's appropriating authority for each fiscal year included within the contract period. For such agencies, their performances and obligations to pay for products or services under any resulting contract, or purchase order, are contingent upon such an annual appropriation by the Legislature, individual agency or by the appropriating authority. Therefore, any contract or purchase order with such an agency shall automatically terminate without penalty or termination costs in the event of non-appropriation. 1.07 CURRENCY All transaction amounts, bids, quotes, provisions, payments or any part of this contract relating to currency are to be made in United States Dollar. Page 6 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.837 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions 1.08 GENERAL DEFINITIONS a) Bidder:A proposer or enterprise that submits a formal offer to the FSA Cooperative Purchasing Program Administrator in accordance with the Contract Terms and Conditions. b) Bid System:The online forum used for the submission of electronic bids and review of bid results for the specifications connected to this Invitation to Bid.VendorLink is the software used for this bid. c) Dealer:A manufacturer's certified representative,authorized by the manufacturer to market,sell,or provide,the vehicles or equipment for the FSA Cooperative Purchasing Program. Dealers may be vendor-owned and controlled, in whole or in part,or independently owned and controlled. 0 0 d) End User:The person or entity who ultimately uses or is intended to use a product or for whom a product is designed for use. 0) e) Factory: Refers to the manufacturer produced products. U m EL- f) Florida Sheriffs Association Cooperative Purchasing Program(FSA):The entity that administeres the Invitation to bid and y contract administration functions for this contract. g) Fleet Advisory Committee:An employee of a sheriff's office or local government,or any other person who FSA identifies CL as subject matter expert,who assists with the development of bid specifications and the evaluation of bid responses. The Fleet Advisory Committee makes recommendations to the FSA and is not responsible for final awards. 0 h) Invitation to Bid: A competitive solicitation and award process established through the issuance of an invitation to vendors, dealersand manufacturers to submit a price offer on a specific product to be provided. This term shall include the bid specifications available to bidders on the bid system and references to solicitation documents.The term shall not include request for proposals, request for quotes, request for letters of interest, or the solicitation of purchase orders CD based on oral or written quotations. cn i) Manufacturer:The original producer or provider of vehicles or equipment offered on this contract. j) Manufacturer's Suggested Retail Price (MSRP): Manufacturer's Suggested Retail Price (MSRP) represents the Manufacturer's recommended retail selling price, list price, published list price, or other usual and customary price that would be paid by the Purchaser. The following are acceptable sources of current MSRPs and MSRP Lists for use in submission of the bid solicitation and the resulting contract: E 1. Manufacturer's Annual U.S. Price Book W 2. Manufacturer's official website k) Non-Scheduled Options: Any optional new or unused component, feature or configuration that is not included or listed in the base vehicle specifications or options. 1) Production Cutoff: A term used by manufacturers to notify dealers that the factory has reached maximum capacity for orders. Vehicle manufacturers use this term when referring to any given model year for production. m) Published List Price: A standard "quantity of one" price currently available to government and educational purchasers, excluding cooperative,volume discounts,or other discounts. n) Purchase Order: A request for order from a purchaser to an awarded vendor for an item that has been awarded on this Contract. Purchaser orders placed using this contract formalize the terms and conditions of this contract under which a vendor furnishes vehicles or equipment to a purchaser. Page 7 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.838 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions o) Purchaser: A purchaser is an entity that seeks to obtain vehicles off this contract by meeting the eligible user criteria or with vendor approval. p) Remount:To remove the ambulance box from an existing vehicle and mount it to a new vehicle cab and chassis. q) Specification Bid Document: The specification bid document contains the minimum base requirements and bond requirements for each specification within the competitive bid.This document also contains submission of bid pricing and F® discount,and must be included as part of the Submittal of Bid. r) Third Party Supplier: Businesses external to a bidder or vendor that provide products or services which contribute to the overall finished vehicle. Third Party Suppliers are contractors under the direction and responsibility of the bidder or vendor. Third party suppliers may also be referred to as upfitters or remount service providers within this document. s) Vendor: The bidder that has been awarded and agrees to provide products, vehicles, or equipment, which meet the ) requirements and base specifications to eligible purchasers. The vendor must agree to the contract terms and conditions U before being awarded the contract. CL W t) Vendor Installed:A product or service provided by the vendor or other third party; not the factory. 1.09 ELIGIBLE PURCHASERS OF CONTRACT CL 0 Awarded bids,or contract prices,will be extended and guaranteed to any unit of local government or political subdivision > of the State of Florida. This includes, but is not limited to counties, municipalities, sheriffs' offices, clerks, property appraisers,tax collectors,supervisors of elections,school boards or districts,water management districts, police and fire departments, emergency response units, state universities and colleges, special districts,or other state, local or regional government entities within the State of Florida. cv All purchasers are bound by state law, local ordinances, rules and regulations for purchases made under this contract. Participating agencies cannot guarantee any order other than those ordered by the individual agency. In addition, bids can be extended and guaranteed to other entities approved by manufacturers to participate in this contract to include out of state sales. Vendors are governed by their manufacturer's agreement, and must agree to the terms and conditions of this contract. Vendors that wish to extend contract pricing to entities other than those defined here are governed by their manufacturer's agreement,and must agree to the terms and conditions of this contract. y E W 1.10 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS Federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that affect the items covered herein apply. Lack of knowledge by the bidder or vendor will not be cause for relief from responsibility. 1.11 PATENTS & ROYALTIES The bidder,without exception shall indemnify and hold harmless the FSA and its employees from liability of any nature or kind,including costs and expenses for,or on account of,any copyrighted, patented,or unpatented invention,process, or article manufactured or used in the performance of the contract,including its use by the FSA or a purchaser. If the bidder uses any design,device or materials covered by letters, patent, or copyright, it is mutually understood and agreed,without exception,that the bid prices shall include all royalties or cost arising from the use of such design,device, or materials in any way involved in the work. Page 8 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.839 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions 1.12 FEDERAL AND STATE STANDARDS It is the intent of FSA that all specifications herein are in full and complete compliance with all federal and State of Florida laws, requirements, and regulations applicable to the type and class of commodities and contractual services being provided.This includes, but is not limited to, Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS), Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Standards, Society of Autmomotive Engineers (SAE), Fire Apparatus Vehicle Standards,and Federal Ambulance Standards(KKK-A-1822F),which includes all subsequent change notices. All fire apparatus manufacturers must meet the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1901 and 1906 standards. In addition, any applicable federal or state laws that become effective during the term of the Contract, regarding the commodities and contractual service specifications, safety, and environmental requirements shall immediately become part of the Contract.The vendor shall meet or exceed any such requirements of the laws and regulations. If an apparent conflict exists,the vendor shall contact the FSA Cooperative Purchasing Program Administrator immediately. m The bidder shall obtain and pay for all licenses, permits and inspection fees for this bid submission and contract. 1.13 UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES 2 CL Unless otherwise stipulated in the bid, all manufactured items and fabricated assemblies shall be Underwriters' c Laboratories, (U.L.), listed or re-examination listing where such has been established by U.L.for the item(s) offered and furnished. > 1.14 AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT To request this material in accessible format, sign language interpreters, information on access for persons with CD N disabilities, or any accommodation to review any document or to participate in any FSA proceeding, please contact FSA cn Human Resources at(850)877-2165 five days in advance to initiate your request.TTY users may also call the Florida Relay Service at 711. 0 1.15 REASONABLE ACCOMMODATION In accordance with the Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act, any person requiring an accommodation at the bid y opening because of a disability must contact the FSA Human Resources at(850)877-2165. E 1.16 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MBE) The policy of the Florida Sheriffs Association is that Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) shall have the opportunity to participate in this invitation to bid.Such process would be for supplying goods and services to FSA and Purchasers. 1.17 ANTI-DISCRIMINATION The bidder certifies that he/she is in compliance as applicable by federal or state law with the non-discrimination clause contained in Section 202, Executive Order 11246, as amended by Executive Order 11375, relative to equal employment opportunity for all persons without regard to race,color, religion,sex or national origin. Page 9 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.840 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions 1.18 BEST COMMERCIAL PRACTICES The apparent silence of a specification and supplemental specifications as to any details or the omission from it of a detailed description concerning any point shall be regarded as meaning that only the best commercial practices,size,and design are to be used. All workmanship is to be first quality.All interpretations of the specifications shall be upon the basis of this statement. 1.19 PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES (PEC) 0) In accordance with the Public Entity Crimes Act, Section 287.133, Florida Statutes, a person or affiliate who has been placed on the convicted vendor list maintained by the State of Florida Department of Management Services following a c conviction for public entity crimes may not submit a bid on a contract to provide any goods or services to a public entity, may not submit a bid on a contract with a public entity for the construction or repair of a public building or public work, may not submit bids on leases of real property to public entity,may not be awarded or perform work as a vendor,supplier, 0) sub-vendor, or consultant under a contract with a public entity, and may not transact business with any public entity in excess of the threshold amount provided in Section 287.017, Florida Statutes, for CATEGORY TWO for a period of 36 L months from the date of being placed on the convicted vendor list. �+ 1.20 TAX EXEMPTION CL 0 All State and Federal tax exemptions applicable to the units of local government of the State of Florida will apply, as appropriate certifications are furnished. Purchasers shall comply with all federal,state and local tax requirements. The Florida Sheriffs Association is a 501(c)3 organization and is exempt from all Federal Excise and State Sales Taxes.State W Sales Tax and Use Certificate Number is 85-8012646919C-3. r cv cv 1.21 TAXES y Customers making a purchase pursuant to the awarded bid are generally exempt from Federal Excise and State Sales Tax. It is the responsibility of the vendor to verify that the purchaser is exempt by obtaining the purchaser's Federal Excise and State Taxes and Use Certificate Number. 1.22 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE IN THE EVENT OF CONFLICT (n E In the event of conflict,the conflict may be resolved in the following order of priority(highest to lowest): 1. Addenda to Contract Terms and Conditions, if issued 2. Contract Conditions 3. Addenda to Specification Bid Document, if issued 4. Specification Bid Document 5. Bidder Instructions 6. General Conditions 1.23 COMMUNICATIONS Communications between a proposer, bidder, lobbyist or consultant and FSA are limited to matters of process or procedure and shall be made in writing to the contact persons identified in Section 1.01 of this procurement. Page 10 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.841 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions Bidders should not rely on representations,statements,or explanations other than those made in this Bid or in any written addendum to this Bid,and no oral representations,statements,or explanations shall be deemed to bind the FSA or eligible users. 1.24 CLARIFICATION AND ADDENDA Any questions or clarifications concerning the Invitation to Bid shall be submitted by e-mail to orf-The bid 2 title and number should be referenced on all correspondence. Final questions must be received by the date for Request for Clarification stated on the Bid Calendar. Questions and answers will be posted to the FSA Cooperative Purchasing Program website on the date indicated on the Bid Calendar. Interpretation of specifications or solicitation documents will not be made verbally. If any verbal clarifications are provided,they are without legal effect. Questions received after the cone of silence date listed on the bid calendar will not be addressed. The FSA reserves the W right address technical questions. CL The FSA shall issue a Formal Addendum if substantial changes which impact the submission of bids are required.Any such y addenda shall be binding on the bidder and shall become a part of the solicitation document. In the event of conflict with the original specifications, addenda shall govern to the extent specified. Subsequent Addenda shall govern over prior Addenda only to the extent specified. CL 0 FSA will make every attempt to e-mail updates to registered bidders. However, posting on the FSA website constitutes proper notice of addenda. The bidder shall be required to acknowledge receipt of the Formal Addendum by signing in the space provided. Failure to �-- acknowledge Formal Addendum shall deem the bid non-responsive; provided, however, that pursuant to section 2.26, the FSA may waive this requirement in its best interest. The FSA will not be responsible for any explanation or CD interpretation made verbally or in writing except those made through the posting of a Formal Addendum. cn r_ The bid submission constitutes acknowledgement of the addenda to the specifications. Bids that fail to account for the addenda shall reflect in bids being declared nonresponsive; however,that pursuant to Section 2.26, the FSA may waive this requirement in its best interest. CJ After the start of the contract term, FSA will notify all awarded vendors of any addenda and will require acknowledgement of the new terms and conditions. If the awarded vendor does not agree to the new terms and conditions,the vendor's award can be removed or replaced by another vendor or qualified, responsive bidder. W 1.25 SIGNED BID CONSIDERED AN OFFER The signed Bid shall be considered an offer on the part of the bidder,which offer shall be deemed accepted upon approval by the FSA and in case of default on the part of successful bidder,after such acceptance,the FSA may procure the items m or services from other sources.The bid submission must be signed by an authorized representative. An electronic signature may be used and shall have the same force and effect as a written signature. 1.26 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT No right or interest in this Contract may be assigned, transferred, conveyed, sublet or otherwise disposed of, without prior written consent of the FSA. Page 11 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.842 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions If the original vendor sells or transfers all assets or the entire portion of the assets used to perform this Contract, a successor-in-interest must perform all obligations under this Contract. FSA reserves the right to reject the acquiring entity as a vendor.A change of name agreement does not change the contractual obligations of the vendor. 1.27 TERMINATION OF PRODUCT LINE If an vendor terminates a product line(manufacturer or brand),the vendor is required to notify the FSA within 10 business days of the decision not to retain the product line. 76 In the event a manufacturer reassigns the product line to an alternate vendor, the manufacturer and the vendor are W required to immediately notify the FSA in writing of the change within 10 business days confirming the reassignment. If the vendor is not already an approved FSA vendor, the vendor is required to apply to the FSA to become an approved vendor prior to conducting any qualified sales. The vendor and the manufacturer are required to honor the contract pricing and all of the applicable terms and conditions throughout the remaining term of the contract. W 2 1.28 METHOD OF AWARD 2 CL The award is made to responsive and responsible bidders. FSA uses its discretion in determining if bids meet the requirements of this solicitation. CL The FSA reserves the right to make multiple awards within a specification, if deemed in the best interest of the FSA and c the purchasers. Awards will be posted on the FSA website according to the date posted in the bid calendar. 1.29 DEMONSTRATION OF COMPETENCY N CD Bidders must be able to demonstrate a good record of performance for a reasonable period of time, and have sufficient cn financial support,equipment and organization to ensure they can satisfactorily execute the services if awarded a contract under the terms and conditions herein stated. The terms "equipment" and "organization" as used herein shall be construed to mean a fully equipped and well established company in line with the best business practices in the industry and as determined by the FSA. The FSA may consider any evidence available regarding the financial,technical and other qualifications and abilities of a E Bidder, including past performance with the FSA in making the award. The FSA may require Bidders to show proof that they have been designated as authorized representatives of a manufacturer or supplier which is the actual source of supply. In these instances,the FSA may also require information from the source of supply regarding the quality,packaging and characteristics of the products.Any conflicts between this material information provided by the source of supply and the information contained in the bid submission may render the bid nonresponsive. Pre-award inspection of the Bidder's facility may be made prior to the award of contract. Bids will only be considered from firms which are regularly engaged in the business of providing the goods or services as described in this Bid. Information submitted in the bid may not be plagiarized and,except in the case of materials quoted from this solicitation or developed by the manufacturer, must be the original work of the individual or company that submits the bid for evaluation. Page 12 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.843 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions 1.30 VENDOR ABILITY TO PERFORM During the contract period, FSA may review the vendor's record of performance to ensure that the vendor is providing sufficient financial support,equipment and organization. If the FSA determines that the vendor no longer possesses the financial support,equipment and organization in order to comply with this section, FSA has the authority to immediately terminate the contract awarded. 2 By responding to this procurement the vendor warrants that,to the best of his or her knowledge,there is no pending or threatened action, proceeding, or investigation, or any other legal or financial condition that would in any way prohibit, < restrain,or diminish the vendor's ability to satisfy the obligations of the Contract. The vendor warrants that neither it nor any affiliate is currently on the convicted vendor list maintained pursuant to section 287.133 of the Florida Statues,or on any similar list maintained by any other state or the federal government. The vendor shall immediately notify the FSA and the purchaser in writing if its ability to perform is compromised in any manner during the term of the contract. W 2 1.31 FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY W Bidder affirms by the signature on the contract signature page that the bidder: �+ • Has fully read and understands the scope,nature,and quality of work to be performed or the services to be rendered CL under this bid,and has the adequate facilities and personnel to fulfill such requirements; c • Accepts the financial responsibility associated with this bid,and declares that he or she has the access to capital (in the form of liquidity or credit lines) in order to meet the financial demands of such award;and • Has assessed the financial responsibility required to serve the contract as bid,including such details as the obligations to perform all specifications bid and quantities that could be ordered,as well as timing of payment from purchasers, CD which can be 45 days from receipt of invoice. 1.32 QUALITY AND SAFETY 0 U All materials used for the manufacture or construction of any supplies, materials or equipment covered by this bid shall be new.The items bid must be new, the current model year, of the best quality, and highest grade workmanship that meet or exceed federal safety standards. E Products requiring certification should require certification of options in cases where non-certified options could result in the decertification of the original product or warranty. In all cases where options are not certified, the vendor must disclose to the end user that the non-certified options are not required to be certified. All options must meet or exceed federal safety standards. 1.33 NONCONFORMANCE Items may be tested for compliance with specifications. Items delivered that do not conform to specifications may be rejected and returned at the vendor's expense. Items not meeting the specificiations and items not delivered within a reasonable period of time after expected delivery date may be purchased outside of the FSA contract. Any violation of these stipulations may also result in: Page 13 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.844 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions • Vendor's name being removed from the awarded vendor list. • FSA and purchasers being advised not to do business with vendor. 1.34 GRATUITIES Proposers shall not offer any gratuities, favors, or anything of monetary value to any official, employee, or agent of the FSA or the Fleet Advisory Committee,for the purpose of influencing consideration of this bid. 1.35 TIE BIDS 0 FSA has the right to award multiple bidders the primary or alternate award in the event of a tie. c In the event the FSA desires to break tie bids, and both businesses have qualifying drug-free work programs, the award will be made using the following criteria: 2 m CL • Bidder within the State of Florida 0) • Vendors performance record with purchasers • Coin toss CL 0 1.36 RIGHT TO AUDIT 2 Vendor shall establish and maintain a reasonable accounting system that enables FSA to readily identify vendor's sales. FSA and its authorized representatives shall have the right to audit and to make copies of all related records pertaining to CD this contract, including all government sales and eligible users information whether kept by or under the control of the vendor, including, but not limited to those kept by its employees,agents,assigns,successors, sub-vendors,or third party suppliers in whatever form they may be kept—written or electronic.Such records shall include,but not be limited to: _ • Accounting records, including paid vouchers,cancelled checks,deposit slips, ledgers,and bank statements; • Written policies and procedures; CJ • Subcontract files(including proposals of successful and unsuccessful bidders, bid recaps, etc.); • Original estimates or work sheets; • Contract amendments and change order files; • Insurance documents;or • Memoranda or correspondence. Vendor shall maintain such records during the term of this Contract and for a period of three(3)years after the completion of this Contract. At the vendor's expense and upon written notice from FSA, the vendor shall provide such records for inspection and audit by FSA or its authorized representatives.Such records shall be made available to FSA during normal business hours within three business days of receipt of the written notice. FSA may select the vendor's place of business or offsite location for the audit. The FSA may also request the vendor provide requested records via e-mail. Vendor shall ensure FSA has these rights with vendor's employees, agents, assigns, successors, and third party supplier and the obligations of these rights shall be explicitly included in any subcontracts or agreements formed between the vendor and any sub-vendors to the extent that those subcontracts or agreements relate to fulfillment of the vendor's obligations to FSA. Page 14 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.845 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions Professional fees, personnel costs and travel costs incurred by FSA under its authority to audit and not addressed elsewhere will be the responsibility of FSA. However, if the audit identifies under reporting, overpricing or overcharges in excess of three percent(3%)of the total contract billings,the vendor shall reimburse FSA for the total costs of the audit not to exceed$5,000. If the audit discovers substantive findings related to fraud,misrepresentation,or non-performance, FSA may recoup all the costs of the audit work from the vendor. Any adjustments or payments that must be made as a result of any such audit or inspection of the vendor's invoices or 2 records shall be made within a reasonable amount of time. This time period shall not exceed 60 days from FSA's h® presentation of findings to the vendor. FSA has the right to assess damages or seek reimbursements or refunds based on audit results. 0 0 1.37 LIABILITY, INSURANCE, LICENSES AND PERMITS Where bidders are required to enter or go onto FSA or purchaser property to deliver materials or perform work or services 0) as a result of a bid award,the vendor will assume the full duty,obligation and expense of obtaining all necessary licenses, permits and insurance and assure all work complies with all applicable county and municipal code requirements. CL 0) The bidder shall be liable for any damages or loss to the FSA or purchaser occasioned by negligence of the bidder or any person the bidder has designated in the completion of the contract as a result of his or her bid. CL 1.38 BID BONDS, PERFORMANCE BONDS,AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE 2 Bid Bonds shall be submitted with the bid in the amount of five(5) percent of each item bid. After acceptance of bid,the FSA will notify the successful bidder to submit the applicable certificates of insurance in the amounts specified in the Bidder Instructions,Specification Bid Document or Insurance Checklist. CD cv A letter from a bonding company licensed to do business in Florida must be submitted with the bid stating that the manufacturer will provide a 100%Performance Bond between the bidder and the purchaser upon award of this bid and upon request of the purchaser. Purchaser may request a performance bond from a vendor. Performance Bonds are recommended with pre-payment and will be at the expense of the requesting agency. Purchasers should determine the best practice in comparing performance bond expense against any prior discounts that may be available. 1.39 ELIMINATION FROM CONSIDERATION E W This Invitation to Bid shall not be awarded to any person or bidder who has outstanding debts to the FSA, whether in relation to current or previous bid awards or for other business purposes. 1.40 COLLUSION Collusion is a non-competitive secret or sometimes illegal agreement between bidders that attempts to disrupt the contract process.Collusion involves people or companies that would typically compete, but are conspiring or working together in which the outcome results in an unfair bid advantage.The parties may collectively choose to agree to increase or decrease its product base price to maximize awards thus denying the public a fair price. Examples of Bid Collision: Page 15 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.846 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions • Cover bidding:a competitor agrees to submit a non-competitive bid that is too high to be accepted or contains terms that are unacceptable to the purchaser. • Bid suppression or withdrawal: a competitor agrees not to bid or to withdraw a bid from consideration. • Market sharing outside of a manufacturer's recognized territory: a competitor agrees to submit bids only in certain geographic areas or only to certain public organizations. 2 • Bid rotation: competitors agree to take turns at winning business while monitoring their market shares to ensure they all have a predetermined market share. 0) Bidders or vendors who have been found to have engaged in collusion will be considered nonresponsive, and will be suspended or barred from bid participation. Any contract award resulting from collusive bidding may be terminated for default. Further, any collusion that is detected by the FSA may be reported to relevant law enforcement and/or prosecutorial agencies. 0) U m Bidders may submit multiple bids without conflict of collusion if the bid submitted is not from the same manufacturer CL and product line. Vendors which share the same ownership may submit multiple bids without conflict of collusion if the y bidders are not in the same region featuring the same manufacturer and product line. 1.41 DEFAULT CL 0 Failure or refusal of a bidder to execute a contract upon award or withdrawal of a bid before such award is made, may result in forfeiture of the bid surety required that is equal to damages incurred by the FSA,or where surety is not required, 0. failure to execute a contract as described above may be grounds for removing the bidder from the awarded vendor's list. In case of default on the part of awarded bidder, the FSA may take necessary steps to otherwise procure the products CD sought,including but not limited to procuring the products or services from the next highest ranked bidder or from other cV sources.A defaulting bidder may be held liable for costs incurred by the FSA in procuring replacement products. 1.42 PROTESTS AND ARBITRATION 0 Options are for informational purposes only and will not serve as a basis for protest. Any person who is adversely affected by the decision or intended decision to award shall file a "Notice of Protest" in writing to the FSA within three (3) business days after the posting of the Intent to Award and shall file a formal written protest within five(5) business days after filing the Notice of Protest. Failure to file both a notice of protest and a formal written protest within the above referenced timelines shall constitute a waiver of proceedings. The burden is on the party protesting the award of the bid to establish grounds for invalidating the award(s).The formal written protest must state with particularity the facts and law upon which the protest is based. Failure to do so will result in a denial of protest. Formal written protest which states with particularity the facts and law upon which the protest is based will be reviewed by FSA legal counsel for legal soundness and validity,and corrective action will be taken as needed contingent upon the validity of such claims. However, any additional time required and cost incurred by the FSA to substantiate a protesting party's claim(s) beyond the normal scope of its legal review due to the vague or inconclusive nature of the protesting party's filing will be reimbursable to the FSA and deducted from the protesting party's bond or security which must accompany their filing. Any bidder who files an action protesting a decision or intended decision pertaining to this contract shall post a bond, cashier's check or money order payable to the Florida Sheriffs Association in the amount equal to ten percent of the Page 16 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.847 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions product line being protested. The bond, cashier's check or money order must be filed at the time of filing the formal written protest or within the five (5) business day period allowed for filing the formal written protest. FSA will provide the amount required within two (2) business days of the notice of protest received. This bond or security will be conditioned upon the payment of all costs which may be adjudged against the protesting party in a court of law and/or to reimburse the FSA for additional legal expenses incurred and required to substantiate the protesting party's claim(s). Failure to post the bond or security requirement within the time allowed for filing will result in a denial of protest. The filing of the protest shall not stay the implementation of the bid award by the Florida Sheriffs Association. 2 Should the unsuccessful bidder(s) decide to appeal the decision of the FSA,they shall file a notice to FSA within three (3) 12 business days of the FSA bid protest decision regarding their intent to request arbitration. A demand for arbitration with W the American Arbitration Association's (AAA) commercial panel under its rules and regulations must be made within ten (10) business days of the FSA bid protest decision. Any person who files for an arbitration with the AAA shall post with the Florida Sheriffs Association at the time of filing the formal written arbitration request, a bond, cashier's check or money order payable to the Florida Sheriffs Association in the amount equal to ten percent of the product line being protested.This amount will be the same amount as the FSA provided at the time of filing the initial protest. Failure to ) provide written notice to FSA,file a demand for arbitration with the AAA,or failure to post the required bond and security U requirement within the specified timelines shall constitute a waiver of arbitration proceedings. By responding to this m CL procurement the bidder expressly agrees to the use of mandatory binding arbitration to resolve any appeals of the W decision of the FSA, and any claims arising from or in any way relating to the procurement process,and expressly waives any and all rights that it may otherwise have to pursue such claims in any other forum,judicial or otherwise. 2 CL If the party filing for arbitration does not prevail, it shall pay all costs, legal expenses and attorney fees of the prevailing party incurred in connection with the arbitration. However, if the filing party prevails,the parties shall share equally the fees and expenses of the arbitration and AAA and each shall bear the cost of their own attorney fees. The filing for arbitration shall not stay the implementation of the bid award by the Florida Sheriffs Association. 1.43 NONPERFORMANCE N N By virtue of the bid submission,bidder acknowledges its obligation to sell vehicles and equipment for which it is awarded. cn Failure of the bidder to comply with these requirements may result in the imposition of liquidated damages of up to $1,000 per vehicle/equipment,which amount the vendor agrees is reasonable, or probation, suspension,termination or a combination thereof from current and future bids at the FSA's discretion. CJ The vendor shall at all times during the contract term remain responsive and responsible. In determining vendor's responsibility,the FSA shall consider all information or evidence that demonstrates the vendor's ability or willingness to y fully satisfy the requirements of the solicitation and the contract. Vendors that are not in compliance with any of the provisions of this contract can be assessed liquidated damages, suspended or terminated from the contract. The FSA at it's sole discretion may remove a noncompliant vendor from future competitive bid solicitations; or take other actions including suspension from the contract until compliance issues are resolved,limit current or future vendor participation by specifications or zones,or other actions as determined by FSA m at it's sole discretion. U At FSA's discretion, vendors may be required to develop corrective action plans to address contract compliance. Failure to abide by corrective action plans will result termination from the existing contract and future competitive bid solicitations at the discretion of the FSA. In situations where there is evidence that the vendor has demonstrated egregious breaches of contract with the FSA or a purchaser,the contract can be terminated and the vendor will be removed from future solicitations for a period of three (3)years,or up to a permanent ban from the bid process at the sole discretion of FSA. Page 17 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.848 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions Specific conditions for termination include, but are not limited to,failure to perform, refusal to accept orders during the contract period while manufacturer orders are still being accepted for current model year or the new year if the vehicle is price protected by the factory, charging amounts exceeding MSRP on factory or dealer installed items and packages, requiring the purchase of additional options over and above the base vehicle as a condition of acceptance of order, providing aftermarket options where factory options are available without the consent of the purchaser, any misrepresentations of optional equipment or service as being factory that fails to meet the definition as described in this document, and any other practice deemed to be inconsistent with the intent of the contract. 2 Any vendor presented with a valid purchase order is required by this contract to accept the purchase order and deliver the product. Orders must be fulfilled if the vehicle or equipment is a base model or whether it includes options. The 0) vendor must deliver the product if they were awarded the contract—regardless of profit or loss. 0 0 Failure to deliver the vehicle or equipment may result in the purchaser seeking damages for the difference of cost to issue ca the exact same order with another vendor plus any legal fees and damages that may be incurred in the process to facilitatele a completed order. Additionally, FSA may seek damages for nonpayment of administrative fees,to which FSA is entitled, ) according to section 3.28,and any attorneys fees incurred in the recovery of these damages. 2 m CL 1.44 SEVERABILITY y In the event any provision of this contract is held to be unenforceable for any reason,the unenforceability thereof shall not affect the remainder of the contract which shall remain in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its CL terms. c 0 1.45 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE If through any cause within the reasonable control of the successful bidder, it shall fail to fulfill in a timely manner, or otherwise violate any of the terms of this contract,the FSA shall have the right to terminate the services remaining to be performed. Written notice shall be given to the vendor and unless the deficiencies are corrected within 10(ten)business days,the Contract may be terminated for cause immediately.The right to exercise the option to terminate for cause shall be in the sole discretion of the FSA, and the failure to exercise such right shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of this right. In that event,the FSA shall compensate the successful bidder in accordance with the contract for all services performed by the bidder prior to termination, net of any costs incurred by the FSA as a consequence of the default. Notwithstanding the above,the vendor shall not be relieved of liability to the FSA for damages sustained by the FSA by cn virtue of any breach of the contract by the vendor,and the FSA may reasonably withhold payments to the vendor for the purposes of offset until such time as the exact amount of damages due the FSA from the vendor is determined. h® 1.46 TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE The FSA can terminate the contract in whole or part without cause by giving written notice to the vendor of termination for convenience which shall become effective 30 days following receipt by vendor of such notice. In that event,all finished or unfinished documents and other materials shall be properly delivered to the FSA. The vendor shall not furnish any product after it receives the notice of termination,except as necessary to complete the continued portion of the contract, if any. The vendor shall not be entitled to recover any lost profits that the vendor expected to earn on the balanced of the contract or cancellation charges. Page 18 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.849 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions Any payments to the vendor shall be only to the total extent of the FSA liability for goods or services delivered prior to the date of notice to terminate the contract. 1.47 CONTRACT ADVERTISMENT AND USE OF LOGO The CPP logo is an official logo of the Florida Sheriffs Association designed to promote the program.The logo may be used by vendors in accordance with this policy. Use of the logo is limited to the original version received from the FSA. Modifications are not permitted. Methods of use include, but are not limited to: • Electronic mediums such as websites,digital marketing campaigns,social media and e-mail;or • Print media such as forms, marketing campaigns, business cards, posters, banners, brochures, flyers and le postcards. 0) U Vendors may request the logo by contacting ...;:..H u and should include a brief description of the how the 0_ vendor intends to use the logo. The official FSA sheriff's star and wreath logo may not be used without prior written permission. CL 2 cv CD cv 0 CJ E W Page 19 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.850 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions 2.0 BIDDER INSTRUCTIONS 2.01 FIRST YEAR BIDDER QUALIFICATIONS In order for bids to be considered, bidders who are not currently parties to the existing contract,or who have previously had their participation limited by the FSA, must provide the following material at the time the mandatory qualifying documents are due. FSA reserves the right to accept this information up and until the final award. The purpose of requesting this information is to demonstrate that they are qualified to satisfactorily perform as an awarded vendor. The bidder shall provide information as on the Bidder Qualifications Form: c • Bidder company name and parent company, if applicable • Complete business address • State of incorporation ) • Length of time in business 2 • Names and contact information for key personnel m CL • Dun & Bradstreet number: By providing this number, the bidder agrees and authorizes FSA to obtain their W financial information/reports from these entities • Identify a minimum of three contracts of similar size and scope 2 • Identify a minimum of three references for vehicle or equipment sales to government agencies CL • Any contracts the bidder has been disqualified from, terminated from or found in default on, to include the reason for disqualification,termination or default 2.02 LICENSING & FACILITIES Bidders are required to possess a Florida Department of Highway Safety and Motor Vehicle Dealer's License in order to CD bid on any motor vehicle as required by Florida Statute,320.27. Bidders that are manufacturers are required to possess cV a Florida Department of Highway Safety and Motor Vehicle Manufacturer's License as applicable by Florida Statute, cn 320.60-320.70. Bidders must maintain a repair/warranty facility within the State of Florida to provide sales and service for the vehicles and equipment bid. If a bidder does not maintain a facilityto perform warrant work or repair service within the state of Florida,the bidder p Y p y must provide a detailed plan at the time of bid submission as to how the bidder would service Florida purchasers if E awarded the contract.This Service Standard Plan must include: • Whether the warranty service provider is approved by the manufacturer; • Estimated quantities sold per item bid; • If the company plans to contract out for service a copy of the service agreement;and • Zone specific service plans to include: o Response time to initial call from purchaser, o Number of personnel available to service the contract, o Qualifications of personnel providing warranty work,and o Any additional information that would detail how warranty service would be provided. The sufficiency of Service Standard Plan will be evaluated by the FSA during the bid evaluation. Page 20 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.851 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions The FSA reserves the right to periodically request additional or updated information from a bidder regarding the repair/warranty facility during the solicitation and the term of the contract, if awarded. The FSA may also exercise discretion in examining such facility as deemed necessary. 2.03 INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION Vendor shall be fully liable for the actions of its agents, employees, partners, or third party suppliers and shall fully indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Florida Sheriffs Association, the participating agencies, and their officers, agents, and employees from suits, actions, damages, and costs of every name and description, including legal counsels' fees,arising from or relating to personal injury and damage to real or personal tangible property alleged to be caused in whole or in part by bidder, its agents, employees, partners, or third party suppliers; provided, however,that the bidder c shall not indemnify for that portion of any loss or damages resulting directly from the negligent acts or omissions of the c Florida Sheriffs Association and participating agencies or proximately caused by intentional wrongful acts or omissions of le the Florida Sheriffs Association and participating agencies. Vendor's obligations under the above paragraph with respect to legal action are contingent upon the Florida Sheriffs Association and/or participating agencies giving the bidder(1)written notice of any action or threatened action, and (2) CL the opportunity to take over and settle or defend any such action at bidder's sole expense.Vendor shall not be liable for Ch any cost,expense or compromise incurred by the Florida Sheriffs Association,or participating agencies,in any legal action without bidder's prior written consent,which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld,conditioned,or delayed. CL The vendor shall be responsible for the work and every part thereof,and for all materials,tools,appliances and property of every description,used in connection with this particular project. > 0 >. The vendor shall specifically and distinctly assume,and does so assume,all risks of damage or injury to property or persons used or employed on or in connection with the work and of all damage or injury to any person or property wherever located, resulting from any action or operation under the contract or in connection with the work. It is understood and CD agreed that at all times the vendor is acting as an independent contractor. cV The vendor at all times during the full duration of work under this contract, including extra work in connection with this project shall meet the requirements of this section. 0 The vendor shall maintain automobile liability insurance including property damage covering all owned, non-owned or hired automobiles and equipment used in connection with the work. The vendor shall maintain comprehensive general liabilityinsurance and general aggregate insurance in the amount and coverage levels specified on the Insurance Checklist. � gg p cn The vendor shall maintain insurance to cover garage operations in the amount specified on the Insurance Checklist. E No change or cancellation in insurance shall be made without 30 days written notice to the FSA. All insurance policies shall be issued by companies authorized to do business under the laws of the State of Florida and these companies must have a rating of at least B+:VI or better per Best's Key Rating Guide, latest edition. Copies of original signed Certificates of Insurance,evidencing such coverages and endorsements as required herein shall be filed within five days after bid opening. The certificate must state Bid Number and Title. Vendor may not begin performance under the contract until such Certificates have been approved by the FSA. Upon expiration of the required insurance,the vendor must submit updated certificates of insurance for as long a period as any work is still in progress. Page 21 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.852 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions It is understood and agreed that all policies of insurance provided by the vendor are primary coverage to any insurance or self-insurance the FSA possesses that may apply to a loss resulting from the work performed in this contract. All policies issued to cover the insurance requirements herein shall provide full coverage from the first dollar of exposure. No deductibles will be allowed in any policies issued on this contract unless specific safeguards have been established to assure an adequate fund for payment of deductibles by the insured and approved by the FSA. The liability insurance coverage shall extend to and include the following contractual indemnity and hold harmless h® agreement: The vendor hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the FSA,a 501(c)3,its officers,agents,and employees from all claims for bodily injuries to the public and for all damages to the property per the insurance requirement under the specifications including costs of investigation, all expenses of litigation, including reasonable legal counsel fees and the cost of appeals arising out of any such claims or suits because of any and all acts of omissionle or commission of any by the vendor, his agents, servants, or employees, or through the mere existence of the ) project under contract. 2 m CL The foregoing indemnity agreement shall apply to any and all claims and suits other than claims and suits arising out of W the sole and exclusive negligence of the FSA, its officers,agents,and employees, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. 2 CL The vendor will notify the insurance agent without delay of the existence of the Hold Harmless Agreement contained within this contract,and furnish a copy of the Hold Harmless Agreement to the insurance agent and carrier. 0 The vendor will obtain and maintain contractual liability insurance in adequate limits for the sole purpose of protecting 0. the FSA under the Hold Harmless Agreement from any and all claims arising out of this contractual operation. The vendor will secure and maintain policies of third party suppliers.All policies shall be made available to the FSA uponCD demand.Compliance by the vendor and all third party suppliers with the foregoing requirements as to carrying insurance and furnishing copies of the insurance policies shall not relieve the vendor and all third party suppliers of their liabilities and obligations under any section or provisions of this contract.Vendor shall be as fully responsible to the FSA for the acts and omissions of the third party suppliers and of persons employed by them as he is for acts and omissions of persons directly employed by the vendor. c CJ Insurance coverage required in this contract and the Specification Bid Document shall be in force throughout the contract term. The required Insurance Checklist summarizes the bidder's insurance obligations, if awarded. Any insurance requirements listed in the Specification Bid Document supercedes the amounts listed in the Insurance Checklist. Additionally, any vendor that uses a third party supplier for remount services must ensure that the third party supplier maintains the insurance requirements in Section 3.16(Remount Ambulance). The FSA can request and the vendor shall furnish proof of insurance within seven days of receipt of the written request from FSA. Should the vendor fail to provide acceptable evidence of current insurance during the contract term,the FSA U shall have the right to consider the contract breached and justifying the termination thereof. If bidder does not meet the insurance requirements; the FSA may consider alternate insurance coverage. 2.04 SPECIFICATIONS All units covered by this contract and the base specifications shall be the manufacturer's current basic production model, and at a minimum shall be equipped with all standard factory equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's latest Page 22 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.853 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions literature unless otherwise noted in the specification bid document. If awarded, bidders must supply a unit that meets or exceeds the requirements included in the applicable base specifications. The bid specifications are contained in the FSA Bid System, as specification bid documents. The FSA base specifications are incorporated in this document by reference. Bidders are required to provide all information requested on the price sheets or may have their bid rejected. 2 All vehicles, equipment, options, and features provided must be designed, constructed, and installed to be fully suitable for their intended use and service. W 2.05 FIXED PRICES If the bidder is awarded a contract under this Invitation to Bid, the prices quoted by the bidder on the Bid Forms at the time of bid submission shall remain fixed and firm during the term of this contract, unless otherwise addressed in a contract extension or annual price adjustment as provided in this contract. CL 2.06 SEALED BIDS For purposes of this solicitation,a sealed bid is considered a bid submitted using the FSA Bid System. CL 0 2.07 EXCEPTIONS TO TERMS AND CONDITIONS > Any exceptions,deviations,or contingencies a bidder may have to specifications or Contract Conditions,Section 3.0 of 0. this document, must be documented in bidder's submission. Exceptions to the specifications at the time of the bid submission shall reference the specification or item number and a written explanation for the request for exception.At FSA's discretion,exceptions,deviations,or contingencies to the specifications or Contract Conditions stipulated by the CD bidder may result in disqualification of a bidder's submission. cn Specifications are based on the most current manufacturer literature available. Bidders should immediately notify the FSA of any inaccuracies in the specifications or required submittal documents.All notifications of inaccuracies must be 0 in writing and timely submitted. CJ Failure of a bidder to comply with these provisions will result in bidders being held responsible for all costs required to bring the vehicle into compliance with the contract specifications. W Exceptions,deviations or contingencies to the General Conditions or Bidder Instructions,other than those determined to constitute minor irregularities and waived by the FSA pursuant to Section 2.26, may be cause for the rejection of a bidder's submission. 2.08 MISTAKES Bidders are expected to examine the specifications, delivery schedules, bid prices and all information pertaining to servicing this contract before submitting a bid. Failure to do so will be at the bidder's risk. 2.09 EQUIVALENTS Page 2 3 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.854 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions Bidders must first request approval from the FSA before submitting a bid that includes an equivalent that will supplement an item on the base specification. The FSA will determine whether the proposed equivalent is equal to or exceeds the quality,design and construction than the intended replacement item in the base specification. Bidders must provide the manufacturer name and model number(or product identifier)of each equivalent when seeking approval. Complete, descriptive, technical literature should demonstrate that the equivalent conforms with specific replacement item. 2 If the equivalent is approved, the bidder must include the supporting material in the bid submission. Bids will not be considered without this information. If a bid uses equivalents without prior approval, the bid will be deemed 0) nonresponsive. 0 0 Vendors offering alternate makes and manufacturers of vehicles or equipment that are not specifically identified in the bid,cannot publish or offer the unapproved equivalents. Offerings of this nature will cause the bid to be rejected. If suchle offerings are identified after the award has been granted,the offerings,specification or entire award can be removed by ) the FSA. U CL When selling equivalents,vendors must disclose to the purchaser that an approved equivalent is being offered. W 2.10 MANDATORY PRE-BID MEETING CL Prospective bidders are required to attend the mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting. The Pre-Bid Meeting is designed for vendors, the Fleet Advisory Committee and the FSA Cooperative Purchasing Team to meet in person to clarify questions on the terms and conditions and to confirm all base specifications are correct. Bidders have the opportunity to suggest technical modifications or corrections before the specifications are finalized. Questions relating to the specifications,the bid process, or award can be asked at the Pre-Bid Meeting. CD cv FSA reserves the right to grant attendance exceptions to the mandatory meeting if the bidder has requested prior authorization, has met all prequalification requirements, and agrees to sign a memo of understanding(MOU) and agree to meet all the terms and conditions without exception and further waive their right to protest the bid process in its entirety or any portion thereof. 2.11 QUALIFICATION y E Prospective bidders are required to prequalify by completing all qualification forms by the date listed on the Bid h® Calendar.A bidder becomes a qualified bidder if they comply with this section and Section 2.10, Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting. Qualification forms include: m • Drug-Free Workplace Form, • Insurance Checklist, • Manufacturer Authorization Form for each manufacturer bid by bidder, • Emergency Vehicle Technician (EVT)Certification,if bidder is offering emergency lighting and sirens,and • Qualified Bidder documentation as required in Section 2.01. The qualification forms are located in the Bid System. Page 24 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.855 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions 2.12 PRICES QUOTED Prices submitted as indicated in the sealed bid are final. Bidders acknowledge that prices quoted will be valid for a period of 60 calendar days from the date of bid opening. Each specification,make and model must be priced and bid separately. Prices quoted in the bid submission should reflect the final amount the bidder can expect to receive for payment for the specifications bid for the duration of the contract award, unless otherwise addressed by a contract extension or price adjustment as provided in the contract. These prices must be inclusive of all of the components included in the base specification. Discount percentage will be clearly indicated on the pricing sheet as a whole figure and will accurately reflect the amount the base vehicle has been discounted. c c Prices bid, including options, must include the administrative fee FSA charges to administer the contract, as outlined in Section 3.28 Administrative Fee. W m Prices must be Free On Board (FOB)destination. CL W Ch Once awarded,the vendor has the authority to offer discounts for prompt payment. Cash or quantity discounts offered will not be a consideration in determination of award of the bid. CL 2.13 OPTION PRICING Options may be sold, but only in connection with the sale of a base specification. The bidder shall offer discount below Manufacturer's Standard Retail Pricing (MSRP) or manufacturers published list price for any factory options included in the bid submission and quotes to purchasers, if awarded. cv Options are intended to add or delete equipment or features from the base specification.Options can provide an upgrade cv or downgrade to a manufacturer's model,such as a slightly different engine size, horsepower,or equipment,and should not be made available for purchase separate from the base vehicle or equipment. Bidders shall NOT use options to create a vehicle or equipment that is entirely different than the FSA base specification or are available as another specification bid on this ITB. CJ The use of options to facilitate the sale of an alternate manufacturer's product which is outside the scope of the written base specification will be determined nonresponsive and the bid will be rejected in whole or part by the FSA. y E The FSA has the discretion to disqualify bidders if the option pricing is excessive. W Option pricing will include all costs of labor associated with the option and cost of labor should not be listed separately within the bid. If a bidder will offer registration and title services as a fee for service,the bidder must include the registration and title fee as a separate option (i.e. line item) for each item bid, see Section 3.23 for additional details. Government imposed fees should not be included in this option pricing. No other additional charges or fees are admissible. Purchasers are encouraged to negotiate option pricing with vendors. Discounts can be provided beyond option prices listed in the contract.The additional discounts for each add option shall be decided by the vendor. Page 2 5 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.856 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions Bidder must use proper factory codes for all factory options. Options available through the factory must be bid and supplied to purchaser as"factory"options, unless otherwise requested in writing by the purchaser. 2.14 SUBMITTAL OF BID Bidders are required to submit a bid using the FSA Bid System. Bid submissions include pricing for the base specification, as well as all other required documentation. The bid must be received by the date and time specified on the Bid Calendar. Failure to meet all submission requirements by the date indicated on the Bid Calendar will result in rejection of the bid. 0 0 FSA Bid System:VendorLink Bidders must submit their bid electronically using the on Bid System,which is located at https://www.myvendorlink.com. Bids not submitted within FSA Bid System will be rejected. Bidders are encouraged to participate in training provided for 0) the Bid System. CL User names and passwords will be issued to qualified bidders after registering in Vendorlink, qualified bidders will be y invited to bid. Prices are to be rounded to the nearest whole dollar(i.e. $10, not$10.05).The bid system allows for cents, however the CL bid evaluation is based on the whole dollar. If a bidder submits bid pricing using cents, the following formula will be applied: •$.01-.49 will be rounded down to the prior dollar bid (e.g.$50.49=$50) •$.50-.99 will be rounded to the next dollar(e.g.$50.50=$51) Bid Submission r cv To ensure correct bid submittal and formatting, Bidders shall: 1. Submit bid electronically through VendorLink for the applicable bid. 2. Upload files only in MS Word (.doc or.docx), Excel (.xls or.xlsx),and PowerPoint(.ppt or.pptx);Adobe Portable Document Format(.pdf);or Compressed File(ZIP)formats. 0 3. Enable printing on files submitted. 4. Separate and identify each part of the submission (i.e. document type, form type, content type) with a divider/separation page.) cn 5. Bids must be input into the standardized format in VendorLink. 6. Contact VendorLink technical support at support@evendorlink.com, if technical difficulties arise during bid submission. 7. Follow all instructions outlined in this Invitation to Bid and provide all requested information. Refer to Appendix .. H for bidder instructions for FSA bid system data entry. The bid submitted in the Bid System shall include the following documents: • Executed Contract Signature Page • Completed pricing sheet o Pricing sheet must be downloaded from the Bid System (VendorLink), completed, and uploaded back into the Bid System. Modifications to the format of the predefined Excel spreadsheet are prohibited, and will cause the bid to be rejected. • Bid Bond in the amount of five(5)percent of each item bid Page 26 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.857 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions • Performance bone letter from a bonding company • Build sheet for each item bid 0 A build sheet is a document from the bidder or manufacturer that confirms that the vehicle or equipment bid matches the FSA base specification. If using the manufacturer's print-out,the document shall indicate the manufacturer's base model code and display the standard equipment required to provide the base vehicle or equipment as outlined in the FSA base specification. If vendor-installed aftermarket components are used to meet the base specification and these components must be h® identified on the build sheet. Build sheets for each item bid must be complied into a single .pdf 12 document. Build sheets should be in numerical order by specification, clearly identifiable by W specification or item number, and include model name and number. If FSA cannot determine which specification the build sheet is for,the item bid can be rejected as nonresponsive. • License and Certifications,as applicable 0 Emergency Vehicle Technician Certifications, as applicable ) o Florida Department of Highway Safety and Motor Vehicle Dealer Licence,as applicable m iE o Florida Department of Highway Safety and Motor Vehicle Manufacturer License,as applicable 0) o Any other safety certification or license applicable to specifications bid U • Explanation of how warranty claims will be handled in the State of Florida,or Service Standard Plan,Section 2.02, CL as applicable c • Any requested equivalents,Section 2.09,or exceptions,Section 2.07 0 FSA may ask awarded bidders to supply one hard co set with original,written signatures and original compliance forms, Y pp Y copyg prior to the contract execution. Hard copy bids should not be submitted unless specifically requested by FSA. '✓ cv CD 2.15 EXECUTION OF BID y C By submitting a response to this Invitation to Bid,the bidder agrees to the terms and conditions of this contract and to be bound by such terms and conditions if selected for award.The bidder must submit the Contract Signature Page with the signature of an authorized representative no later than the date of the final award. CJ 2.16 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWALS OF BIDS y E A bidder may submit a modified bid to replace all or any portion of a previously submitted bid until the due date and time listed in the Bid Calendar. Modifications received after the bid due date and time will not be considered. Bids can be withdrawn in writing prior to the contract award. If a bidder believes that the bidder must withdraw the bid, the bidder must contact the FSA Cooperative Purchasing Program Administrator immediately. Bid withdrawals are handled on a case by case basis,and can result in a limitation of participation in future bids. 2.17 LATE BIDS The responsibility for submitting a bid before the stated due date and time on the bid calendar is solely and strictly the responsibility of the bidder.The FSA is not responsible for delays caused by technical problems, any internet outages or delays incurred by electronic delivery,or any other occurrence.Any reference to time will be based on Eastern Time. Page 2 7 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.858 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions 2.18 PUBLIC BID OPENING Bids shall be opened on the date and time specified on the Bid Calendar.The bid opening will occur at the Florida Sheriffs Association,2617 Mahan Drive,Tallahassee, Florida. FSA shall communicate the bidder name and if they have provided all the required information. 2.19 DETERMINATION OF RESPONSIVENESS Determination of responsiveness will occur during the bid opening and evaluation. In order to be deemed a responsive bidder, the bid must conform in all material respects to the requirements stated in the Contract Terms and Conditions. c As set forth in Section 2.24, FSA reserves the right to waive or allow a vendor to correct minor irregularities. 2.20 RESPONSIBLE BIDDER CRITERIA ) 2 Bids will be evaluated to determine if eligibility and contract requirements are met. Responses that do not meet all m CL requirements of this Invitation to Bid or fail to provide all required information,documents or materials may be rejected y as nonresponsive. Bidders whose responses,past performance,or current status do not reflect the capability, integrity,or reliability to fully CL and in good faith perform the requirements of the Contract may be rejected as nonresponsible. In determining a responsible bidder,the following factors may be considered: • Adequacy of facilities,staffing,and financial resources; • Previous experience with FSA contract or other similar government contracts; • Ability to provide excellent customer service, including previous FSA contracts; and cv • Any other information relevant to the responsibility of a vendor that FSA is aware of. CD In addition to the requirements of Section 2.01, FSA reserves the right to request staffing, performance and financial information from any bidder during the evaluation process if FSA determines this information is necessary to award the bid. 0 FSA reserves the right to determine which responses meet the requirements,specifications,terms and conditions of the solicitation,and which bidders are responsive and responsible. FSA further reserves the right to limit participation of bidders who, in FSA's sole discretion, are determined to present responsibility concerns that call into question the bidder's ability to perform but that do not rise to the level of requiring rejection of the bidder as nonresponsible. 2.21 BASIS FOR AWARD The FSA shall make awards to the lowest bidder by specification and by manufacturer to bidders deemed to be responsive and responsible. Awards may also be made to the second lowest bidder by specification and by manufacturer if applicable and determined to be in the best interest of the FSA and the purchaser. The Fleet Advisory Committee serves as the initial review for bid submissions.The Fleet Advisory Committee's review is submitted to the FSA for final evaluation and determination of award. Page 28 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.859 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions The options in the bid shall be for informational purposes only and will not serve as a basis for bid protest. However, the FSA has the discretion to consider option pricing in making the award if doing so would be in the best interests of the FSA or the purchaser. FSA reserves the right to accept or reject any and all bids, and to waive any minor irregularity, technicality or omission if it determines that doing so will serve the purchaser's best interest. 2.22 FIRM BID Bidder warrants by virtue of bidding it is submitting a firm bid and the prices quoted in their bid response will be good for an evaluation period of sixty(60)calendar days from the date of bid opening,and if awarded through the duration of c the contract unless otherwise addressed by a contract extension or price adjustment as provided in this contract. c By virtue of the bid submission, bidder acknowledges its obligation to sell vehicles and equipment for all bidder awards. Failure of the bidder to comply with these requirements may result in the imposition of liquidated damages of up to U $5,000 per vehicle or equipment,which amount the vendor agrees is reasonable, or probation, suspension,termination or a combination thereof from current and future bids at the FSA's discretion. 2.23 MINOR IRREGULARITIES / RIGHT TO REJECT 2 CL The FSA has the right to accept or reject any and all bids,or separate portions thereof,and to waive any minor irregularity, technicality or omission if the FSA determines that doing so will serve its best interest or the best interest of the purchasers.A minor irregularity is a variation from the terms and conditions of this procurement that does not affect the price of the bid or give the bidder a substantial advantage over other bidders and thereby restrict or stifle competition 0. and does not adversely impact the interests of the FSA or the purchasers. At its option,the FSA may allow a bidder to < correct minor irregularities but is under no obligation to do so. In doing so, the FSA may request a bidder to provide T. clarifying information or additional materials to correct the irregularity. However, the FSA will not request and a bidder CD may not provide the FSA with additional materials that affect the price of the bid, or give the bidder an advantage or benefit not enjoyed by other bidders. The FSA may also reject any bids not submitted in the manner specified in this document. 0 CJ 2.24 CONE OF SILENCE This Invitation to Bid is subject to the Cone of Silence that begins the date the bid submission opens as indicated in the E Bid Calendar. During this period all communications regarding this solicitation between FSA and Bidder will cease,except for procedural questions, questions regarding problems incurred in the use of the the bid system, or communications initiated by the FSA.All permitted communications during this period shall be made in writing to the procurement contacts identified in Section 1.01 of this Invitation to Bid. FSA is not responsible for bidder's improper use of the bid system. Exceptions will be granted to this section should any bid system malfunctions occur. Page 29 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.860 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions 3.0 CONTRACT CONDITIONS 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL VEHICLES AND EQUIPMENT Once the bid has been awarded, the terms and conditions of this document become the Contract between the FSA and the awarded vendor. h® The terms and conditions apply to all vehicles or equipment purchased from the this contract. W 3.02 STATEMENT OF AUTHORITY Each person signing the Contract Signature Page warrants that he/she is duly authorized to do so and binds the respective party to the Contract. W CL 3.03 VENDOR CONTACT INFORMATION W The vendor will maintain current contact information with FSA at all times. CL If a change occurs during the contract period,the vendor must notify the Administrator immediately. The Vendor Change Document must be completed,signed by an authorized representative and submitted via e-mail tor A sample Vendor Change Document is located in Appendix C and online at the FSA website. 3.04 OPTION TO RENEW& PRICE ADJUSTMENT N CD Renewal Option cn The contract may be renewed by mutual agreement, initiated at the discretion of the FSA, for up to two (2) additional years, on a year to year basis.The FSA reserves the right to in its sole discretion elect to renew the contract in whole or in part. 0 CJ In the event that the contract is held beyond the term provided herein, it shall be on a month-to-month basis only and shall not constitute an implied renewal of the contract.Such a month-to-month extension shall be upon the same terms of the contract and at the compensation and payment provided herein. Price Adjustment Prior to completion of each contract term, and on an annual basis, the FSA will consider a price adjustment due to manufacturer certified price adjustments or as a result of any changes to national or state standards that require substantial cost adjustments. In the event of changes to national or state standards,the vendor must present verifiable changes in cost to FSA. The FSA will consider the cost changes and will make a final determination on the change in price. For any vendor-initiated adjustment to commence on the first day of the renewed contract term, or on an annual basis, the vendor's request or adjustment should be submitted 90(ninety)days prior to expiration of the then current contract. The vendor-initiated adjustment request must clearly substantiate the requested increase or decrease. For manufacturer certified price adjustments,vendors must provide documentation to FSA that such price adjustments are not in excess of other bid contracts or cooperative purchasing agreements and indicate the government concessions or discounts offered. If no request is received from the vendor,the FSA will assume that the vendor has agreed that the optional term may be Page 30 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.861 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions exercised without pricing adjustment.Any adjustment request received after the commencement of a new option period will not be considered. The The FSA reserves the right to accept the renewal adjustment or to allow the contract to fully or partially terminate and readvertise for bids,whichever is in the best interest of the FSA. 3.05 ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS 2 The FSA can add, remove, discontinue or suspend any specifications, or portions thereof, from this bid or awarded r contract when it is deemed to be in the best interest of FSA and the purchasers. This decision to take action may be based upon and not limited to: • Few or no sales; 0) • Product recalls and other safety issues; 2 m • Vendor or Manufacturer performance; or CL • Lack of relevance of products/commodities. 3.06 EQUITABLE ADJUSTMENT The FSA may make an equitable adjustment to the contract terms or pricing at its discretion. 3.07 DISCOUNTS N CD Discounts must be offered under this contract and shall be below Manufacturer's Standard Retail Pricing (MSRP) or cn manufacturers published list price for each specification and option listed. Discounts must be clearly documented in the bidders submission. The vendor has the authority to offer additional discounts based on quantity,as well as additional manufacturer or vendor discounts. Discounts are not required on any state or federal fees and charges. E W Discount ranges are not permissible. Discounts must be a whole percentage with no decimal place(e.g. 10%). 3.08 CONDITIONS It is understood and agreed that any item offered or shipped as a result of this bid shall be the most current model offered, i.e.the most current production model at the time of this bid. 3.09 PRODUCTION CUTOFF Production cutoff refers only to cab and chassis configurations within bid specifications.The vendor shall notify the FSA no less than 60 calendar days prior to the close of final order date by the manufacturer when the final order date is during the term of the contract. Notification shall be provided in writing. Page 31 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.862 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions Purchase orders received by the vendor 10 business days prior to the final order date must be accepted and entered into the order system with the manufacturer. If a purchase order has been timely received by the vendor and the manufacturer fails to produce or deliver the production year vehicle,the vendor must provide the next year's equivalent model at current contract prices. Purchase orders issued and received after the cutoff date will be subject to availability. In this case, the vendor and h® manufacturer have the discretion to choose whether to provide the next year's model at current year's prices until the end of the contract term. a) If the manufacturer cutoff date is during the term of the contract and will affect the purchaser's ability to obtain the specifications, FSA may consider substitutions from the same manufacturer. 3.10 FACILITIES W U The FSA reserves the right to inspect the vendor's facilities at any time with prior notice. CL W 3.11 SUBSTITUTIONS 2 CL The FSA or purchasers will not accept substitute orders of any kind.Vendors are expected to furnish the brand quoted in c the bid once awarded.Any substitutes will be returned at the vendor's expense. Delivery of substitutes and the delay in supplying the correct specification can be deemed grounds for termination for default. > 0 3.12 EMERGENCY LIGHT AND SIREN CERTIFICATION STANDARDS N Under Florida Statute 316.003(1),authorized emergency vehicles are defined as: CD Vehicles of the fire department (fire patrol), police vehicles, and such ambulances and emergency vehicles of municipal departments, public service corporations operated by private corporations, the Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission, the Department of Environmental Protection, the Department of Health, the Department of Transportation, and the Department of Corrections as are designated or authorized by their U respective department or the chief of police of an incorporated city or any sheriff of any of the various counties. Bidders that will provide or contract to provide emergency light and siren installation must also submit Emergency Vehicle Technician Certifications for the individuals working for the bidder or the designated third-party supplier who will perform the installation. FSA reserves the right to accept certifications up and until final award. Vendors that will install emergency lights and sirens are required to provide and install products that are Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) certified. SAE Certifications must include Class 1 and Class 2 in order to be eligible for m participation in the Contract. If a lighting or siren product installed on an emergency vehicle is not SAE Certified, the vendor can be found in default of the Contract. 3.13 FACTORY INSTALLED All options specified as factory installed are to be installed on the vehicle at the primary site of assembly and is to be the manufacturer's standard assembly-line product. No aftermarket and no vendor-installed equipment will be accepted as factory installed. Vendors found supplying aftermarket or vendor-installed equipment where factory installed are specified may be required to retrieve all delivered vehicles and reorder new vehicles meeting the specifications. Page 32 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.863 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions All factory ordered options are to be original equipment manufacturer(OEM)and factory installed unless otherwise noted by the vendor and acknowledged in writing by the purchaser. Verbal agreements will not be recognized. Aftermarket parts, modifications,and factory produced parts and components ordered and installed by a vendor that do not meet the requirements of factory installed components,will be rejected for noncompliance with the requirements of the specification. 2 In the event that a component that does not meet the specifications is found installed on a vehicle before or after the vehicle has been accepted by the Purchaser,the vendor shall be required to replace the vehicle with a vehicle that meets 0) the required specifications,including factory installed components. In the alternative,the purchaser shall decide whether they will accept vendor installed components. 3.14 VENDOR INSTALLED W U All vendor-installed accessories shall be installed according to the manufacturer's specifications.All such accessories must be manufactured by an established manufacturer of the product provided.Vendor is required to disclose Make and Model EL- of product being offered and the location, design, and model must be approved by the purchaser prior to installation. y Prior to any purchase, the vendor must also disclose the warranty of any item that is less than or exceeds the factory vehicle or equipment warranty coverage. CL A vendor that employs a third-party supplier or subcontracts technicians to install emergency equipment on vehicles purchased on this contract is required to utilize technicians that are certified in Emergency Vehicle Installation through EVT Certification Commission, Inc.or an approved equivalent. The FSA may at any time during the contract period request proof of the required certification. T_ cv Any vendor that violates this provision will be considered in default of the contract. FSA may terminate the contract in CD accordance with Section 1.45 of this Invitation to Bid. cn r_ 3.15 NON-SCHEDULED OPTIONS 0 FSA attempts to include scheduled,factory and aftermarket options in the bid document. If a purchaser requests a non- scheduled option that is not included in the bid document,the vendor may provide this nonscheduled option.The purchaser has the opportunity to request the vendor's discount pricing for any nonscheduled options during the quote (n process.At no time should the non-scheduled option exceed MSRP or Published List Price. Non-scheduled options should be listed as a separate line item and noted on the purchase order to include the price.All non-scheduled options are covered under these terms and conditions. 3.16 REMOUNT (AMBULANCE) It is the responsibility of the awarded vendor to ensure that any remount services meet or exceed all insurance requirements under the terms and conditions of the FSA Fire/Rescue Vehicles and Other Equipment Contract. Remount service providers shall maintain a minimum of$5,000,000 in Product Liability Insurance and a minimum of$1,000,000 in Professional Garage Keepers Liability Insurnace. Proof of adequate coverage shall be produced to the customer upon request. Page 3 3 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.864 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions All remount service providers are to be registered with National Highway Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), as a manufacturer.The remounter shall be familiar with,and follow,all applicable and/or recommended OEM guidelines and practices as published by the OEM chassis manufacturer. This shall include the strict compliance with the New Vehicle Standard, registration requirement,and the Incomplete Vehicle Document(IVD)for the appropriate chassis. The remounter company shall be financially able to adequately support a warranty obligation offered to the purchaser and provide proof from a third party financial institution to the purchaser upon request.The warranty that shall be offered at a minimum to the customer shall be as follows: h® 76 1. The remounter shall warrant the ambulance and furnished equipment against parts failure or malfunction due 0) to design, construction, or installation errors, defective workmanship, and missing or incorrect parts for a minimum period of 12 months or 12,000 miles(whichever occurs first). ca 2. However,if the remounter received from any supplier or subcontractor additional warranty on the whole or any component of the ambulance, in the form of time and/or mileage, including any prorate arrangements, or the ) remounter generally extends to their commercial customers a greater or extended warranty coverage, the U customer shall receive corresponding warranty benefits. CL W It is also the responsibility of the awarded vendor to certify that it has inspected the remounted module for structural integrity and will supply a statement that includes date, time, and photographic proof of the inspection process to the 2 purchaser. The remounter shall have written work process documentation to substantiate each step of the product and CL present to the awarded vendor upon completion of the remount. This shall include: c 1. The evaluation and the physical assessment of the original vehicle; W 2. The production sequence and process; and 3. Written and verified quality control and function checks. CD cv The remounter shall perform the following series of steps to determine viability of the proposed remount product: 1. The viability shall include a visual inspection of ambulance body module for overall condition to determine suitability for forward service life.This shall include the compatibility of the body to the proposed new chassis. This viability process shall include, and the remounter shall provide a Scope of Work to the awarded vendor, which shall include a detailed proposal to the customer:a notice of compliance of FMVSS requirements,including weight balance and payload projections and analysis. cn 2. The remounter shall inform the customer of any hidden deficiencies or defects discovered during the process; whereby remediation shall be mutually determined. h® 3. The remounter shall inspect and perform functionality testing in accordance to American Manufacturers Division of the National Truck Equipments Association standards. 4. The remounter shall provide final documentation of product and affix all applicable compliance labeling to the product. m U If a purchaser utilizes a remount service on its own initiative, the remount service provided shall be excluded from the terms and conditions of this Contract. 3.17 FORCE MAJEURE A vendor shall not be penalized for a delay resulting from the vendor's failure to comply with delivery requirements if neither the fault nor the negligence of the vendor or its employees contributed to the delay and the delay is due directly Page 34 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.865 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions to acts of God, wars, acts of public enemies, strikes, fires, floods, or other similar cause wholly beyond the vendor's control,or for any of the foregoing that third party suppliers if no alternate source of supply is available to the vendor. 3.18 DELIVERY TIME Vendors shall specify the estimated delivery time in calendar days for each item.The purchaser should consult the vendor regarding vehicle production schedules. Delivery shall be within the normal working hours of the user, Monday through Friday,excluding holidays. 76 W 3.19 ORDER 0 The vendor shall submit a copy of the purchase order to the Coordinator within 14 days of receipt from the purchaser. c To initiate a purchase,a purchaser issues a purchase order to the vendor,which shall include: •The contract number and title; 2 •Specification number and item(s) purchased; m CL • Prices broken down by FSA base specification item,and additional options; W • Purchaser's federal identification number,and • Name,phone number and email address for the point of contact at the purchasing agency. U CL Delivery or due dates should be discussed with the vendor at the time the quote is provided to the purchaser, or if no c quote is provided,when the purchase order is delivered to the vendor. It is important to note that vendors do not have any control over production delays in schedules from the manufacturer. > 0 The purchaser should forward an executed copy of the purchase order to the FSA at the same time the purchase order is sent to the vendor. Emails or hard copies are accepted. Emails can be sent to coop@flsheriffs.org. cv CD If a vendor receives a purchase order for a specification for which they were not awarded, the vendor must notify the purchaser and return the purchase order to the purchaser within three(3) business days. All vehicles ordered prior to production cut off and in accordance with the contract shall be supplied in the manufacturer's next model run of that class vehicle even if it requires supplying a later model at the original bid prices. Vendor shall place the order with the manufacturer within 10 business days of receipt of the purchase order.The vendor shall assure that all orders are placed in full compliance with the specifications and the terms and conditions of the cn Contract and the purchase order. It is the vendor's responsibility to ensure that the vehicle or equipment ordered by the purchaser is fully compatible with all ordered options and that the vehicle complies with all applicable manufacturer and industry standards.The vendor's acceptance of a purchaser's order will indicate that the vendor agrees to deliver a vehicle that will be fully compatible with all of its options. U Any changes that are required to bring a vehicle or equipment into compliance with the various options due to an incorrect order will be accomplished at the vendor's expense. A Confirmation of Order form shall be completed by the vendor and returned to the purchaser 14 calendar days from receipt of purchase order without notification by the purchaser.The Confirmation of Order form is included in Appendix D. Page 3 5 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.866 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions 3.20 VEHICLE DELIVERY At a minimum, pre-delivery service shall include the following: • Standard Dealer and Manufacturer protocol for new vehicle delivery; • Cleaning of vehicle, if necessary,and removal of all unnecessary tags,stickers, or papers; 2 • For cab and chassis,do not remove the window price sticker or supplied line sheet; a) • Speedometer must be correct regardless of the tires provided by the vehicle manufacturer or axle ratio furnished; 0 0 • Owner's manual and warranty manual to accompany each vehicle; and le • A MSRP list sheet (window sticker) MUST be in the vehicle when it is delivered to the Purchaser, if applicable. W Vehicles that are missing this form,or have forms that have been altered will not be accepted. CL The successful bidder shall be responsible for delivering vehicles that are properly serviced, clean and in first class operating condition. Vendor shall complete delivery of the vehicle to the purchaser within fourteen (14)calendar days of receipt of the vehicle CL 0 from the manufacturer or equipment supplier. This deadline shall not apply to vehicles originating as an incomplete chassis. 0. Receipt of a vehicle by the vendor is defined as acceptance of the vehicle from a common carrier at the vendor's place of business or any third party's place of business. cv CD Deliveries of less than 2,500 miles may be accomplished by driving the vehicle.Any delivery accomplished by driving the vehicle must be supervised and the driver must comply with manufacturer's break-in requirements and all applicable v, traffic laws. Any delivery accomplished by driving fire rescue or emergency response vehicle must use an "OUT OF SERVICE"cover on light bars. 0 All deliveries in excess of 2,500 miles shall be approved by the purchasing agency. Incomplete vehicles would be exempt. The purchaser has the option to reject a vehicle with more than 2,500 odometer miles, if not previously approved by the purchaser, or may deduct $0.51 cents per mile in excess of 2,500 miles from the invoice, unless distance above 2,500 miles was previously approved by the purchaser.This requirement also applies to redelivery of vehicles that were rejected E upon initial delivery. All warranties shall begin at the time of delivery to the Purchaser. The purchaser's warranty should not be active for incomplete vehicles or vehicles delivered to an upfitter before final delivery. Vendor shall notify the purchaser no less than twenty four (24) hours prior to delivery of the time and location, which shall reflect the mutually agreed upon delivery details.Transport deliveries must be unloaded and inspected by Purchaser. Deliveries not complying with these requirements may be rejected and will have to be redelivered at Vendor's expense. < All vehicles must contain no less than 1/4 tank of fuel as indicated by the fuel gauge at the time of delivery. For vehicles and equipment that have more than thirty five (35) gallons of capacity, a minimum of ten (10) gallons of fuel must be provided. Page 36 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.867 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions 3.21 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE It is the responsibility of the Purchaser to inspect a vehicle for any damages. Each Purchaser shall make a good faith effort to inspect the vehicles or equipment before or at the time of delivery for acceptance. One (1) day is the suggested period for inspection. However, if reasonable accomodations for inspection cannot be made upon delivery, the Purchaser may have up to three (3) days to inspect the vehicle or equipment for acceptance. Inspection and acceptance will be at the Purchaser's destination unless otherwise previously agreed upon location was provided in the purchase order. 0 0 It is the purchaser's responsibility to thoroughly inspect each vehicle prior to acceptance. Copies of the bid specifications and purchase order will be delivered with the vehicle. Purchasers are to inspect the vehicle and compare bid specifications, purchase order and manufacturer's window sticker or manufacturer's invoice to ensure vehicle meets or 0) exceeds the requirements of the technical bid specifications and the submitted purchase order.Purchasers should inspect the vehicle for physical damage. CL a) Delivery of a vehicle to a purchaser does not constitute acceptance for the purpose of payment. Final acceptance and authorization of payment shall be given only after a thorough inspection indicates that the vehicle meets contract 2 specifications and the requirements listed below. CL 0 Should the delivered vehicle differ in any respect from specifications, payment can be withheld until such time as the vendor completes the necessary corrective action. Units shall be delivered with each of the following documents completed or included: 1. Copy of Customer's Purchase Order CD cv 2. Copy of the applicable Vehicle Specification (n r_ 3. Copy of Manufacturer's Invoice or Window Sticker. Prices may be deleted from the manufacturer's invoice 4. Copy of Pre-Delivery Service Report CJ 5. Warranty Certification 6. One complimentary copy of the printed owner's manual if requested,otherwise digital copies are acceptable cn 7. If the Vendor does not provide the tag and title,then the DHSMV 82040(Application for Certificate of Title and/or Vehicle Registration)which requires a signature of authorized representative Deliveries that do not include the above forms and publications will be considered incomplete and can be refused. 3.22 REGISTRATION, TAG AND TITLE Costs of tag and title shall not exceed the statutory rates. FSA Administrative Fee does not apply to tag and title work. Title items shall be the responsibility of the vendor. The purchaser, if a government agency, has the authority to choose to register and title the vehicle. Reasonable administrative costs for registration and title services, including obtaining temporary tags,tag transfers, and new tags are permitted.All costs associated with obtaining,filing and shipping of tags shall be listed as an option during Page 3 7 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.868 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions the bid submission for each item bid. Registration and title costs can include convenience fees, cost reimbursements for filing,obtaining or delivery of tags, or any costs over the original purchase price of the registration and title. Registration and title costs for registration and titling can be negotiated between the purchaser and the vendor. 3.23 CAB AND CHASSIS PURCHASES FSA highly recommends that all upfitting of cab and chassis be performed by vendors or third party suppliers that are licensed and/or certified to avoid unnecessary exposure to future liability. Vendors are required to register and title the vehicle when the cab and chassis upfitting work is completed by the vendor or the vendor's selected third party supplier. 0 0 Cab and chassis can be purchased from vendors without any required additional fitting by the dealer. However, in this le situation vendors are not required to register and title the chassis. W If an agency chooses to upfit the chassis with a third party supplier not selected by the vendor,then the third party supplier 2 must perform the state mandated registration and title work upon completion of the upfitting. The requirements of Florida Statute 319.21 related to the manufacturer statement of origin apply to cab and chassis purchases. CL 3.24 INVOICING AND PAYMENTS Invoicing and payments shall be the responsibility of the vendor and purchaser placing orders using this contract.Vendors must invoice each purchaser independently. A Purchaser has three (3)working days to inspect and accept the vehicles or equipment.The Vendor shall be paid upon CD submission of invoices to the Purchaser after satisfacory delivery and acceptance of the vehicles and/or equipment. The Local Government Prompt Payment Act will apply to local governments to ensure timely payment of Vendor invoices. The Local Government Prompt Payment Act is defined in Sections 218.70-218.79 of Florida Statutes. 0 CJ 3.25 WARRANTY REPAIRS AND SERVICE All warranties shall begin at time of delivery and final acceptance by the purchaser. Failure by any manufacturer's E authorized representative to render proper warranty service or adjustments, including providing a copy of the warranty work order to the purchaser, may subject the vendor to suspension until satisfactory evidence of correction is presented to the FSA. 3.26 INADEQUATE SERVICE When vehicles and equipment require service or adjustments upon delivery, the vendor shall either remedy the defect, or be responsible for reimbursing the manufacturer's local authorized dealer or other service provider to remedy the defect.Such service or adjustments shall be initiated by the bendor within 48 hours after notification by a purchaser, not to include weekends and holidays. Delivery will not be considered complete until all services or adjustments are satisfactory and the vehicle or equipment is redelivered. Page 38 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.869 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions The provisions of the delivery section shall remain in effect until the redelivery is accomplished. The cost of any transportation required shall be the responsibility of the vendor until the vehicles or equipment are satisfactory and accepted by the Purchaser. 3.27 REPORTING: PURCHASE ORDERS & QUARTERLY REPORTS Purchase Orders 2 The Vendor must submit copies of purchase orders upon receipt to the FSA. Purchase orders are considered late if not r submitted fifteen (15)days after the date of the purchase order. Vendors should scan a complete copy of the purchase order and attach it as a .pdf. Place the document title in the subject line of the e-mail and send purchase order copies to..._ er ,:;. ................... The files should be named using the following examples: 0) m Examples: CL County= Florida County,County of PO 12345 ABC County BCC PO 12345.pdf 0) City= Florida City,City of PO 12345 ABC City PO 12345.pdf Sheriff=Sheriff Office of PO 12345 ABC Sheriff PO 12345.pdf Education= Institution Name P012345 ABC County College PO 12345.pdf CL 0 Quarterly Reports Quarterly reports are the contractual responsibility of each awarded vendor. Quarterly Reports which do not adhere to 0. the required format (Appendix F)or are not complete of all purchase orders will be returned to the reporting Vendor for �-- correction of deficiencies. CD cv Quarterly reports track the deliveries in a given quarter. Quarterly reports do not track purchase orders taken in a quarter, cn rather purchase orders are to be submitted at the time they are received by the vendor. All quarterly reports are to be sent to r O.".r Quarterly reports are found on-line in the .e,," l o Qka section of the FSA website. CJ Quarterly Reports must be complete with the name of the vendor and the date. For example,"Spomot Motors"would be y in the document header. Do not indicate the quarter on the top of the report. Do not send purchase orders with the quarterly report. An example of a Quarterly Report is in Appendix F. W Quarterly Reports are due no later than the 151"day of the month following the end of the quarter. Quarterly reports should follow this schedule: Reports and Year 1 Quarter Period Administrative Fees Due Y1Q1 April 1—June 30 15-Jul-2020 Y1Q2 July 1—September 30 15-Oct-2020 Y1Q3 October 1—December 31 15-Jan-2021 Y1Q4 January 1—March 31 15-Apr-2021 Page 39 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.870 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions Year 2 Y2Q1 April 1—June 30 15-Jul-2021 Y2Q2 July 1—September 30 15-Oct-2021 Y2Q3 October 1—December 31 15-Jan-2022 Y2Q4 January 1—March 31 15-Apr-2022 _ Year 3 Y3Q1 April 1—June 30 15-Jul-2022 Y3Q2 July 1—September 30 15-Oct-2022 Y3Q3 October 1—December 31 15-Jan-2023 Y3Q4 January 1—March 31 15-Apr-2023 0 0 If a Vendor has no sales within a quarter,the vendor is required to submit a quarterly report and must indicate"NO SALES le THIS QUARTER"on the report. W 2 Deliveries beyond the Y3Q4 period are to be submitted as a"Y3Q4 Extended Delivery"sheet using the same report format m CL until the contract deliveries are completed for the current contract. W FSA reserves the right to modify the procedure for submitting quarterly reports during the term of the contract. Such a change shall not materially modify the substance of the information to be reported,but may change the method by which CL future quarterly reports are to be submitted. In the event of such a change, FSA will provide written notice to all vendors c of the method by which future quarterly reports are to be submitted. 3.28 ADMINISTRATIVE FEE The Florida Sheriffs Association charges three quarters of one percent (.0075) to procure, process and administer the Contract. CD cv After receipt of payment from contract purchases,the vendor shall remit all administrative fees to the FSA no later than 15 days after the end of each quarter. All fees payable to the FSA during any given quarter will be accompanied and supported by a Quarterly Report. Vendors are to make notation of payments in a separate column for each line item of each quarterly report of the check number submitted for administrative fees paid each quarter. Bidders are to include the administrative fee of three quarters of one percent(.0075) in all bid prices. The fee should be incorporated into the price at the time of bid submission This fee should also be included on all add options. The E administrative fee will remain payable to FSA and no relief from payment of the administrative fee, nor any additional W charge to recoup the administrative fee,will be permitted if a vendor fails to incorporate the administrative fee in its bid pricing. The fee should never be listed as a separate line item on any purchase order. The administrative fee to be paid is based on the total purchase order amount of new vehicles or equipment. This fee excludes any value given to Purchasers for trade-ins. Trade-ins,extended warranties and other exchanges will not reduce or impact the fee calculation. The administrative fee is the contractual responsibility of each vendor. By submission of the Quarterly Reports and admistrative fee, the vendor is certifying the accuracy of the reports and deposits.All reports and fee submissions shall be subject to audit by the FSA or the designee. Page 40 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.871 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions All participating vendors are responsible for ensuring the Administrator has the contact e-mail address for the person responsible for quarterly reports.There will be no reminders for the Quarterly Reports or the administrative fee. Checks for the administrative fee can be sent to: Florida Sheriffs Association Cooperative Purchasing Program 2 2617 Mahan Drive F® Tallahassee, FL 32308 3.29 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 0 The vendor warrants that the product supplied to the FSA or purchaser shall conform in all respects to the standards set le forth and the failure to comply with this condition will be considered as a breach of contract. Any liquidated damages levied because of inadequacies or failures to comply with these requirements shall be borne solely by the vendor U responsible for same. CL 0) Failure to submit the administrative fee with accompanying quarterly reports within 15 calendar days following the end of each quarter will result in the imposition of liquidated damages. Vendors failing to submit administrative fees and quarterly reports will incur liquidated damages in the amount of$25 for each calendar day that fees and reports are past CL due, beginning on the 16th day following the end of the quarter. c If a civil action is initiated by the FSA to recover administrative fees or liquidated damages as set forth in this section and Section 3.28, the prevailing party shall be entitled to its reasonable attorneys' fees and costs incurred in the litigation. 0. Venue shall lie in the Circuit Court for the Second Judicial Circuit in and for Leon County, Florida. When quarterly reports are late, liquidated damages are to be included in vendor's Quarterly Report and administrative CD fee submission. Liquidated damages that remain unpaid beyond 45 days can result in FSA, at it's sole discretion, implementing contract compliance actions, including but not limited to, suspension, limited participation by specifications,disqualification from future solicitations,or termination for cause pursuant to Section 1.45. Schedule of Liquidated Damages CJ Failure to submit quarterly report on time $25.00 per day Failure to report a Purchase Order to FSA within the 15 calendar days of the $100.00 per Purchase Order purchase order date Failure to Report Sales .0075 of the sales price plus 1.5%each month following the delivery date. Vendor agrees and acknowledges that its failure to take any of the actions specified in the above schedule will damage the FSA, but by their nature such damages are difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, the above specified schedule of liquidated damages shall apply to this contract.Vendor agrees and acknowledges that these liquidated damages are not intended to be and do not constitute a penalty, but are instead intended solely to compensate the FSA for damages,and that these amounts are reasonably calculated to compensate the FSA for the damages that it will incur as a result of the vendor's failure to take the specified actions. Page 41 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.872 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions Appendix A— Drug-Free Workplace Form FSA DRUG-FREE WORKPLACEFORM The undersigned vendor in accordance with Florida Statute 287.087 hereby certifies that does: 0 1. Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, le possession,or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. W 2 m CL 2. Inform employees about the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs,and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. CL 0 3. Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). 4. In the statement specified in subsection(1),notify the employees that,as a condition of working on < the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the T_ terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo CD cv contendere to, any violation of Chapter 893 or of any controlled substance law of the United States or any state,for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five(5) days after such conviction. 5. Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistanceor CJ rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community,by any employee who is so convicted. 6. Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through E implementation of this section. F® As the person authorized to sign the statement,I certify that this firm complies fully with the above requirements. Bidder's Signature Date Page 42 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.873 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions Appendix B— Insurance Checklist Form FLF6R9raA r_u,6 e,oi INSURANCE CHECKLIST } F a� 1. Workers' Compensation and Employer's Liability per the statutory limits of the State of Florida. _ 2, Comprehensive General Liability(occurrence form), limits of liability $1,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury property damage to include Premises/Operations; Products, Completed Operations and Contractual Liability, Contractual Liability and Contractual Indemnity (Hold harmless endorsement exactly as written in "insurance requirements' of specifications). General aggregate $3,000,000 W 3. Automobile Liability-$1,000,000 each occurrence-owned/non-owned/hired automobiles included. CL 0) 4. Excess Liability - $ per occurrence to follow the primary coverages. 5. The FSA must be named as an additional insured on the liability policies; and it must be stated on the certificate. CL 6. Other insurance as indicated: t8 ®,Builders Risk completed value $ 2 ❑Liquor Liability $ ❑Fire Legal Liability $ N CD Protection and Indemnity $ cV Employee Dishonesty Bond $ f Other(Garage) $ 1,000,000 V 7. Thirty (30) days written cancellation notice required. tJ & Best's guide rating B+:VI or better, latest edition. 9. The certificate must include the bid number and bid title and list FSA as the y Certificate Holder. E Proposer and Insurance Agent Statement: We understand the insurance requirements of these specifications, as noted by the items checked above, and that evidence of this insurance is required within five (5) days of Bid Award. Bidder: Signature: Date: Page 43 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.874 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions Appendix C—Vendor Change Form Florida Sheriffs Association Cooperative Purchasing Program 76 Vendor Change Document Please complete this form to validate a requested change to Company Addresses,Contacts or Contact information below. E 0 Include all sections where information has changed,old and new. 0 FSA Contract Number(s)affected by change: i U) Company Information Changes: i i CL i Old Information New Information old Company Name: New Company Name. Old Company Address: New Company Address: :5 CL 0 Old Company City: New Company City: > Old Company State: New Company State: 0 Old Company Zip: New Company Zip: Company Contact Changes: C44 Old Contact Information New Contact Information C44 Old Contact Name(First,Last): New Contact Name(First,Last): 0 old Contact E-Mail; New Contact E-Mail; Old Contact Office Phone: New Contact Office Phone: 0 Old Contact Mobile Phone: New Contact Mobile Phone: Old Contact Fax Phone: New Contact Fax Phone: E This information is requested by an authorized representative of U) u_ This request will take effect as soon as it is received by FSA by e-mailing to coop2flsheriffs.org. ;j Name of Authorized Company Representative dy E Job Title Date of Request Authorized Company Representative Signature: F5A Office Use: Date Received: Change Effective: FSA Agent: Page 44 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg. 875 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions Appendix D - Confirmation Of Order Form CONFIRMATION OF ORDER Florida Sheriffs Association 2 Florida Fire Chiefs Association Fire Rescue Vehicles and Other Equipment BID NO. FSA20-VEF14.0 A Confirmation of Order form shall be completed by the Vendor and returned to the Purchaser 14 calendar days from receipt of purchase order without notification by the Purchaser. TO BE COMPLETED BY DEALERSHIP: CL 0) Vendor/Dealership: Address: CL City: State: Zip: O Contact Person: O Phone Number: Fax: Specification No. Type Vehicle: r Purchase Order Number: Purchase Order Received: CD cv Order Was Placed With the Manufacturer on: Under Production Number: Delivery should occur within calendar days after receipt of Purchase Order. A Copy of the Required Production Sheet(s)are Attached for Your Files. (, Comments: E Purchaser/Agency: Contact Person: Address: City: State: Zip: Phone Number: Fax: cB E-mail: A copy of this form should be attached and submitted with the Purchase Order as the last page. Page 45 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.876 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions Appendix E — Manufacturer Authorization Form MANUFACTURER'S Fr io AUTHORIZATION 76 mum . Fire Rescue Vehicles, Ambulances and W y: other Equipment � RID NO. FSA2'0-VlEF14.0 O O This is to certify that is the manufacturer (Vendor/Respondent's Name) or a 0) U manufacturer's authorized deafer of (Manufacturer/Brand Name) In the State of Florida. By: CL O Manufacturer Name: O Address: City, State, Zip: r N Office Phone: Mobile Phone: CD E-mail: y O Signature: (J ` Title: to E PLEASE [DOTE: This authorization form must be executed by an authorized employee of the manufacturer ONLY. Dealers/Representatives are not authorized to execute this authorization form on behalf of the manufacturer. The manufacturer must execute this authorization farm even if they are offering their own products. Failure to submit this authorization form with your response as required shall result in the disqualification of the response. to Contract Terms and Conditions Section Qualification Page 46 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.877 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions Appendix F — Quarterly Report [INSERT VENDOR NAME HERE] QUARTERLY REPORT for BID#F5A20-VEF14.0 _ Effective Dates;April 1,2020 thru March 31,2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles and Other Equipment � April;I-June 301Y14 1 Zero Activity El anew flox Total PO :m Name of Purchasing Agency PO# Qty. Spec.# Vehicle Type Pm Crate Amount Admin.Fee $ 0 $ 0 $ July 1-Sept 3 if Y1-02 Zero Activity 0 ehe&Box U $ $ CL $ 0 2 $ CL Oct 1-Bee 311Y1-Q3 Zero Activity 1 J.hey&U- 0 $ $ 0 $ $ $ Jan 1-Mr 311Y1-04 Zero Activity U b d fl- $ r - --- --- = --- --- ---- --- --- tV CD $ tV $ fn $ 0 $ 0 0 $ tJ Page Total I $ _ Is _ 0 E Fees and reports are due no later than the 15th of the month following the quarter end. U Page 47 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.878 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions Appendix G — Bid Calendar FLORIDA BID CALENDAR "`a"` "S$°°'"T'°� Bid # FSA20-VEF14.0 Fire Rescue Vehicles Ambulances and Other Equipment A Contract Period:April 1, 2020—March 31, 2023 E76 i � V , y Bid System Training-All Interested Bidders 11/6/2019 Registration Open for Mandatory Pre-Bid 11/15/2019 ) Specification and Terms&Conditions Review Workshop 11/20/2019 Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting 1/14/20-1/15/20 CL Requests for Clarifications 1/27/2020 y FSA Response to Requests for Clarifications 1/29/2020 Bidder Qualifying Documents Due 1/29/2020 CL FSA Bid System Opens 2/3/2020 Cone of Silence 2/3/20-4/1/20 Bid Submissions Due 3/2/2020 Public Bid Opening 3/3/2020 FSA& Fleet Advisory Committee Bid Review 3/9/20-3/11/20 Intent to Award Posted 3/13/2020 Bid Award Announced 4/1/2020 Voluntary Tel econference Workshop Instructions: Voluntary workshops are via teleconference. To participate, CJ call in on the designated dates specified in the bid calendar at times TBD. Registration: htt{33://form.jotform.com19 2945 2259 251 5A Dial-In: 1-800-920-7487 E Participant Code: 68495418 W Mandatory Pre-Bid Location: Volusia County Emergency Operations Center 3825 Tiger Bay Road Daytona Beach, Florida 32124 Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting Itinerary: Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment-1/14/2020 at 9:00 am-4:00 pm (EDT) Ambulances-1/15/2020 at 9:00 am-4:00 pm(EDT) Page 48 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.879 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions Appendix H — FSA Bid System Data Input Instructions for Bidders FSA BID SYSTEM DATA INPUT INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS: 2 FSA20 VEF14.01—AMBULANCES&OTHER EQUIPMENT FSA20-VEF14.02—FIRE RESCUE VEHICLES&OTHER EQUIPMENT :Note: The attached Exhibit 1 is an example bidder screen in the FSA bid system and is for illustration purposes only. 0 Step 11: Insert bid price in the"Unit Price/Percent"data input field as illustrated in Exhibit 1. W U 2 Ste 2: Insert the%discount represented by your bid amount for purchaser reference in the"Vendor Description"data CL input field as illustrated in Exhibit 1. y Step.3: Insert vehicle picture link(which must be a public domain) in the"Image Link"data input field(if desired)as CL illustrated in Exhibit 1. 2 Step 4: Insert vehicle options link(which must be a public domain)in the"Spec Link"data input field(if desired)as illustrated in Exhibit 1. cv CD Ste 5: Upload vehicle build sheet in PDF format in the"Select Files To Upload"field as illustrated in Exhibit 1 ` 0 CJ E Page 49 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.880 C.10.e FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract Terms and Conditions Appendix H — FSA Bid System Data Input Instructions for Bidders — Continued EXHIBIT 1 2 ai neM,,L.Lnla „ „ :< , i. s.,,, I:,::,.. r;:t ,a ;, ,. ,,:1. x..s�le�a�a�a aaQ ,,,,, 11-- •buoteBid Rents Spreadsheet .,,. _inlc.tin Directions-or using the GuotciBid 16- Items Spreadsheet Spread ceete79id Items �� ccl 6przadsEnezt C upload 0 0 Quote/Bid Items Requested 7 tat:I Agency Item.Qeseription Vendor Item Qesc ription unit price!percent Extended Pride)Percent Item#1 „: t rslt r+b5b y t ,tyl4y�i1,11 naa , s,-1 Cb Men.. ? P.I_r�-c _ r_ 5o t_io0Grl % �1 ' ` (j 4{Fr,�� 2 r� Ri qulretl: Group:F rs Apparatus-Initlal A^.a[k Mode1: F d F5n0 Make:He—Nli,rulaCfui¢ng,Inc CL Modal:For I F550 Model H: "Select Beason below ii Mndel#: 50.Moo 00% Qesc.-p¢on:speelrcavon t 1 t �cations p e- Uploaded n c[d sys[eln. OesLrli3tlAn: (� rPsl-�_ v sr �nlyd„. v i�arir,,,R� r,€..., i€t�a�,s�the verar v, { s yr`\tr}ru,'r.- i Wit' d-' pnontWd) Inn.geLink: Quantity: u it f M h Spec Link F meiP t Price i�( ,cts\t,rsi,il, ,i�7ryr3 r,lifllt ltS Atli\�i \rt)t}ft���r}r 1\ 1\{s 17llrr,rtr#y tr9sl�r4��\t}� + 4ri�t l)(t�, Brand NameiEqual Valuet5ewice:stand Name of=gUal ;�+` Ai +r16t I f [} rt }\ � ( t}Y� 2y�rtr,} isss hr}? Sub-Tcnat 60.00 cis 0 Vendor Files Tho mRoi itlp fliers are reot)1 ell before o ulbo ission Is ride: r Proposal N� N select a file type:. (Leave b ankif a rep rred ie ivpe is loI'lsted 1f a requ ned file!;Ire,;Ued anot e,s^ot listed to the doauaienfs tab e whets a response is read,fo Lte m?,tied,you Wi sot he able to sr,bMd your res�oltse J � i, Proposal O ., Select the file($)to upload: ohl G'ri or shill key di ki serest rt+t cle flies! 0 (tzi sFrl>}y�.Ir }s r't,.}ll V rrt si rp f's iAtt rly r- , rt{,t tit tltl r@ BrowseOil,, l �„r,,i.lri ,, ill Glick on Add paaument(s): Add Doctument(s) N E U Page 50 2020-2023 Fire Rescue Vehicles&Other Equipment Packet Pg.881 41 'T11 Protecting, Leading&Uniting—since 1'893 $ F ' RIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION L Al 2617 Malian Drive,Tallahassee,Florida 32308 p;(850)877-2165 Al P.O.Box 12519-Tallahassee,Florida 32317-2519 L.(850)878-8665 www.fisheriffs.org 10 0 "ZL Contract Amendment FSA20-VEF14.01 Ambulances & Other Equipment E 0 FSA20-VEF14.02 Fire Rescue Vehicles & Other Equipment 0 The Florida Sheriffs Association is modifying the contract terms and conditions of Contract FSA20-VEF14.01 U) and FSA20-VEF14.02, Section 2.13. This contract amendment is effective on May 1, 2020. The modification of W 2 the terms and conditions is permissible under Section 1.24 of the contract. .2 CL 0) The following language under Section 2.13 will be amended as follows: 2.13 OPTION PRICING CL 0 Options may be sold, but only in connection with the sale of a base specification. The bidder shall offer > 2 discount below Manufacturer's Standard Retail Pricing(MSRP)or manufacturers published list price for any 0. factory options included in the bid submission and quotes to purchasers, if awarded. Options are intended to add or delete equipment or features from the base specification. Options can cv provide an upgrade or downgrade to a manufacturer's model, such as a slightly different engine size, horsepower, or equipment, and should not be made available for purchase separate from the base vehicle .2 or equipment. Bidders shall NOT use options to create a vehicle or equipment that is entirely different than 0 the FSA base specification or are available as another specification bW awarded on this ITB. The use of options to facilitate the sale of an alternate manufacturer's product which is outside the scope of Ch the written base specification will be determined nonresponsive and the bid will be rejected in whole or part E by the FSA. U) The FSA has the discretion to disqualify bidders if the option pricing is excessive. U_ Option pricing will include all costs of labor associated with the option and cost of labor should not be listed E separately within the bid. If a bidder will offer registration and title services as a fee for service, the bidder must include the registration and title fee as a separate option (i.e. line item)for each item bid, see Section 3.23 for additional details. Government imposed fees should not be included in this option pricing. No other additional charges or fees are admissible. Page I of 2 Packet Pg. 882 C.10.e Purchasers are encouraged to negotiate option pricing with vendors. Discounts can be provided beyond option prices listed in the contract. The additional discounts for each add option shall be decided by the vendor. 2 0 0 0) U m CL CL 2 CD CN 0 E 0) U Page 2 of 2 Packet Pg.883